r.lHKAKV 


University  of  California. 


oit^-1^  <  ^\' 


Received      Mf-^y/^-^i  .i8o<^. 

Accessions  No:  ^d^y 3-        Class  No.      "J  h^, 

J74p 


.  A' 


'?'^f^^:r 


>e:  ';v'. 


,  "1?^"';/ 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/firstlessonsinlaOOjonerich 


FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN: 


ADAPTED   TO   THE 


LATIN  GRAMMAES 


Jt^.£c 


ALLEN  AND  GREENOUGH,  ANDREWS  AND  STODDARD,  BARTHOLOM 
BULLIONS    AND  MORRIS,    GILDERSLEEVE, 
AND  HARKNESS, 

AND  PREPARED  AS  AN 

INTEODUCTTON  TO  CESAR'S  COMMENTAEIES 
ON  THE  GALLIC  WAR. 


ELISHA    JONES,  M.  A., 

ACTING  ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  OF  LATIN   IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  MICHIGAN, 

AND   AUTHOR  OF 

*' EXERCISES   IN   GREEK  PROSE  COMPOSITION." 


CHICAGO: 
S.   C.   GRIGGS    AND    COMPANY. 

1878, 


Uyi^ 


Copyright,  1877. 
By  S.  C.  GRIGGS  AND  COMPANY. 


University  Press  :  Welch,  Bigelow,  &  Co., 
Cambridge. 


^v^^    0?  THIS!         >|^ 

[UHI7BESIT7) 
PKEFACE 


These  Lessons  are  intended  as  a  practical  drill-book  for  tlie 
beginner  in  Latin.  They  aim  to  make  him  familiar  with  the 
ordinary  Latin  inflections  and  the  simpler  principles  of  Latin 
syntax ;  to  teach  him  as  many  words  and  expressions  from 
Caesar's  Commentaries  as  he  can  learn  with  profit,  and  thus 
prepare  him  for  the  successful  study  of  that  work. 

Eeferences  are  made  to  six  of  our  best  Latin  grammars,  with 
any  one  of  which  the  book  may  be  used.  In  the  part  devoted 
to  inflection,  the  learner's  attention  is  directed,  as  far  as  thought 
practicable,  to  the  elements  of  words  declined  and  conjugated, 
—  to  stems,  endings,  signs,  and  connecting  vowels.  The  root 
and  formation  of  stems  are  not  referred  to ;  these  subjects  be- 
long more  properly  to  a  later  stage  of  the  study.  In  syntax, 
the  principal  rules  only  are  introduced,  and  these  are  illustrated 
by  numerous  examples.  Of  the  latter,  translations  are  given 
which  the  learner  may  imitate  in  rendering  the  parallel  exer- 
cises that  follow  ;  these  exercises  are  taken  chiefly  from  the 
Commentaries  and  accompanied  by  explanatory  notes.  English 
exercises  to  be  turned  into  Latin  are  also  added ;  these  are  so 
formed  that  the  Latin  sentences  immediately  preceding  furnish 
models  for  their  construction. 


IV  PREFACE. 

A  few  pages  of  fables  and  selections  from  early  Eoman  his- 
tory, together  with  the  necessary  annotations,  follow  the  lessons. 
Complete  vocabularies  are  added ;  in  the  Latin-English  part, 
such  derivations  of  Latin  words  as  can  be  most  readily  under- 
stood are  given,  and  al^  some  English  derivatives.  Of  these 
others  will  suggest  themselves.  With  neither,  however,  should 
the  mind  of  the  beginner  be  much  burdened.  Their  main  use 
at  this  time  is  to  aid  him  in  fixing  the  meanings  of  words. 
The  chief  worh  of  the  first  year  in  Latin  is  to  master  the  injiec- 
tions  and  build  up  a  vocabulary. 

The  order  of  the  grammars  has  not  been  followed.  The  verb 
is  introduced  early  and  made  to  alternate  with  the  declensions, 
so  as  to  give  greater  variety  to  the  character  of  the  sentences. 
No  effort  has  been  made  to  adapt  the  length  of  the  lessons  to 
the  capacity  of  all  classes ;  such  an  attempt  would  be  futile. 
It  will  often  be  found  necessary  to  devote  two  or  more  recita- 
tions to  a  single  lesson.  Some  teachers  may  think  it  expedient 
to  omit  a  few  sentences  from  many  of  the  exercises.  To  in- 
sure a  good  preparation  for  Caesar,  however,  nothing  should  be 
omitted.  It  is  believed  that  for  classes  in  general  the  book  con- 
tains matter  sufficient  for  a  year's  labor. 

The  use  of  blackboards  sufficiently  extensive  for  an  entire 
class  cannot  be  too  urgently  recommended.  The  practice  of 
requiring  inflections  and  translations  to  be  written  every  day 
upon  the  blackboard,  and  subjected  to  the  criticism  of  the  class, 
is  most  excellent.  It  not  only  adds  great  interest  to  the  recita- 
tion, but  also  secures  an  accuracy  and  readiness  which  cannot  be 
as  easily  attained,  perhaps,  by  any  other  means. 

The  plan  of  the  book  was  formed  for  the  most  part  during  a 
seven  years'  experience  with  beginners.     It  does  not  seem  to  me 


PREFACE.  V 

necessary  to  give  a  list  of  the  introductory  books,  grammars,  edi- 
tions of  Caesar,  and  lexicons  —  American,  English,  and  German 
—  which  have  been  consulted  in  its  preparation.  Some  things 
which  appear  to  be  common  property  have  been  adopted  without 
credit.  I  may  here  express  my  sincere  thanks  to  kind  friends 
for  encouragement  and  practical  suggestions ;  to  the  University 
Press  of  Cambridge  for  great  patience  and  pains  in  securing  typo- 
graphical excellence  ;  and  especially  to  my  publishers,  Messrs. 
S.  C.  Griggs  &  Co.  of  Chicago,  for  sparing  no  expense  to  produce 
a  school-book  unsurpassed  in  mechanical  execution. 

These  Lessons  are  offered  to  the  public  with  much  hesitation, 
but  with  the  hope  that  they  may  prove  serviceable  to  some 

teachers  and  beginners. 

ELISHA  JONES. 

University  of  Michigan,  August,  1877. 


>>^   Off  THR^^ 


CONTENTS. 


Page 
ABBREVIATIONS  .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .     ix 

INTRODUCTORY  PRINCIPLES  AND  DEFINITIONS  .        .  1 

LESSON  I.  —  Nouns  :  First  Declension 3 

LESSON  II.  —  Nouns  :  First  Declension.  —  Prepositions      .  4 

Declension  of  deS.  and  fili^. 

LESSON  III.  —  Nouns  :  Second  Declension        ....      6 
Nouns  in  iis ;  Gender. 

LESSON   IV. — Nouns:  Second  Declension. — Prepositions  7 

Nouns  in  r  and  um.  —  Prepositions  used  with  the  Ablative. 

LESSON  V. — Nouns  :  Second  Declension. — Prepositions       .      9 

Genitive  Singular  of  Nouns  in  iiis  or  ium ;  Vocative  of  filiiis  and 

proper  names  in  iiis.  ;  Declension  of  deiis.  —  Use  of  in  and  siib. 

LESSON  VI.  —  Adjectives:  First  and  Second  Declensions     .     11 
Declension  and  Agreement  of  Adjectives. 

LESSON  VII. — Adjectives:   First  and   Second   Declensions 
{continued)      .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .12 

Genitive  in  iiis  and  Dative  in  i. 

LESSON  VIII. — Additional  Exercises. — Apposition.        .         14 

LESSON  IX.  —  Verbs  :  Preliminary  Definitions      .        .        ,15 

LESSON   X.  —  Verbs  :   First  Conjugation      .        .        .        .         16 
Personal  Endings  of  the  Active  Voice  ;  Present  Stem  ;  Present  Indica- 
tive Active  of  ^mo. 

LESSON  XI.  —  The  Simple  Sentence  .        .     '  .        .        .18 

Subject  Nominative.  —Agreement  of  Verb.  —  Direct  Object. 

LESSON   XII.  —  Verbs  :  First  Conjugation  {continued)      .        .     19 
Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative  Active  of  ^mo. 

LESSON  XIII. — Modifiers   of   the   Subject  and  Predicate; 
Dative  of  Indirect  Object  ;  Genitive  with  Nouns       .        .     21 

LESSON   XIV. — Verbs:  First  Conjugation  ;  Perfect,  Pluper- 
fect, AND  Future  Perfect  Tenses  ;  the  Perfect  Stem  .        .     23 

LESSON  XV.  —  Verbs  :  First  Conjugation  :  Imperative  Mood  ; 
Use  of  the  Imperative 25 

LESSON  XVI.  —  Verbs  :  Infinitives,  Participles,  Gerund,  and 
Supine 26 


VlU  CONTENTS. 

LESSON  XVII.  —  Use  of  the  Infinitive        ....  27 
Infinitive  as  Object ;  Subject  of  the  Infinitive. 

LESSON  XVIIL  —  General  Exercise.      Ablative  of  Means  .  29 

LESSON  XIX. —Third  Declension:  Nouns   ....  31 

LESSON   XX.  —  Third  Declension  (continued)      ....  32 

LESSON   XXI.  —  Third  Declension  (continued)        ...  33 
Two  Accusatives  of  the  same  Person  or  Thing. 

LESSON  XXII. —  Third  J)ECLE^sio^(contimied)  .        .         .        .35 

LESSON  XXIII. —Thhid  Declension  (cwi^wmcc?)     .        .        .  36 

LESSON  XXIV. —Conjugation  OF  the  Verb  Sum     ...  38 

LESSON  XXV.  —  Predicate  Noun  and  Adjective         .        .  38 

LESSON  XXVL— The  Subjunctive  Mood 40 

LESSON  XXVII.  —  Compounds    of    Sum. — Dative  with    Com- 
pounds             41 

LESSON  XXVIII.  —  Conjugation    of    Possum.  —  Use    of    the 

Infinitive 43 

Infinitive  without  Subject  Accusative. 

LESSON  XXIX. —Subjunctive  Mood  of  Amo        ...  44 

LESSON  XXX. —Review  of  Amo. —Two  Accusatives      .        .  46 

LESSON  XXXI.  —  Passive  Voice  of  Amo       ....  48 
Definitions  and  Personal  Endings  of  the  Passive  Voice. 

LESSON  XXXII. —Passive  Voice  of  A}.io  (cmitinued)         .        .  49 

LESSON  XXXIII. — Vassiye  Yoic-R  OF  Ako  (continued)   .        .  51 

LESSON  XXXIV.  —  Subjunctive  Passive  of  Amo      ...  52 

LESSON  XXXV. —Deponent  Verbs:   First  Conjugation     .  53 

LESSON  XXXVI. — Ablative  of  Cause. — Complex  and  Com- 
pound Sentences 55 

LESSON  XXXVII.  —  Adjectives  :  Third  Declension     .        .  66 

LESSON  XXXVIII.  —  Adjectives  :     Third    Declension    (con- 
tinued) ............  58 

LESSON  XXXIX.  —  Comparison  of  Adjectives      ...  59 
Declension  of  Comparatives. 

LESSON  XL. — Comparison  OF  Adjectives  (co?i^i?mc<i)         .        .  61 

LESSON   XLI.  —  Dative  with  Adjectives      ....  62 

LESSON   XLIL— Adverbs 64 

Definition;  Derivation;  Classification;  Syntax. 

LESSON  XLIII. —Verbs:  Second  Conjugation:  Active  Voice  66 

LESSON  XLIV. —Additional  Exercises 67 

Accusative  of  Time. 


CONTENTS.  IX 

LESSON  XLY.  —  Yerbs  :  Second  Conjugation  :  Passive  Voice    69 

LESSON  XLYL  —  Deponent  Yerbs  :  Second  Conjugation        .     70 

LESSON   XLYIL  —  Fourth  Declension 72 

Declension  of  dSniiis. 

LESSON  XLYIIL  —  Fifth  Declension 73 

LESSON  XLIX.  —  Yerbs  :  Third  Conjugation  :  Active  Yoice    74 

LESSON   L.  —  Yerbs  :   Third  Conjugation  :  Passive  Yoice      .     76 

LESSON   LL  —  Yerbs  :    Fourth    Conjugation  :    Active    and 
Passive  Yoices 78 

LESSON  LU. — Third  Conjugation:  Yerbs  in  lo  .        .         79 

LESSON  LIU.  —  Deponent  Yerbs  :  Third  and  Fourth  Conju- 
gations  80 

Ablative  with  certain  Deponents. 

LESSON  LI Y.  —  General  Exercise  :  Place    ....         82 
Place  to  which  ;  Place  at  or  in  which ;  Place  from  which. 

LESSON  LY.  —  Numerals.  —  Extent  in  Space  .        .        .        .84 

LESSON   LYL  —  Compound  Nouns.  —  Ablative  of  Time         .        86 

LESSON  LYIL  —  Pronouns  :    Personal,    Possessive,  and   Re- 
flexive         87 

LESSON   LYIII.  —  Pronouns  {continued)  :  Demonstrative      .         89 

LESSON  LIX.  —  Pronouns  (continued)  :  Relative        .        .        .90 
Declension ;  Agreement. 

LESSON   LX.  —  Pronouns  (continued)  :   Interrogative  and  In- 
definite        92 

Declension  of  ^liquis. 

LESSON   LXI.  —  Conjunctions 93 

LESSON  LXII.  —  Classification  of  Sentences  .        .        .        .     95 

LESSON  LXIIL  —  Participles  ......         96 

Definitions  ;  Distinctions  of  Tense ;  Used  for  a  Subordinate  Clause. 

LESSON  LXIY.  —  Ablative.  Absolute 98 

LESSON  LXY.  —  Irregular  Yerbs  :  Fero       .        .        .        .100 

LESSON  LXYI.  —  Compounds  of   Fero.  —  Ablative  of  Speci- 
fication        101 

LESSON   LXYI  I. — Irregular  Yerbs  {continued)',  Yolo  and  its 
Compounds 103 

LESSON   LXYIII. —Irregular  Yrrbs  (continued)  :   Eo  and   Fio  105 

LESSON   LXIX.  —  Defective  and  Impersonal  Yerbs         .        .  106 
Infinitive  as  Subject. 

LESSON   LXX.  —  The    Periphrastic    Conjugations.  —  Dative 
of  Agent 108 


y>"    OF  THJt"**:^ 


X  CONTENTS. 

LESSON  LXXI.  —  Use  of  the  Dative 110 

Dative  with  Intransitive  Verbs. 

LESSON  LXXIL — Use  of  the  Ablative  and  Subjunctive      .  112 
Ablative  with  Comparatives.  —  Subjunctive   expressing   a  Wish   or 
Command. 

LESSON   LXXIII.  —  Sequence    of    Tenses.  —  Subjunctive    in 
Final  Clauses 114 

LESSON   LXXIV.  —  Use  of  the  Dative  (continued)        .         .       116 
Dative  of  the  Person  possessing ;  Two  Datives. 

LESSON  LXXV. — Subjunctive  in  Consecutive  Clauses  .        .118 

LESSON  LXXVL  —  Use  of  the  Genitive       ....       120 
Genitive  with  Adjectives  ;  Genitive  in  Predicate  ;  Genitive  with  cer- 
tain Verbs. 

LESSON  LXXVII.  —  Conditional  Sentences      .        .        .        .122 

LESSON  LXXVIII.  —  Use  OF  THE  Ablative    ....       124 
Ablative  expressing  Measure  of  Difference  ;  Ablative  of  Quality. 

LESSON  LXXIX.  —  Concessive  Clauses 126 

LESSON   LXXX,  —  Use  of  the  Ablative  (continued)      .         .       128 
Ablative  of  Price ;  Ablative  of  Distance  ;  Ablative  with  Adjectives. 

LESSON  LXXXL  —  Causal  Clauses 130 

LESSON  LXXXII.  —  Temporal  Clauses 132 

LESSON  LXXXIIL — Subjunctive  in  Indirect  Questions        .  134 

LESSON  LXXXI V.  —  Oratio  Obliqu a.  —  Indirect  Discourse       136 

LESSON  LXXXV.  —  Indirect  Discourse  (continued)   .        .        .138 

LESSON  LXXXVL  —  Indirect  Discourse  (continued)      .        .       139 

LESSON  LXXXVIL— The  Gerund 140 

LESSON  LXXXVIIL— The  Gerundive 142 

LESSON  LXXXIX.— The  Supine 144 

LESSON  XC. — The  Roman  Calendar. — Abbreviations      .       146 

LESSON  XCL— General  Exercise 148 

LESSON  XCII.  —  General  Exercise 150 

SELECTIONS  FOR  READING. 

I.   Fables 153 

II.   Stories  from  Early  Roman  History    ....       156 
GENERAL  VOCABULARY. 

I.   Latin-English 167 

II.   English-Latin 211 


ABBEEVIATIONS. 


A.   &   G.,  Allen    and   Greenough's 
Latin  Grammar. 

A.  &  S.,  Andrews  and  Stoddard's 
Latin  Grammar. 

abl.,  ablative. 

ace,  accusative. 

act.,  active. 

adj.,  adjective. 

B.,  Bartholomew's  Latin  Grammar. 

B.  &  M.,  Bullions  and  Morris's  Latin 
Grammar. 

of.,  confer,  compare, 
comp.,  comparative, 
conj.,  conjunction, 
dat.,  dative, 
dem.,  demonstrative, 
dep,,  deponent. 
Ex.,  Example, 
f.,  feminine. 
fr.,  from. 

G.,  Gildersleeve's  Latin  Grammar, 
gen.,  genitive. 

H.,  Harkness's  Latin  Grammar,  lat- 
est edition, 
ind.,  indicative. 


indecl.,  indeclinable, 
indef.,  indefinite, 
interrog.,  interrogative, 
lit.,  literal,  literally. 
Ln.,  Lesson. 
m.,  masculine, 
n.,  neuter, 
num.,  numeral, 
part.,  participle, 
pass.,  passive, 
perf.,  perfect, 
pers.,  person, 
pi.,  plural, 
poss.,  possessive, 
prep.,  preposition, 
pres.,  present, 
pron.,  pronoun. 
Ref.,  Reference, 
rel.,  relative, 
sc,  scilicet,  understand, 
sing.,  singular, 
subst.,  substantive, 
voc,  vocative. 
Yy.,  Vocabulary. 
w.,  with. 


N.  B.  —  The  different  sections  of  this  book  are  marked  by  italicized  numerals. 
Tlie  numerals  in  the  notes  printed  thus  (4)  refer  to  such  sections. 


INTEODUCTOEY  PEINCIPLES  AND  DEFINITIONS. 


The  following  numerals  and  letters  refer  to  snch  portions  of 
the  grammar  as  are  to  be  committed  to  memory.  When  two 
are  joined  by  a  dash  the  intermediate  sections  or  paragraphs 
are  also  included  :  e.  g.  2  -  4  or  a  -  c  signifies  that  the  parts 
designated  by  2,  3,  and  4,  or  by  a,  h,  and  c  are  to  be  committed 
to  memory.  Only  the  coarse  print  is  to  be  learned  unless  a 
special  reference  is  made  to  the  fine. 

1.  Alphabet.  A.  &  G.  1,  1,  «,  6 ;  A.  &  S.  2,  1  :  3,  1,  2  ;  4 : 
B.  3-10,  10.  fine  print  under  6  and  7:  B.  &  M.  5;  5/  6;  7:  G.  1 ; 
2 ;  6  :   H.  2-4:,  w.  fine  print  under  3  and  4. 

2,  Promuiciation  and  Syllables,  (a)  'Roman  Method.  A.  &  G. 
\,b,a-d)  2,  I,  a-c:  B.  11  - 15 ;  16-21:  G.  3;  4;  7;  8;  9: 
H.  15,  1-4;  16;  17;  18,  1-3. 

(b)  English  Method.  A.  &  G.2,2,  a-d  ;  1,5,  a- d  :  A.  &  S.  7-12, 
u\  fine  print;  17-23:  B.  377,  the  ivhole :  B.  &  M.  11,'  12;  IS,  1-6: 
H.  6-14,  w.  fine  print. 

(c)  Continental  Method.  A.  &  S.  6 ;  17-23:  B.  &  M.  i4,  1-5  ; 
JS,  1-6:  H.  19. 

S.  Quatitity.  A.  &  G.  3,  1,  2,a-e,  Note  :  A.  &  S.  5,  1  ;  13, 
1-6,  w.  fineprint:  B.  12,  a-c  :  B.  &  M.  8,-  16-19:  G.  2,  2  ;  10 
- 13,  Eemark  1  :  R.  20-23,  w.  fine  print. 

4.  Accent.  A.  &  G.  4, 1,  2,  a,  6,  Note  :  A.  &  S.  14,  4,  5  ;  15, 1,  2  ; 
16,  1  -  3  :  B.  22  -  25  :  B.  &  M.  20,  w.  fine  print :  G.  14 :  H.  24;  25. 

5.  Parts  of  Speech  and  Inflection.  A.  &  G.  5,  1  -  4  :  A.  & 
S.  24,  1-4  ;  25,  1-3  ;  26,  1-7  :  B.  26-33;  34-40;  115:  B.  & 
M.  24;  25,  1,  2;  26,  1,  2,  Ohs.  1-2;  27-SO:  G.  15-17,  the 
whole:  H.  37-40. 

6.  Gender.  A.  &  G.  6,  1,  a,  c,  2-4  :  A.  &  S.  27-30 ;  33;  34, 
1-4:  B.  116-118,  L- III.:  B.  &  Isi.  32  -  35 :  G.  18;  19, 1.- III. ; 
20,  1-3:  H.  41;  42,  I.-III. 


2  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

7.  Person^  Number ,  and  Case.    A.  &  G.  7,  1  -  7  :  A.  &  S.  35, 

1  -  2  ;  36  ;  37,  1  -  6  :    B.  119  - 120,  w.  fine  print :    B.  &  M.  31 ;  4:2, 
4.  Case ;  43,  w.  fine  print :    G.  21  -  24  :   H.  44 ;  45-,  iv.  fine  print. 

8,  Declension.  A.  &  G.  8,  1,  a,  6,  %a-f\  A.  &  S.  38 ;  39,  I. ; 
40,  2-  10  :  B.  121 ;  122,  Kem.  1  -  5  ;  123  :  B.  &  M.  44-46,  w.  fine 
print;  47;  50,  Dec.  I. :  G.  25-26,  the  whole:  H.  46,  w.  fine  print; 
47. 

Note. 

The  division  of  the  above  introductory  matter  into  suitable  lessons  is  left 
to  the  teacher.  He  may  find  it  necessary  at  first  to  go  over  each  lesson  in 
advance  with  the  class  and  point  out  the  portions  designated.  The  follow- 
ing suggestion  is  ottered.  Each  definition  should  be  made  practical  by 
application.  E.  g.,  as  soon  as  the  learner  has  committed  to  memory  the 
portions  of  grammar  referred  to  under  "J.  Alphabet,''  he  should  turn  to 
"Lesson  1."  and  classify  the  letters  of  the  Latin  words  there  found.  After 
learning  *'^,"  he  should  pronounce  the  same  letters  in  accordance  with  the 
rules  under  "^,"  and  divide  the  words  which  they  form  into  syllables. 
JJearn  thoroughly ;  review  often;  use  the  blackboard. 


FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN. 


LESSON   I. 

NOUNS  :     FIRST  DECLENSION. 

0»  Learn  t"he  declension  of  the  model  noun,  the  stem  and  case- 
endings,  the  mfieaning  of  each  case,  and  the  rule  of  gender  for  nouns  of 
the  First  Declension.  A.  &  G.  9,  1,  2,  c  ;  8, 1,  a  :  A.  &  S.  41 ;  39, 1. ; 
40,  2-10  :  B.  121;  123;  124:  B.  &  M.  46;  48,  First;  51;  53: 
G.  24 ;  2T,  Remark  2  ;  28 :  H.  46,  1  ;  48,  1,  2,  I)-  3),  4. 

10,  The  learner  should  make  the  words  of  the  Vocabularies  so 
familiar  that  when  the  Laiin  is  pronounced,  he  can  give  promptly  the 
English  equivalent,  or  when  the  English  is  pronounced,  he  can  give 
promptly  the  Latin  equivalent.  Not  only  the  Nonlinative,  but  also 
the  Genitive  and  Gender  of  each  Latin  noun  should  always  be  learned. 

VOCABULARY. 

causa,  ae,i  f.^  cause,  reason, 

Geneva,  ae,  f.  Geneva.^ 

gI5rla,  ae,  f.  glory. 

lingua,  ae,  f.  tongue,  language. 

memoria,  ae,  f.  memory. 

ripa,  ae,  f.  bank  (of  a  stream). 

via,  ae,  f.  way,  road. 

1  ae  is  the  case-ending  of  the  Genitive.  To  form  the  Genitive  of  causa, 
substitute  ae  for  final  a :  e.  g.  Nom.  causa,  Gen.  causae. 

2  In  the  Vocabularies,  f.  stands  for  feminine  gender,  m.  for  masculine, 
and  n.  for  neuter. 

^  For  a  fuller  description  of  Proper  Names  given  in  the  special  Vocabu- 
laries, see  Vocabulary  at  end  of  the  book. 


% 


4  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

N.  B.  Careful  attention  should  be  given  to  the  pronunciation  of  each  syl- 
lable ;  the  rules  for  quantity  and  accent  will  need  to  be  called  to  mind  very 
often.     Kemember  that  the  final  syllable  of  a  Latin  word  is  never  accented. 

Pronounce;  translate;  decline  and  describe i  eacli  word. 

1.  Causa.2  2.  Gloriamm.^  3.  Eipae.  4.  Lingua.^ 
5.  Memoria.^  6.  Linguas.  7.  Yia.  8.  Eipas.  9.  Me- 
moriae. 10.  Gloriae.  11.  Causas.  12.  Yiam.  13.  Memo- 
rias.  14.  Yia.  15.  Gloriam.  16.  Linguarum.  17.  Causls. 
18.  Eipa.     19.  Genevae.^ 

Write  in  r.atin. 

1.  Of  a^  cause.  2.  Of  the  causes.  3.  Witli  glory. 
4.  Eor  glory.  5.  With  tongues.  6.  In  the  language. 
7.  0  Memory.  8.  In  memory.  9.  Of  the  banks.  10.  Ey 
the  way. 

Noies  and  Questions. 

^  To  describe  a  noun  is  to  tell  its  case,  number,  and  gender,  its  stem 
and  case-ending  (termination). 

2  The  Latin  language  has  no  article.  In  translating  Latin  nouns  into 
English,  a,  an,  or  the  may  be  supplied  according  to  the  sense.  E.  g.  causa 
may  be  rendered  a  cause,  the  cause,  or  simply  catise. 

3  AVhich  syllable  of  gidriariim  is  accented  ?  Why  ?  (4)  —  Numerals 
pinnted  thus  (4)  refer  to  sections  of  this  book. 

4  What  is  the  quantity  of  the  penult  of  lingua  ?     Why  ?    (3) 

5  The  Ablative  may  often  be  rendered  by  the  preposition  in  and  the 
noun  :  e.  g.  mgmoria,  in  memory ;  lingua,  in  the  language. 

6  Locative  Case  ;  translate  by  the  preposition  at  or  in  and  the  noun  : 
e.  g.  Eomae,  at  Rome,  or  in  Rome. 


LESSON    II. 

NOUNS  :    FIRST  DECLENSION.  —  PREPOSITIONS. 

11,   neclension  of  dea  and  filia.     A.  &  G.  9,  2,  e  :   A.  &  S. 

43,  2,  last  part :   B.  124,  Rem.  1 :    B.  &  M.  57:    G.  27,  Remark  3 : 
H.  49,  4. 


riRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN.  5 

12.   Use  of  JPrepositions,    A.  &  G.  56, 1 :  A.  &  S.  235  :  B.  329, 
Rule  LXXX.:   B.  &  M.  9Sl:   G.  417:  H.  432. 


VOCABULARY. 

Sd,  prep.  w.  acc.i 

to. 

angustiae,2  arum,  f. 

narrow  pass. 

circum,  prep.  w.  ace. 

around. 

dea,  ae,  f. 

goddess. 

filia,  ae,  f. 

daughter. 

Matrona,  ae,  m. 

the  Marne. 

per,  prep.  w.  ace. 

through. 

provincia,  ae,  f. 

province. 

silva,  ae,  f. 

forest. 

trans,  prep.  w.  ace. 

across. 

1  "prep.  w.  ace."  signifies  that  ad  is  a  preposition  used  with  the  Accusa- 
tive. 

2  angustiae  is  rarely  used  in  the  singular.     Notice  that  it  is  equivalent 
to  two  English  words,  narrow,  an  adjective,  and^a^s,  a  noun. 

Pronounce;  translate;  decline  and  describe  each  noun. 

1.  Ad  riprim.^  2.  Ad  rlpam  Matronae.^  3.  Trans  Ma- 
tronam.  4.  Dea.'^  5.  Deae.  6.  Deariim.  7.  Deabus. 
8.  Trans  viam.  9.  Per  angustias.^  10.  Per  silvas.  11.  Per 
provinciam.  12.  Circum  Genevam.  13.  Silvarum.  14.  Sil- 
vis.^  15.  Ad  fllias  dearum. 
\'^ 

Write  in  L.atin. 

1.  The  daughter.  2.  A  daughter.  3.  0  daughter.  4.  To 
the  daughter  of  a  goddess.  5.  To^  the  Marne.  6.  To^  the 
banks  of  the  Marne.  7.  For  the  daughters.  8.  Through  the 
provinces.  9.  Through  the  forest.  10.  In^  the  forest. 
11.    In^  the  memory  of  the  daughters. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  When  a  noun  is  governed  by  a  preposition,  give  the  rule  referred  to 
under  12. 


b  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

2  Give  the  rule  for  gender  of  Matrona.   {6) 

3  See  Ln.  I.,  Note  2. 

*  What  is  the  quantity  of  the  penult  of  angustias  ?  Why  ?  (3)  Which 
syllable  then  has  the  accent  ?  (4) 

^  See  Ln.  I.,  Note  5.  Which  cases  of  the  First  Declension  are  alike  in 
the  singular  ?  Which  in  the  plural  ?  What  is  the  difference  between  silva 
and  silva  ? 

^  Translate  by  the  proper  preposition. 


LESSON   III. 

NOUNS:    SECOND  DECLENSION. 

13.  Nouns  in  lis.  A.  &  G.  10, 1,  2,  serviis,  4,  a :  A.  &  S.  46, 
dominus:  B.  126;  127,  dominiis,  Rem.  4:  B.  &  M.  59;  01,  dunii- 
niis  :  G.  29,  hortus,  Remark  4:  H.  51,  serviis,  1,  2,  l)-3),  6. 

14.  Gender.  A.  &  G.  10,3:  A.  &  S.  46 :  B.  127,  Rem.  3 : 
B.  &  M.  71:   G.  30:   H.  51. 

VOCABULARY. 

ante,  prep.  w.  ace.  before. 

amicitia,  ae,  f.  friendship, 

amicus,  i,  m.  friend. 

carrus,  i,  in.  cart,  wagon, 

contra,  prep.  w.  ace.  against. 

German!,  oriim,  m.  the  Germans, 

legatus,  i,  m.  legate,  lieutenant, 

numerus,  I,  m.  number. 

oculiis,  1,  m.  eye, 

populiis,  i,  m.  people. 

Rheniis,  i,  m.  the  Rhine. 

Rhodanus,  i,  m.  the  Rhone, 

Pronounce;  translate;  decline  and  describe  each  nonn. 

1.  Popuii.i  2.  Popiile.  3.  Popiilis.  4.  AmTcitia  popfilT. 
5.  Ante  ociilos  popiili.     6.  Niimeriis  carrorum.     7.  Nume- 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  7 

riis  Germanoriim.  8.  Niimems  amTc5mm.  9.  Niimerus 
flliarum.  10.  Filia  legatl.^  11.  Amico  populi.  12.  Contra 
amicimi  populi.  13.  Contra  legat5s  populi.  14.  Trans 
Ehodanum.     15.  Populi^  amicis.     16.  Ad  Germ  an  os. 

Write  in  Liatin. 

1.  Of  a  friend.  2.  To  a  friend.  3.  0  friend.  4.  Against 
a  friend.  5.  Of  friends.  6.  The  friends  of  the  Germans. 
7.  Against  the  friends  of  the  Germans.  8.  Before  the  eyes 
of  the  Germans.  9.  Across  the  Ehine.  10.  Before  the 
lieutenant^s^  eyes.     11.  The  friendship  of  the  Germans. 

Noies  and  Questions. 

1  What  is  the  stem  of  populi  ?  What  are  the  case-endings  of  the  Second 
Declension  ?  Which  cases  are  alike  in  the  singular  ?  Which  in  the  plural  ? 
Which  cases  are  like  the  same  cases  of  the  First  Declension  ?  What  is  the 
rule  of  gender  for  the  Second  Declension  ?  {14)  What  is  the  rule  of  gender 
for  the  First  Declension  ?     What  are  the  general  rules  for  gender  ?   {6) 

2  The  Latin  Genitive  is  often  equivalent  to  the  English  possessive  case  : 
filia  legati  is  best  rendered  the  lieutenant's  daughter. 

^  The  Genitive  usually  stands  after  the  noun  which  it  limits,  but  often 
before  it.  In  the  latter  case  the  Genitive  is  made  emphatic  :  e.  g.,  filia  amici, 
the  friend's  daughter;  but  amici  filia,  the  friend's  daughter. 


LESSON   IV. 

NOUNS  :    SECOND  DECLENSION.  —  PREPOSITIONS. 

15.  Nouns  in  r  and  um.    A.  &  G.  10,  2 :  A.  &  S.  46  :  B.  12T, 

a,  6,  Rem.  1,  2 :   B.  &  M.  60;  61;  63:  G.-29 ;  31 :  H.  51,  2,  3) -6), 

4,1). 

16,  Prepositions  useil  tvith  the  Ablative.    A.  &  G.  56,  1,  b  : 

A.  &  S.  241 :   B.  178 :   B.  &  M.  470:  G.  418 :  H.  434. 

N.  B.     The  list  of  prepositions  used  with  the  Ablative  should  be  com- 
mitted to  memory. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


VOCABULARY. 

a,  ab,i  prep.  w.  abL 

from^  hy. 

ager,  agri,  m. 

field. 

belliim,  i,  n. 

war. 

ciim,  prep.  w.  abL 

with. 

e,  ex,i  prep.  w.  abL 

out  of. 

f  rumentiiin,  i,  n. 

corn.      f 

gener,  generi,  m. 

son-in-law. 

Helvetii,  orum,  m. 

the  Helvetii. 

puer,  pueri,  m. 

hoy. 

regnum,  i,  n. 

sovereignty,  kingdom. 

sine,  prep.  w.  abl. 

without. 

templiim,  i,  ii. 

temple. 

vir,  viri,  m. 

man. 

1  a  and  e  are  used  only  before  words  beginning  with  a  consonant ;  Sb 
and  ex  before  either  a  vowel  or  consonant. 

Pronounce;  translate;  parse l  the  nouns  governed  by  prepositions. 

1.  Pueri/  pueroriim.  2.  Genero^  generis.  3.  Agri  Hel- 
vetiorum.  4.  Ciim  viris.  5.  Sine  viris.  6.  Ex  templo.^ 
7.  Ciim  HelvetiTs.  8.  Sine  regno.  9.  Sine  frumento.* 
10.  Bellum  ciim  GermanTs.  11.  Ex  provincia.  VZ.  Ab 
HelvetiTs.  13.  Per  agros  Helvetiorum.  14.  E  Eliodano.^ 
15.  Ciim  amico  Helvetioriim.     16.  Kegniim  Germanoriim. 

Write  in  r.atin. 

1.  Of  the  war^  of  the  wars.  2.  For  the  war^  for  the 
wars.  3.  The  wars  with  the  Helvetii.  4.  By  the  Germans. 
5.  Without  friendship.  6.  With  the  man^s^  daughters. 
7.  Without  the  bovs.  8.  O  boys.  9.  Before  the  war  with 
the  Germans.  10.  Without  wagons.  11.  Out  of  the  Ehine. 
12.  Out  of  the  temples  of  the  Germans. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Form  for  iiarsing  a  noun. — cum  viris :  viris  is  a  masculine  noun  of  tho 
Second  Declension;  stem,  viro ;  declined,  vir,  vlrl,  viro,  virum^  vir,  vlro; 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  9 

plural,  viri,  virorUm,  virls,  viros,  v^iri,  virls ;  it  is  in  the  Ablative  plural 
and  governed  by  the  preposition  cum;  rule  (i6).  Repeat  the  rule  giving 
the  list  of  prepositions  used  with  the  Ablative. 

2  Which  endings  do  nouns  in  r  drop  ?  Ans.  The  Nominative  us  and  the 
Vocative  e.  To  which  declension  does  pueri  belong  ?  Why  ?  provincia  ? 
Why  ?  How  many  declensions  are  there  and  how  distinguished  from  one 
another?  (8) 

3  Notice  that  the  Nominative,  Accusative,  and  Vocative  of  neuter  nouns 
are  alike  and  end  in  the  plural  in  a. 

4  What  is  the  quantity  of  the  penult  of  frumento  ?  Why  ?  Which  syl- 
lable then  is  accented  ?     (3  and  4) 

^  Which  syllable  of  Rhodanus  takes  tte  accent  ? 
eSeeLN.  111.,  Note  2. 


LESSON   V. 

NOUNS:    SECOND  DECLENSION.  —  PREPOSITIONS. 

17 •  Nouns  in  iiis  or  ium  generally  form  the  Genitive  Singular 
with  one  i,  while  the  accent  remains  unchanged  :  Cassi,  of  Cassius ; 
fill,  of  the  son ;  consili,  of  counsel. 

IS,  Vocative  of  filiiis  and  ztroper  names  in  ius.  A.  &  G. 
10,  4,  c :   A.  &  S.  52  :   B.  128,  a:   B.  &  M.  65:    G.  29,  2 :    H.  52,  2. 

19.    Use  of  in  and  siib.      A.  &  G.  56,  1,  c :   A.  &  S.  235,  (2) : 


;.  179:   B.  &  M.  9S7,'  9S8: 

G. 

419  :    H.  435,  1. 

20,   deus  —  stem  deo  —  : 

is  declined  as  follows  : 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Nom.  deiis, 

del,  dii,  di. 

Gen.    del,  * 

de5riim,  deiim. 

Dat.     deo,  * 

dels,  diis,  dis. 

Ace.     deum, 

deos. 

Voc.    deus, 

del,  dii,  di. 

Abl.    deo,  • 

deis,  diis,  dis. 

VOCABULARY. 
Cassius,  i,  m.  Cassius. 

castrum,  i,  n.  fort ;  pi.  camp. 


10  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


concilium,  i,  n. 

council,  assembly. 

consilium,  I,  n. 

counsel,  plan. 

deiis,  1,  m.  (see  20), 

god. 

equus,  i,  m. 

horse. 

et,  conj. 

and. 

filius,  i,  m. 

son. 

in,  prep.  w.  ace.  or  abL 

into,  in. 

jiigum,  i,  n. 

yoke. 

L/Uciiis,  i,  m. 

Lucius. 

oppidiim,  i,  n. 

town. 

sub,  prep.  w.  ace.  or- abl.  under. 

Pronounce;  translate;  parse  the  nouns  governed  by  prepositions. 

1.  Ad  deos  et^  deas.  2.  Cum  dels  et  deabus.  3.  Ante 
ociilos  deorum  et  deariim.  4.  Iii^  oppido.  6.  In^  oppTdum. 
6.  In  castra^  Germanoriim.  7.  ConsTlio*  deorum.  8.  Sine 
consTlils.  9.  In  concTlio  Helvetioriim.  10.  Siib  jugum. 
11.  Ciim  equis  et  cams.  12.  Cum  equTs  et  earns  LucT. 
13.  Kliiis  LucT  Cassi.  14.  Fill^  LucT  CassT.  15.  Per  op- 
ptda  Germanoriim.^  16.  Germanoriim^  opjmla.  17.  Trans 
Eheniim  et  Ehodaniim.     18.  Gener  LucT.     19.  CassT.^ 

TVrite  in  r.atin. 

1.  To  sons  and  daughters.  2.  AVith  sons  and  daughters. 
3.  Before  the  eyes  of  sons  and  daughters.  4.  Into^  the  towns 
of  the  Germans.  5.  In^  the  Germans^  camp.^  6.  Into  the 
council  of  the  Germans.  7.  By  the  plans  of  the  gods.  8.  O 
son^  of  Cassius.     9.  0  Cassius.^     10.  Under  the  yoke. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  ^t  is  a  conjunction  ;  conjunctions  connect  words  and  clauses  in  Latin 
as  in  English.  St  connects  similar  constructions  ;  hence  de&s  is  governed 
the  same  as  deos  by  ad. 

2  Observe  caiefully  the  difference  in  meaning  between  in  used  with  the 
Accusative  and  in  used  with  the  Ablative. 

8  Observe  that  castrum  means  in  the  Singular  a  forty  but  in  the  Plural 
a  camp  (military  camp)  ;  a  Roman  camp  was  surrounded  by  a  trench  and 
a  rampart. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  11 

4  See  17, 

6  See  18  and  A.  &  G.  53:  A.  &  S.  '^40:  B.  5J10,  Rule  VI. :  B.  &  M. 
974:   G.  194,  Rem.  3  :   H.  369. 

6  What  is  the  difference  between  oppida  Germanorum  and  Germanoriiiii 
oppida?    Ln.  III.,  Note  3. 


LESSON    VI. 

ADJECTIVES  :    FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS. 

21*   Learn  the  declension  of  boniis  (cariis).     A.  &  G.  16,  I  : 

A.  &  S.  104;  105,  1,  2  :    B.  154;  155,  1  :   B.  &  M.  189;  190,  1  : 
G.  15,  L,  2  ;  33:   H.  146-148. 

22.   Agreement  of  Adjectives.     A.  &  G.  47 :    A.  &  S.  205 : 

B.  266,  Rule  LL:   B.  &  M.  650;   G.  285:  H.  438. 


VOCABULARY. 

bonus,  a,i  um,i 

good. 

carus,  a,  iim. 

dear,  beloved. 

exempluni,  i,  n. 

example. 

lacrinia,  ae,  f. 

tear. 

magniis,  a,  iim. 

great,  big,  large. 

malus,  a,  iim. 

bad. 

multiis,  a,  iim, 

much;  pi.  many. 

parviis,  a,  iim. 

small. 

reliquiis,  a,  iim, 

remaining. 

Romaniis,  a,  iim. 

Roman, 

1  a  and  iiin  are  the  feminine  and  neuter  endings :  recite  as  if  it  ^ye^e 
printed  boniis,  bona,  boniim. 

Pronounce ;  translate ;  parse  the  adjectives.^ 

1.  Yir-  bonus/  filia  bona^^  exempliiin  bonum.  2.  Yiri 
mall,  filiae^  make,  exempla  mala.  3.  Cum  filia  cara. 
4.  Cum  filiis^  carls.  5.  Gloria  magna  Luci  Cassl.*  6.  Ex- 
emplo  populi  Eomani.     7.   Multis  cum  lacrimis.     8.  Pueri 


12  FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

multi  et  parvi.^  9.  Oppida  multa  et  magna.  10.  Per  mul- 
tos  agros.  11.  In  leliqaa  oppida.  12.  Amicus  popiili 
EomanT.  13.  Cum  amicls  populi  Eomaiy.  14.  In  provin- 
ciam  magnam.  15.  Carri  multi  et  parvi.  16.  In  templTs 
magnis  Germanorum. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  Tlirough  small ^  fields.  2.  Through  small  towns. 
3.  Through  a  small  province.  4.  Through  the  remaining 
towns.  5.  The  friendship  of  the  Roman''  people.  6.  Many 
good  boys.^  7.  Many  beloved  daughters.  8.  Many  bad 
men.     9.  In  a  large  temple.     10.  With  many  friends. 

Notes  and  Questions. 
1  Form  for  parsing  an  adjectioe.  — vir  bonus  :  bonus  is  an  adjective  of 
the  First  and  Second  Declensions  ;  Stems,  eoxo  and  Bt)NA  ;  declined,  hS- 
nUs,  bdna,  h^nUm ;  hunl,  honae^  b^ni;  bono,  bonaey  bono;  bonum,  bdndiUy 
bonUm;  bone,  bond,  bonUm ;  bono,  bond,  bono;  Plural,  b^nl,  b^nae,  b6nd; 
bonorum,  bdndrum,  bonorUm ;  bonis,  bonis,  bonis;  b6nos,  b^nds,  bSnd ; 
bunl,  bonac,  bond;  bSnis,  bonis,  boms;  it  is  in  the  Nominative  Singular 
Masculine  to  agree. with  its  noun  vir;   inile  {22).     Repeat  the  rule. 

2  The  adjective  like  the  Genitive  follows  its  noun  unless  emphatic. 

3  What  irregularity  in  declension  have  dea  and  f  ilia  ? 

4  What  irregularities  in  declension  have  f iliiis  and  Cassiiis  ?  {17  and  18) 
^  The  Romans  wrote  multi  6t  parvi,  many  and  small;  the  English  write 

many  small,  without  the  conjunction. 

6  Notice  that  the  adjective  has  the  same  number,  gender,  and  case  as  its 
noun  (see  22). 

"'  In  the  Latin  expression  equivalent  to  Roman  xjeople^  the  adjective 
always  follows  its  noun. 

LESSON   VII. 

ADJECTIVES  :    FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS  {co7itirmed), 

23.  A.  &  G.  16,  I,  a:  A.  &  S.  105,  3  ;  106 :  B.  155,  2,  3  : 
B.  &  M.  190,  2,  3  :    G.  34  :   H.  149,  150. 


FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN.  13 

24:,  Genitive  in  ius  and  Dative  ini.  A.  &  G.  16,  1,  6 :  A. 
&  8.  lOT,  Remark  1,  2  :  B.  155,  4,  Rem.  1  :  B.  &  M.  191:  G  35, 
Remark  :   H.  151,  2,  3. 

The  list  of  adjectives  having  their  Genitive  in  ius  and  Dative  in  i  should 
be  committed  to  memory. 

VOCABULARY, 

aeger,  aegra,  aegrum,  sick. 

alius,  alia,  aliud,  other,  another. 

liber,  libera,  liberum,  free. 

miser,  misera,  misertim,  wretched. 

nuUiis,  a,  um,  none,  no. 

pulcher,  pulchra,  pulchrum,  beautifuL 

soliis,  a,  iim,  alone. 

tener,  tenera,  teneriiin,  tender,  delicate. 

totus,  a,  um,  whole,  entire. 

uUiis,  a,  iim,  any. 

unus,  a,  um,  one. 

Pronounce;  translate;  parse  the  adjectives. 

1.  Cum  flHls  teneris.  2.  Ad  viros  aegros.^  3.  Ad  alios 
viros  aegros.  4.  Per  agros  pulchros.  5.  Ab  HelvetiTs  liberis. 
6.  Contra  legatiim  miser  um.  7.  Filiae  multae  et  pulclirae.^ 
8.  Eiliarum  pulchrarum.  9.  Filiis  et  filiabus  pulcliris. 
10.  Yiri  multi  et  miseri.  11.  Totis  castris.^  12.  Per  Hel- 
vetios  solos.  13.  Una  per  Helvetios  via.  14.  Alia*  via 
nulla.  15.  Ulla  sine  causa.  16.  Alii  amico.  17.  Alii 
amici.  18.  Alius  amici.  19.  Unus  e  filiis^  Cassi.  20.  In^ 
aliud''  oppidum. 

Noies  and  Questions. 

1  How  does  filiiis  Cassi  differ  from  Cassi  f iliiis  ?  (Ln.  III.,  Note  3). 
How  does  ad  viros  aegros  differ  from  ad  aegros  viros  ?  (Ln.  VI.,  Note  2). 

2  See  Ln.  VI.,  Note  5.  3  gee  Ln.  I.,  Note  5. 

^  What  is  the  Nominative  Neuter  Singular  of  alius  ?  The  Genitive  Sin- 
gular ?     The  Dative  Sing«lar  ? 

s  Translate  uniis  e  filiis  like  unus  filioriim. 

6  How  is  in  to  be  rendered  when  used  with  the  Ablative  ? 

■^  What  adjectives  have  their  Genitive  in  iiis  and  Dative  in  i  ? 


14  riRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

LESSON    VIII. 
ADDITIONAL  EXERCISES.  — APPOSITION. 

25.  Appositives.  A.  &  G.  46, 1 :  A.  &  S.  204  :  B.  265,  KuLE  L.: 
B.  &  M.  622:   G.  318;  319 :  H.  352,  2  ;  363. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  ad  oppidiim  Genevam  (appositive),  to  the  toum  of  Geneva, 

2.  Titus  Labienus  legatiis  (appositive),  Titus  Labienus  the  lieu- 

tenant. 

VOCABULARY, 

aedificium,  i,  n.  building,  edifice, 

arma,!  oriiin,  n.  arnfis,  weajpons. 

Belgae,  arum,  m.  the  Belgae, 

copia,  ae,  f.  plenty ;  pi.  troops. 

Gallia,  ae,  f.  Gaul, 

Labienus,  i,  m.  Labienus. 

locus,2  i,  m.  place. 

maturus,  a,  um,  ripe. 

periculum,  i,  n.  danger. 

privatiis,  a,  um,  private. 

SequSni,  orum,  m.  the  Sequani. 

Titus,  i,  m.  Titus. 

victoria,  ae,  f.  victory. 

1  arma,  like  the  English  arms,  is  used  only  in  the  plural. 

^  locus  is  both  masculine  and  neuter  in  the  plural  and  is  declined  in  that 
number  as  follows:  Nom.,  Ucl  and  Ucd;  Gen.,  locorum;  Dat.,  locls;  Ace, 
locos  and  Ucd ;  Voc,  loci  and  Ucd  ;  Abl.,  Wcif. 

Pronouhce;  translate;  parse  the  nouns  which  are  in  apposition  or  gov- 
erned by  prepositions,  and  the  adjectives. 

1.  Ad  Titum  Labieniim  legatiim.^  2.  Ciim  flliabus^  pul- 
cliris  Titi  Labieni  legatT.  3.  Per  agios  magnos  Titi  Labieni 
legati.  4.  Ex  oppido  Geneva.^  5.  In  oppidiim  Genevam. 
6.  Magno  cum  periciilo.  7.  Eeliqua  privata  aedificia. 
8.  Frumentum  maturiim  m  agris.     9.  Copia  frumenti  maturi 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  15 

in  agris.  10.  In  Galliam^  in  Gallia.  11.  Ex^  Gallia^  a^ 
Gallia.  12.  Victoria  magna  Sequanorum.  13.  Cum  copiis 
Belgarum.  14.  Trans  Ehodanum^  in  Galliam.  15.  Per 
multa  loca.  16.  Periciiliim  deoriim  et  dearum.  17.  Nulla 
victoria  sine  armis. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Through  the  entire  town.  2.  Through  the  entire  town 
of  Geneva.^  3.  Into  the  province  of  Gaul.  4.  With  the 
troops  of  Titus  Labienus  the  lieutenant.  5.  The  remaining 
private  wagons.  6.  Into  no  place.  7.  In  one  place.  8.  Witli 
many  dangers.  9.  With  many  sons  and  daughters.  10.  The 
Sequani  alone. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  What  are  the  general  rules  for  gender  ?  (6)  What  is  the  gender  of 
nouns  of  the  First  Declension  ?  (9)     Of  the  Second  Declension  ?  (i4) 

2  What  irregular  case-endings  have  dea  and  filia  ?  {ID 

3  See  23  and  Example  1. 

*  e,  ex  signifies  oict  of,  from,  in  the  sense  of  from  ivithi7i  a  place  ;  a,  &b, 
from,  in  the  sense  of  /rom  near  a  place. 

s  Which  syllable  of  Rhodaniis  takes  the  accent  ?  Why  ?  (4)  Which  of 
Sequani  ? 

^  With  which  cases  are  prepositions  used  in  Latin  ?  Which  prepositions 
are  used  only  with  the  Ablative  ?  Which  with  both  the  Ablative  and  Accu- 
sative ?  When  are  in  and  sub  used  with  the  Ablative  ?  When  with  the 
Accusative  ? 


LESSON   IX. 

VERBS  :    PRELIMINARY  DEFINITIONS. 

26,  Learn  the  following  definitions  when  they  are  given  in  the 
grammar  :  Use  of  the  Verb  ;  Transitive  and  Intransitive  Verbs  ; 
Active  Voice  ;  Use  of  the  Indicative  Mood ;  Use  of  the  Present 
Tense  ;   Person  and  Number ;   Conjugation. 


16  FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN. 

A.  &  G.  23,  1,3;  24,  1 ;  58,  2 ;  30. 

A.  &  S.  140;  141,  L,  XL;  259;  145;  146;  147;  149,  1,  2. 

B.  26  ;  41,  6 :  43  ;  44 ;  57 ;  63 ;  68 ;  292,  Rule  LVI. 

B.  &  M.  258;  259,  1-3;  262;  266;  270;  271;  272;  1079; 
1080. 

G.  15,  III.;  109;  204;  245;  246;  218;  116;  117. 
H.  192;  193;  194;  195,  L;  474;  466;  199;  200. 


LESSON   X. 

VERBS  :    FIRST  CONJUGATION. 

27*    JPersonal  JEndings   of  the   Active    Voice  and  Stem, 

A.  &  G.  28,  1,  a ;  5,  2  ;  27,  5  :  A.  «fe  S.  147,  3  ;  150,  1,2:  B.  64,  a  ; 
69 :  B.  &  M.  SSS,  Active  Voice  ;  274:  G.  Ill :  H.  247,  person., 

ACT.,  MEANING  ;   250. 

28,  The  Present  Stem"^  is  found  in  tlie  Present  Infinitive  Ac- 
tive by  dropping  the  ending  re  in  the  First,  Second,  and  Fourth  Con- 
jugations, and  ere  in  the  Third  :  e.  g.  PUTAre  is  a  Present  Infinitive 
Active  and  puta  its  Present  Stem  ;  so  Die  from  Dicere. 

29*  Learn  the  conjugation^  and  meanings  of  the  Present  Indicative 
Active  of  Sms.  A.  &  G.  31 :  A.  &  S.  155 :  B.  74 :  B.  &  M.  282: 
G.  119 :   H.  205  ;  247,  1. 

30.  Observe  that  the  Present  Indicative  Active  of  the  First  Con- 
jugation is  conjugated  by  annexing  the  Personal  Endings  (27)  to  the 
Present  Stem  {28) ;  also  that  the  first  person  singular  takes  the  termi- 
nation 6,  wHch  absorbs  the  final  stem- vowel  a. 

VOCABULARY. 

Smo,  amare,  love.^ 

convoco,  convocare,  call  together,  summon, 

confirmo,  confirmare,  establish,  strengtJien. 

importo,  importare,  bring  in,  import. 

occiipo,  occiipare,  seize,  occupy. 

vasto,  vastare,  lay  waste,  devastate. 


PIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  17 

Pronounce ;  translate ;  inflect  the  verbs  and  give  their  elements.^ 

1.  Importas/  importatis^  importamils.  2.  Amamus, 
amant,  amat.  '3.  Convoco.  convocas.  convocat.  4.  Convo- 
camtis^,  convocatis^  coftvocant.  5.  Coiifirmant,  confirmatis^ 
confirnlamus.  6.  Confirmat^  confirmas^  confirmo.  7.  Oc- 
cupo^  amas,  importat.'  8.  Importo^  amatis,  occupant. 
9.  Occupamus,  importatis^  amo.  10.  Occupas^  occupat, 
occupatis. 

,     '  "Write  in  Latin. 

1.  I  am  importing,  you  are  establishing,  he  is  loving. 
2.  We  occupy,  you  summon,  they  devastate.  3.  We  do 
import,  you  do  devastate,  they  do  summon.  4.  I  devastate, 
you  devastate,  he  devastates.  5.  We  are  devastating,  you  are 
devastating,  they  are  devastating. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  The  Present  Stem  is  named  The  First  Stem  in  some  grammars ;  in 
others,    The  First  Root. 

2  The  conjurjation  of  a  verb  is  the  change  made  in  its  ending  to  express 
voice,  mood,  tense,  person,  and  number. 

3  Only  the  general  meaning  of  the  verb,  without  reference  to  person, 
number,  mood,  tense,  or  voice  will  be  given  in  the  Vocabularies.  The 
fecial  meanings  can  be  learned  with  aid  of  the  grammar. 

*  The  elements  of  a  verb  in»the  present  tense  are  the  stem  and  personal 
ending :  e.  g.  amamus  has  the  stem  ama,  signifying  love,  and  the  personal 
ending  mus,  signifying  we. 

5  importas  may  be  rendered  you  are  importing^  you  do  import,  or  you 
import ;  translate  each  verb  the  three  ways. 

6  What  is  the  Present  Stem  of  piitare  ?  What  does  the  personal  ending 
nt  signify  ?  mils  ?  s  ?  tis  ?  Define  the  Indicative  Mood.  The  Active  Voice. 
The  Present  Tense.     How  is  the  Present  Stem  found  ?  {28) 


18  FIRST  LESSONS   IN  L 


ATDJr 


LESSON   XI. 

THE  SIMPLE  SENTprCE.      ^ 

31.  A.  &  G.  45,  1,  a,  2,  7,  8  :  A.  &  S.  200,  2,  3,  5  ;  aA,  1  -  3, 
10;  203,  1,  2,  IIL,  6-9:  B.  203,  a-(/ :  B.  &  M.  616,  1,  4- 10  ; 
61S-620:  G.  192;  193:  H.  344;  345,1.;  346,  L  ;  347,1,2; 
351;  353.  ^ 

32.  Subject  Nominative.  A.  &  S.  49,  2  :  A.  &  j;.  209,  (a.)  : 
B.  205,  KuLE  L:  B.  &  M.  63S:   G.  194  :   H.  367.  ' 

33.  Agreement  of  Verb.  A.  &  G.  49 :  A.  &  S.  209,  (b.)  : 
B.  287,  KuLE  LV.:   B.  &  M.  6S4:   G.  202 :   H.  460. 

34.  IHrect  Object.  A.  &  G.  52,  1 :  A.  &  S.  229 :  B.  212, 
Rule  VIL:   B.  &  M.  712:   G.  329:   H.  371. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Puer  (subject)  Smat  (predicate),  the  hoy  loves. 

2.  Titus  concilium  1  (direct  object)  convocat,  Titus  summons  a 

council. 

VOCABULARY. 

de,  prep.  w.  abl.,  down  from,  concerning,  for, 

expugno,  expugnare,  storm,  capture. 

Galliis,  i,  m.  a  Gaul. 

imperium,  i,  n.  em;^ire,  supreme  power. 

pugno,  pugnare,  f^jht,  contend. 

Romaniis,  i,  m.  a  Roman. 

serviis,  i,  m.  slave. 

vexo,  vexare,  disturb,  harass. 

Pronounce;   translate;   name  the  subject  and  predicate;   conjugrate  the 
verbs;  parse  the  nouns  and  adjectives. 

1.  Cassius^  oppTdiiTn^  expugnat.**  2.  Helvetii  oppidilm 
expugnant.  3.  Galli  totiim^  oppidiim  occupant.  4.  Galli 
multa  oppida  occupant.  5.  SequanT  agros  vastant.  6.  Agr5s 
pulchros  vastamiis.^  7.  Agros  magnos  vastas.  8.  Cassitis 
conciliiim'^  convocat.     9.  Germani  Gallos  vexant.     10.  Eo- 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  19 

mani  oppidum  Genevam^  expugjiant.  11.  Tittis  Labienus 
legatus  oppi-dum  occiipat.  12.  EomanT  de  imperio^  pugnant. 
13.  De  imperio^ugnamus.     14.  De  imperio  pugnatis. 

^        ^*  Write  in  Ijatin. 

1.  The  slave  fights.  2.  The  slaves  are  fighting.^^  3.  The 
Gauls  are  storming  the  town.^  4.  The  Gauls  storm  many 
towns.  5.  The  Helvetii  are  laying  waste  the  fields.  6.  The 
Gauls  figjitfor  empire.  7.  The  Germans  occupy  the  town  of 
Geneva.  8.  Cassius  the  legate  summons  a  large  council. 
9.   We  occupy  the  entire  town. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Observe  that  in  a  Latin  sentence  the  subject  stands  first,  the  verb 
last,  and  the  object  between. 

2  See  32  and  Ln.  IV.,  Note  1.  3  gge  34. 
*  Why  is  expugnat  in  the  third  person  singular  ?*  {33) 

^  See  24  and  22.  Which  adjectives  have  their  Genitive  in  ius  and 
Dative  in  i  ? 

6  The  subject  of  a  verb  in  thejirst  and  second  person  is  generally  expressed 
by  the  personal  ending  alone  ;  hence  vastamus  includes  both  the  simple 

subject  and  the  simple  predicate  :  <^^^^^fj^    ^f 
^  See  17.  8  See  23. 

9  See  16.  10  See  Ln.  X.,  JSTote  5. 


LESSON   XII. 

VERBS  :     FIRST     CONJUGATION.  —  IMPERFECT    AND     FUTURE 

TENSES. 

3S.   Learn  the  Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative  Active  of  Smo. 

A.  &  G.  28,  3,  a  {for  endings) ;   31  (for  conjugation) :    A.  &  S.  155 : 

B.  T2,  Indicative ;  74  :   B.  &  M.  282 :   G.  Ill,  I  -  3  ;  119  :   H.  205 ; 
247,  1 ;  243,  Tense-Signs,  Ind.,  Imp.,  Fut, 


20  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

36»  Use  of  the-  Imperfect  and  Future  Tenses,  A.  &  G. 
58,  3,  4:  A.  &  S.  145,  XL,  ift. ;  B.  57 :  B.  &  M.  10S7^  1090: 
G.232;  234:  H.  468;  470. 

37 •  Observe  that  the  same  Stem  and.Personar^ndings  are  used 
in  the  conjugation  of  the  Imperfect  and  Future  as  in  the  present ; 
that  between  these,  however,  there  is  a  Tense-Sign,  ba  in  the  Imper- 
fect and  bi  in  the  Future  ;  that  the  first  singular  of  the  Future  has 
the  termination  o,  like  the  Present ;  that  in  the  third  plural  of  the 
Future  u  takes  the  place  of  i. 

VOCABULARY. 

Aquileia,  ae,  f.  Aquileia, 

Aquitania,  ae,  f.  Aquitania. 

Aquitani,  orum,  m.  the  Aquitani, 

circum,  prep.  w.  ace.  around,  near, 

Helvetius,  a,  iiin,  of  the  Helvetii. 

Memo,  hiemare,  pass  the  winter, 

siipero,  superare,  overcome, 

Prononnce;  translate;  conjugate  the  verbs  and  give  their  elements.! 

1.  Titus  regimm  occupat.  2.  Titus  regnum  occupabat. 
3.  Titus  regnum  occupabit.  4.  Eegnum  occupabamiis. 
5.  Eegnum  occupabimus.  6.  Eegnum  occiipabo.  7,  Co- 
piae^  circum  Aquileiam^  hiemabant.  8.  Aquitani  circum 
Genevam  hiemabunt.  9.  Aquitanos  superabis.  10.  Eomani 
Helvetios  superabunt.  11.  Galli  multa  loca^  in  Aquitania^ 
occupant.     12.  Multi  Germani  agros  Helvetios  vastabant. 

Write  in  Ijatin. 

1.  We  are  overcoming,  we  were  overcoming,  we  shall  over- 
come. 2.  You  are  storming,  you  were  storming,  you  will 
storm,^)^.  Titus  will  storm  the  town.  4.  Titus  was  storming 
the  townj^^.  Titus  storms  many  towns.  6.  The  Eomans 
will  pass  the  winter  near  Aquikia.  ,  7.  The  Aquitani  are 
passing  the  winter  near  Genevai^^S.  The  Gauls  were  fighting 
for^  empire.     9.  The  Eomans  fight  for  glory. 


^ 


^/w^v^ 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  21 

Noies  and  Questions. 

1  The  elements  of  a  verb  in  the  Imperfect  and  Future  Tenses  are  the  stem,, 
tense-sign,  'personal  ending :  e.  g.  „    _    ,  „  "(«    has  the  Stem  ama,  love ;  the 

Future  Tense-Sign  bi,  will ;  the  Personal  Ending  tis,  you, 

2  What  meaning  has  copiae  in  the  Singular  I     Ln.  VIII.,  Yy. 

3  See  1^.  *  Decline  loca.     Ln.  YIII.,  Vy.,  2. 

5  See  19, 

6  Fm\  in  the  sense  of  concerning,  about,  is  to  be  rendered  by  de. 

"^  How  is  the  Present  Stem  found  ?  {28)  Remember  that  the  Present 
Stem  and  the  tenses  formed  upon  it  —  Present,  Imperfect,  Future  —  denote 
incomplete  action. 


LESSON  XIII. 

MODIFIERS    OF    THE    SUBJECT    AND    PREDICATE;     DATIVE    OF 
INDIRECT  OBJECT;    GENITIVE  WITH  NOUNS. 

38.  Modifiers,  A.  &  G.  45,  3,  c^,  &,  4  :  A.  &  S.  203,  6,  I.,  I,  (I.) 
-(3.),  2;  203,  5,  L,  I,  (I.)-(4.),  2 :  B.  288,  a  :  B.  &  M.  14.01,  1-4; 
14:05,  IL,  1-4  :   H.  349;  352,  L,  IL;  354,  L,  I,  2,  IL,  1,  2. 

39.  Indirect  Object.  A.  &  G.  51,  I  :  A.  &  S.  223 :  B.  239, 
EuLE  XXYIII. :  B.  &  M.  818;  819:  G.  344 :  H.  384,  L,  II. 

40.  Genitive  tvith  Nouns.  A.  &  G.  50  :  A.  &  S.  211 :  B.  226 ; 
230,  Rule  XIX.:   B.  &  M.  751:   G.  35T;  358;  360:   H.  395. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Titus  Labienus  legatus  consilia  Gallorum  enunciat,i  Titus 

Labienus  the  lieutenant  reports  the  plans  of  the  Gauls, 

2.  Cassius  Tito  filiam  in  matrimonluni  dat,^  Cassius  gives  to 

Titus  a  daugliter  in  marriage. 

Notes  on  ihe  Examples. 

1  Of  this  sentence,  Titus  Labienus  is  the  subject  and  is  modified  by  lega- 
tus, an  appositive  ;  consilia  Gallorum  enunciat  is  the  predicate  and  is  made 
up  of  the  verb  enunciat  and  its  modifier  consilia,  a  direct  object ;  consilia 
is  modified  by  Gallorum,  a  genitive. 


^2  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

2  Of  this  sentence,  Cassius  is  the  subject  and  is  not  modified  ;  Tito  filiam 
in  matrimoniuin  dat  is  the  predicate,  and  is  made  np  of  the  verb  dat  and 
its  modifiers,  viz  :  Tito,  an  indirect  object ;  filiam,  a  direct  object ;  and 
in  matrimonium,  a  phrase. 

VOCABULARY. 

do,  dare,  give. 

enuncio,  enunciare,  report, 

matrimSnium,  1,  n.  marriage. 

in  matrimonium  dare,  to  give  in  marriage. 

Pronounce;  translate;  analyze;!  conjugate  the  verbs;  parse  the  nouns 
and  adjectives. 

1.  Cassius  2  consilia  Belgarum^  enunciabit.  2.  Eomanis^ 
consilia  Belgamm  enunciabit.  3.  Titus  filiam  m^  matrimo- 
nium dabit.^  4.  Legato  filiam  in  matrimonium  dabit. 
5.  Legatis  fllias  m  matrim5nium  damns.  6.  Helvetii  multa 
loca  in  Aquitania  occupant.  7.  Cassius  concilium  Eomano- 
rum  convocat.  8.  Deos"^  et  deas^  in  templa  convoc^t. 
9.  Eomani  oppida  multa  et  magna ^  expugnabant.  10.  Ami- 
citiam  ciim  Helvetiis  confirmant.  11.  Totum^^  oppidum 
uUo^^  sine  periculo  occupabitis.  12.  Galli  agros  multos  et 
pulchros^  in  Aquitania  vastabunt. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  To  analyze  a  simple  sentence  is  to  name  its  subject  and  predicate ;  the 
modifiers  of  the  subject,  if  any  ;  the  verb,  and  its  modifiers,  if  any ;  see 
Notes  on  the  Examples. 

2  What  is  the  Genitive  and  Vocative  of  Cassius  ?  (17  and  18) 

3  See  40.  ^  See  39. 

^  A  preposition  with  its  noun  is  a  Phrase  ;  when  the  Phrase  limits  a  verb, 
as  in  this  sentence,  it  is  an  Adverbial  Phrase  ;  when  it  limits  a  noun,  as  in 
sentence  6,  it  is  an  Adjective  Phrase. 

6  Observe  that  in  do  the  characteristic  a  is  short ;  in  the  other  verbs  of 
the  First  Conjugation  it  is  long.*^ 

7  See  20.  8  See  ii. 
9  See  Ln.  VI.,  Note  5.                                 lo  See  24. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


23 


LESSON   XIV. 

VERBS  :     FIRST   CONJUGATION  :     PERFECT,    PLUPERFECT,    AND 
FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSES. 

41,  Learn  the  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative 
Active  of  amo.  A.  &  G.  28,  3,  a  ;  31 :  A.  &  S.  155  :  B.  75  :  B.  & 
M.  282:  G.  120:  H.  205;  243,  Tense-Signs  of  Plup.  and  F. 
Perf.;   247,  I,  2. 

4=2,  XJse  of  the  Tlwperfeet  and  Future  Terfect  Tenses. 
A.  &  G.  58,  6,  7 :  A.  &  S.  145,  V.,  VI. :  B.  57 :  B.  &  M.  1090; 
1098:    G.  233;  236:     H.  472 ;  473. 

43*    What  are  the  two  uses  of  the  Perfect  Indicative  ? 

A.  &  G.  27,  3  ;  58,  5  :    A.  &  S.  145,  IV.  and  Remark  :   B.  60 : 

B.  &  M.  1092;  1093:   G.  226;  227;  231 :   H.  471,  L,  IL 

44.  The  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active 
of  every  verb,  whatever  its  conjugation  may  be,  are  conjugated  Hkc 
the  same  tejises  of  amo.  These  tenses  are  formed  on  the  Perfect  Stem 
and  denote  completed  action, 

45,  The  Perfect  Stem  is  found  in  the  Perfect  Indicative  Active 
by  dropping  the  ending  i :  e.  g.  Perfect  Indicative  vastavi.  Perfect 
Stem  VASTAV. 


VOCABULARY. 

confirmo, 

confirmare. 

confirmavi,! 

establish,  strengthen. 

convoco. 

convocare. 

convocavi, 

call  together,  summon. 

do. 

dare. 

dedi. 

give. 

expugno, 

expugnare, 

expugnavi. 

storm,  capture. 

Memo, 

hiemare. 

hiemavi. 

pass  the  winter. 

occiipO, 

occupare. 

occiipavi. 

seize,  occupy. 

RomS,  ae, 

f. 

Rome. 

supero, 

siiperare,- 

superavi, 

overcome,  subdue. 

vasto. 

vastare, 

vastavi, 

lay  waste,  devastate. 

vexo, 

vexare. 

vexavi, 

disturb,  harass. 

1  In  this  Vocabulary  the  First  Person  Singular  of  the  Present  Indicative 
Active,  the  Present  Infinitive  Active,  and  the  First  Person  Singular  of  the 
Perfect  Indicative  Active  are  given. 


24  rmST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

Pronounce ;  translate ;  conjugate  and  grive  a  synopsis  i  of  the  Indicative 
Mood  of  each.  verh. 

1.  Cassius  multos  agros  vastavit.^  2.  Concilium  Gallomm 
convocavero.^  3.  Galli  to  turn  oppidum  occupaverant.  4.  Hel- 
vetii  castra  occupaverint.  5.  EomanT  agrum  Helvetium  vas- 
taverunt.2  6.  Amicitiam  cum  Romanis  confirmaverit.  7.  Co- 
piae  circum  Eomam  hiemavere.^  8.  Cassius  Tito  filiam  in 
matrimonium  dcdit.^  9.  Eomani  Helvetios  vexaverunt.^ 
10.  Sequani  Germanos  superaverunt.^  11.  Circum  Eomam 
hiamaverant.     12.  Oppidam  Aquileiam  occupavi. 

Xr  Write  in  Latin. 

1.  The  Aquitani  have  stormed  the  town.  2.  The  Aquitani 
will  have  stormed  the  town.  3.  Tfie  Aquitani  had  stormed 
the  town.  4/  I  have  given  a  daughter  in  marriage.)\5.  I  had 
given  a  daughter  in  marriage.  6.  I  shall  have  given  a 
daughter  in  marriage.  X,^.  I  gave  a  daughter  in  marriage  to 
the  son  of  Cassius.  8.  You  have  summoned  a  council  of 
Eomans.     9.  You  had  summoned  a  council  of  Eomans. 

Notes  and  Quesiions. 

1  A  Synopds  of  the  Indicative  Mood  consists  of  the  First  Person  Singular 
of  each  tense  :  e.  g.  the  synopsis  of  vastavit  is  vasto^  vastdbdmy  vastdbo,  vas- 
tdin,  vastdv^dm,  vastdvM). 

2  Translate  each  Perfect  in  accordance  with  both  its  uses  :  Cassius  vas- 
tavit, Cassius  has  laid  waste,  and  Cassius  laid  waste.     (See  43) 

3  Which  tenses  are  formed  on  the  Perfect  Stem  and  what  action  do  they 
denote  ?  {44)  Which  are  formed  on  the  Present  Stem  and  what  action  do 
they  denote  ?  (Ln.  XII.,  Kote  7.)  The  Phiperfect  denotes  that  an  action 
is  completed  in  what  time  ?  {42)  The  Future  Perfect  ?  The  Present  Tense 
denotes  that  an  action  is  going  on  in  what  time  ?  {26)  The  Imperfect 
Tense  ?  {36)    The  Future  Tense  ?    Give  the  elements  of  each  verb  in  the 

Pluperfect  and  Future  Perfect  Tenses  :  e.  g.  /^^v-^Sa-n?  ^^^  *^'^  "Peri^^^t 
*Stem  amav,  loved;  the  Pluperfect  Tense-Sign  6ra,  luid ;  the  Personal  End- 
ing nt,  theij. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  25 

LESSON    XV. 
VERBS  :    FIRST  CONJUGATION  :    IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

4:6»  Learn  the  Imperative  Mood,  Active  Voice,  of  amo  and  its 
meanings.  A.  &  G.  31 ;  28,  I,  c,  for  personal  endings:  A.  &  S.  155  : 
B.  74,  a  ;  64,  h,  for  personal  endings  :  B.  &  M.  282:  G.  119  :  H.  305; 
247,  3,  for  personal  endings, 

47.  Use  of  the  Imperative.  A.  &  G.  57,  7 :  A.  &  S.  267 : 
B.  312,  Rule  LXXI.  :   B.  &  M.  lllO:   G.  259  :   H.  535. 

VOCABULARY.  ,^    , 

avus,  1,  m.  grandfather, 

Divitiaciis,  i,  m.  Divitiacus, 

jiivo,  juvare,  juvi,  heli^,  aid. 

maturo,  maturare,  maturavi,  make  haste,  hasten, 

natura,  ae,  f.  nature, 

nuncio,  nunclare,  nunciavi,  announce, 

proelium,  i,  n.  battle, 

socer,  soceri,  m.  father-in-law, 

vito,  vitare,  vitavi,  avoid,  shun, 

voco,  vocare,  vocavi,  call. 

Pronounce;    translate;    parse  the  Nouns;   conjugate  the  Imperatives 
and  give  the  rule  for  their  use.    {47) 

1.  Jiiva/  matura_,  nuncia.     2,  Jiivato^  maturato^  nunciatS. 

3.  Juvate,  maturate^  nimciate.    4.  Yita,  Divitiace,^  proelium. 

5.  Yita^  0  ave/  perTculum.     6.  Date^  virT^  Eomams*  arma.^ 

7.  Yoca^  socer^  pueros.  8.  Matura^  Cassi/  Tito^  nunciare. 
9.  Maturate^  virl,  oppidiim  expugnare.  10.  Vastate  agros. 
11.  Vastate  multos  agros.      12.  Yastate  totam  provinciam. 

"Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Call  the  men.     2.  Help  the  boys.     3.  Shun  the  danger. 

4.  Avoid  a  battle^  Divitiacus.    5.  Summon  a  council^  Cassius. 

6.  Call  the  men,  my  grandfather.     7.  Announce  to  Cassius. 

8.  Make  haste  to  announce  to  Divitiacus.  9.  Men,  give  arms 
to  the  Belgae.     10.  Import  corn. 


26  FTRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

Nofes  and  Quesfions. 

1  Observe  that  the  Personal  Endings  are  added  to  the  Present  Stem  {28); 
that  the  Second  Person  Singular  of  the  Present  is  the  same  in  form  as  the 
Present  Stem ;  that,  like  the  English,  the  Latin  Imperative  has  no  First 
Person. 

2  See  Ln.  v..  Note  5. 

3  0  avS,  0  grandfather^  or  my  grandfather.  *  See  39. 
5  See  Ln.  VIIL,  Vy.  6  gge  18. 

What  is  the  Present  Stem  of  each  verb  in  the  lesson  ?  The  Perfect 
Stem  ?  Which  Stem  is  used  in  the  Imperative  ?  Does  the  Imperative  then 
denote  incomplete  or  completed  action  ?  What  are  the  Personal  Endings  of 
the  Imperative  ? 


LESSON   XVI. 

VERBS  :    INFINITIVES,   PARTICIPLES,   GERUND,   AND  SUPINE. 

d8.  Learn  the  Active  Infinitives  and  Participles,  the  Gerund  and 
Supine  of  amg.  A.  &  G.  24,  4  ;  25 ;  26 ;  28,  3,  & ;  31 :  A.  &  S. 
143,4;  148,1-3;  155:  B.  51 ;  53,  a-rf  ;  65;  66;  72;  74,  a  ; 
75:  B.  &  M.  264,  IV.;  265;  282:  G.  110;  119;  120:  H.  196, 
XL,  1-4  ;  205;  248,  Active, 

49,  Principal  ra^*ts  {Stem  Foinns).  A.  &  G.  30,  5  :  A.  &  S. 
151,  4  :    B.  73 :   B.  &  M.  275:    G.  118  :   H.  201 ;  202. 

50,  The  Supine  Stem  is  found  in  the  Supine  in  iiin  by  drop- 
ping the  um :  e.  g.  cuRATum  is  a  Supine  in  um  and  curat  its 
Supine  Stem. 

51,  Each  Verb  has  regularly  three  Stems,  the  Present  {28\  the 
Perfect  {45),  and  the  Supine  (50).  Name  the  three  Stems  of  each 
verb  in  the  following  Vocabulary. 


VOCABULARY.^ 

^mo. 

are. 

avi,      atviin,2 

love. 

euro. 

are. 

avi,      atuin,2 

care  for. 

do, 

dare,3 

dedi,    datum,3 

give. 

jfivo, 

juvare. 

juvi,     jutiiin, 

help,  aid. 

FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  27 


negO, 

are. 

avi. 

atum. 

deny. 

pugno. 

are. 

avi. 

atum. 

fight. 

vasto. 

are. 

avi. 

atiim. 

lay  waste,  devastate. 

vexo. 

are. 

avi. 

atum. 

disturb,  harass. 

voco. 

are. 

avi. 

atiim. 

call. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  The  Principal  Parts  {49)  will  be  given  hereafter  in  the  Yocabularies ; 
these  Parts  should  always  be  learned. 

2  Most  verbs  of  the  First  Conjugation  form  their  Perfect  and  Supine  like 
amo.  To  form  the  Principal  Parts  let  are,  avi,  atiiln  take  the  place  of 
final  0  in  the  Present  Indicative  Active  :  e.  g.  euro,  curare,  curavi,  curatum. 

3  See  Ln.  XIII.,  Note  6. 

How  many  Infinitives  has  each  verb  in  the  Active  Voice  ?  On  which 
Stem  is  each  formed  ?  Name  the  Infinitives  of  do,  cure,  jiivo,  and  vasto. 
What  is  the  Ending  of  each  Infinitive  ?  On  which  Stems  are  the  Active 
Participles  formed  ?  What  is  the  Ending  of  each  Participle  ?  What  is  the 
Future  Active  Participle  of  do,  nego,  pugno  ?  What  is  the  Present  Parti- 
ciple of  each  ?  On  which  Stem  is  the  Gerund  formed  ?  Form  and  decline 
the  Gerund  of  do  and  curS.     What  are  the  Endings  of  the  Supine  ? 


LESSON   XVII. 

USE  OF  THE  INFINITIVE. 

52,  Infinitive  as  Object.  A.  &  G.  57,  8,  e  :  A.  &  S.  270  : 
B.  315,/:    B,&M.1148:    G.  527 :   H.  550. 

53.  Subject  of  the  Infinitive.  A.  &  G.  52,  4,  h:  A.  &  S. 
239:  B.  225,  Rule  XVI. :  B.  c&  M.  1136:  G.  526,  second  part: 
H.  545. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Dicit  Romanes^  oppidum^   expugnare,^  he  says  {that^)  the 

Romans'^  are  storming^  the  town. 

2.  Dicit  Romanos  oppidum  expugnavisse,  he   says   (that)   the 

Romans  have  stormed  the  town ;  or  he  says  (that)  the  Romans 
stormed  the  town. 


28 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 


3.  Dicit  Romanos  oppidum  expugnaturos^  esse,  he  says  {that) 
the  Romans  are  about  to  storm  the  town ;  or  he  says  (that)  the 
Bomans  will  storm  the  town. 

Notes  on  the  Examples. 

1  See  53.  ^  See  34, 

8  The  whole  expression  ESmands  oppidum  expugnare  is  the  Direct  Ob- 
ject of  dicit  (see  52), 

*  Observe  that  the  Infinitive  expugnare  is  translated  by  the  Indicative 
are  storming ;  the  Subject  Accusative  Romanos,  by  the  Subject  Nomina- 
tive the  Romans;  and  the  Conjunction  that  is  supplied. 

5  Observe  that  the  Participle  of  the  Future  Infinitive  Active  agrees  with 
the  Subject  of  the  Infinitive  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

VOCABULARY. 

Aedui,  oriiin,  m.  the  Aedui, 

Ariovistus,  i,  m.  Ariovistus. 

demonstro,     are,  avi,  atiini,!  show,  declare, 

dicit,  he  says, 

existimo,        are,  avi,  atiiin,  think,  suppose, 

negS,  are,  avi,  atiiin,  deny, 

nuncio,  are,  avi,  atiim,  announce, 

puto,  are,  avi,  atum,  think. 


Pronounce;  translate;  parse  the  Nonns.  and  Infinitives. 

1.  Dicit^  Eomanos  Helvetios  vexare.^  2.  Putat  Eoman5s 
Helveti5s  vexavisse.  3.  Nunciat  Eomanos  Helvetios  vexa- 
turos  esse.  4.  Existimat  Ariovistum  regniim  in  Gallia  occu- 
paturiim  esse.  5.  TTtiis  existimat  Ariovistum  regnum  in 
Gallia  occiipavisse.  6.  Ariovistus  nunciat  Germanos  agrum 
Helvetiiim  vastaturos  esse.  7.  Dicit  Eomanos  frumentum 
importare.  8.  Existimat  Helvetios  frumentum  importaturos 
esse.  9.  Dicit  Gallos  frumentum  Eomanis*  daturos  esse. 
10.  Dicit  Aeduos  Eomanis^  arma  daturos  esse 

Write  in  Xatin. 

•^.   He  says^  (that^)  the  Sequani  are  about  to  harass  the 
Helvetii. -N^.   He  says  (that)   the  Germans  are  laying  waste 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  29 

the  Helvetian  territory,  k 3.  Titus  thinks  (that)  the  Eomans 
will  give  corn  to  th^  Aedui.y^  4.  Titus  thinks  (that)  the 
Eomans  are  importing  corn.  '5.  He  says  (that)  Cassius  has 
summoned  a  council  of  Eomans.  6.  He  announces  (that)  the 
Aquitani  have  stormed  the  towns. 

Notes. 

1  The  verbs  in  this  Yy.  may  have  as  Object  an  Infinitive  with  its  Sub- 
ject Accusative. 

2  Study  carefully  the  Examples  and  Notes  on  the  Examples  before 
attempting  to  translate  the  sentences. 

3  Form  for  parsing  an  Infinitive.  —  vexarl  is  a  Transitive  {26)  Verb  ; 
Principal  Parts  (49),  veoc^,  vexdr^,  vexdvi,  vexdtum ;  Stems,  vexa  {28\ 
VEXAV  {43),  vexat  (30) ;  Infinitives  of  the  Active  Voice,  vexdre,  vexdvissS, 
vexdtHrus  esse;  it  is  made  in  the  Present  Infinitive  Active  and  with  its 
Subject  Romanos  is  the  Object  of  dicit ;  rule  (see  52). 

4  See  39. 

5  Words  in  parentheses  are  not  to  be  translated  ;  see  also  Notes  on  the 
Examples,  4. 


LESSON   XVIII. 

GENEllAL  EXERCISE.  —  ABLATIVE. 

54.   Ablative  of  Means.   A.  &  G.  54,  6  :  A.  &  S.  247:  B.  258, 
KULE  XLIIL:   B.  &  M.  873:   G.  403:   H.  414,  4. 

VOCABULARY, 

animus,  i,  m.  mind. 

concilio,    are,  avi,  atum,  win,  conciliate. 

conflrmo,  are,  avi,  atiim,  establish,  encourage. 

inter,  prep.  w.  ace.  between,  among. 

Noreia,  ae,  f.  Noreia. 

oppugno,  are,  avi,  atiim,  attack,  besiege,  assault. 

propter,  prep.  w.  ace.  on  account. of, 

Treviri,  orum,  m.  the  Treviri. 

verbiim,  i,  n.  word. 


30  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Pronounce;  translate;  analyze ;i  parse. 

1.  Inter^  Sequanos  et  Helvetios.  2.  Propter^  angustias. 
3.  Noreiam  oppugnamus.^  4.  Noreiam  oppugnabant.  5.  Eo- 
mfini  Noreiam  oppugnaveniiit.*  6.  Treviri  Noreiam  oppug- 
nabunt.  7.  Dicit  Treviros^  Noreiam  oppugnaturos^  esse  J 
8.  Noreiam  oppugnatis.  9.  Noreiam  oppugnate.^  10.  Di- 
vitiacus  Gallorum  animos  verbis^  confirmavit.  11.  Divitiacus 
Gallorum  ammos  verbis  confirmabit.  12.  Titus  piitat  Diviti- 
Scum  Gallorum  animos  verbis  confirmaturiim  esse.  13.  Cassius 
regnum  conciliavit.  14.  Cassius  regnum  copiis  conciliabat. 
15.  Cassius  regnum  copiis  Divitiaco  ^^  conciliabit.  16.  Negat 
Cassium  regnum  copiis  Divitiaco  concTliaturiim  esse.  17.  Titus 
Divitiaco^^  filiam  in  matrimonium^^  dedit. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XIII.,  Note  1.  2  gee  Ln.  XIIL,  Note  5. 

8  Form  for  parsing  a  verb  in  the  Judicative  Mood.  —  oppugnamus  is  a 
Transitive  {26)  Verb  ;  Piincipal  Parts  (49),  oppugno,  opimgndre,  oppugndvly 
oppiigndittm ;  it  is  of  the  First  Conjugation,  because  the  characteristic 
vowel  is  a ;  Stems,  oppugna,  oppugnav,  oppugnat  ;  Synopsis  (Ln. 
XIV.,  Note  1),  oppugnu,  oppugnabdm,  oppugndbo,  opp)ugndvi,  ojyjJiigndv^- 
rmn,  oppugndv^o  ;  conjugated,  oppugno,  opjmgnds,  op^pugndt,  oppugndrnUSy 
oppugndtis,  oppugnant ;  it  is"made  in  the  First  Person  Plural  of  the  Present 
Indicative  Active  to  agree  with  its  Subject,  a  pronoun  (nos,  we)  under- 
stood ;  rule  (33). 

*  What  are  the  two  uses  of  the  Perfect  Indicative  ?  (43) 

^  See  53.  6  See  Lx.  XVII.,  Notes  on  the  Examples,  5. 

7  See  52,  In  what  two  ways  may  the  Future  Infinitive  be  translated  ? 
See  Ln.  XVII.,  Example  3. 

8  See  47.  How  does  this  form  differ  from  the  Second  Person  Plural  of  the 
Present  Indicxilive  ? 

»  verbis,  with  words^  or  hy  means  of  words;  it  is  a  modifier  {38)  of  con- 
flrmftvit. 
10  See  39,  n  See  19. 


FIRST   LESSOJ^S   IN   LATIN.  31 

LESSON    XIX. 
THIRD  DECLENSION:    NOUNS. 

55.  stem  and  Declension.  A.  &  G.  5,  2  ;  8,  1,  a  :  A.  &  S. 
38;   40,  10:    B.  36;    131:    B.  &  M.  44-47:    G.  16;   25;   26: 

H.  46  -  47,  including  fine  print, 

56,  A.  &  G.  11,  II.,  a-d,  w.  declension  o/ consul,  nomen,  honor, 
leo,  pater,  virgo,  opiis :  A.  &  S.  56,  II.,  Remarks  I  -  3  ;  57,  declen- 
sion o/ honor,  sernio,  pater,  carmen  :  B.  130  ;  135,  iv  declension  of 
consul,  virgO,  leo,  nomen,  amor,  pater  :  B.  &  M.  73-77;  90-97, 
including  the  Paradigms  :  G.  36  -  39  ;  40  ;  42 ;  43 ;  44 ;  46 ;  47 : 
H.  55 ;  56 ;  57,  Case-Endings  ;  60,  Paradigms,  I,  3,  4. 

VOCABULARY, 

accuso,  are,  avi,  atum,  accuse,  censure, 

Caesar,   Caesaris,  m.  Caesar. 

consfil,    consuHs,  m.  consul. 

citra,  prep.  w.  ace.  this  side  of. 

flumen,  fluminis,  n.  river. 

f rater,     fratris,  m.  brother. 

honor,     honoris,  m.  honor. 

mater,     matris,  f.  mother, 

pater,      patris,  m.  father. 

Sequana,  ae,  m.  the  Seine, 

soror,       sororis,  f.  sister. 

uxor,        uxoris,  f.  wife. 

Pronounce;  translate;  decline  each  noun  and  give  its  Stem  and  End- 
ings ;  parse  the  verbs. 

1.  A^  flumme  Ehodano.^  2.  E^  flumine  Ehodano.  3.  Ad 
flumen  Sequanam.  4.  Citra  flumen  Elienum.  5.  Pater 
sororem  in  matrim5nium  dat.  6.  Mater  sororem  in  matri- 
monium  dabit.      7.   Caesar  sororem  in  matrimonium  dedit. 

8.  Titus  dlcit  Caesarem  sororem  in  matrimonium  dedisse. 

9.  Caesar  uxorem  accusavit.     10.  Caesar  consul^  Titum  lega- 
tum^  accusaverat.      11.    Negat   Caesarem   consulem  Titum 


32  FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

legatum   accusavisse.      12.    Caesaris^  uxorem   accusabimus. 
13.  Patrem  et  matrem  et  fratrem  accusant. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  To  the  river  Ehone.  2.  This  side  of  the  river  Seine. 
3.  Across  the  river  Ehine.  4.  Caesar  gives  a  sister  in  mar- 
riage. 5.  Caesar  has  given  to  the  consul  a  daughter  in  mar- 
riage. 6.  He  thinks  (that)  Caesar  has  given  a  daughter  in 
marriage.  7.  We  shall  accuse  Caesar  the  consul.  8.  Brothers 
accuse  sisters. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  IV.,  Vy.,  and  Ln.  VIII.,  Note  4. 

2  See  25,  8  See  Ln.  III.,  Notes  2  and  3. 

How  is  the  Stem  of  a  noun  found  ?  "What  are  the  Case-Endings  of  the 
Third  Declension  ?  Which  Case-Endings  do  nouns  with  liquid  Stems  omit  ? 
How  does  the  Stem  of  fluminis  differ  in  form  from  the  Nominative  Sin- 
gular ? 


LESSON    XX. 
THIRD  DECLENSION  {continued), 

57*  A.  &  G.  11,  III.,  1-3,  coarse 'print  -  including  the  Paradigms: 
A.  &  S.  56,  I.,  Remarks  I  -  3  ;  57,  declension  of  nox,  ars,  miles, 
iSpis,  caput,  poema:  B.  130  -  134,  including  the  Paradigms:  B.  & 
M.  all  of  86-88:  G.  37;  39;  51;  54;  56;  57:  H.  28,2;  33; 
36  ;   all  of  56  -  59. 

VOCABULARY. 

atque  i  or  ac,i  conj.  and. 

cSput,  capitis,  n.  head. 

custos,  cvistodis,  m.  guard. 

Dumnorix,  Dumnorigis,  m.  Dummrix, 

Jura,  ae,  m.  tlu  Jura. 

miles,  militis,  m.  soldier. 

mons,  mentis,  in.  mountain. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  33 


pars. 

partis,  f. 

part. 

princeps, 

principis,  m. 

chief. 

radix, 

radicis,  f. 

root. 

rex. 

regis,  m. 

king. 

urbs. 

urbis,  f. 

city. 

Pronounce;  translate;  decline  each  noun,  give  its  Stem  and  form  its 
Nominatives. 

1.  Ad  regem  Germanorum.  2.  Ad  principem  Galliae 
pr5vinciae.  3.  Ad  moiitem^  Juram.  4.  Sub^  inonte  Jura. 
5.  Inter  montem  Juram  et  fltimen  Ehodanum.  6.  Circum 
urbem  Eomam.^  7.  In  urbe  Eoma.  8.  Propter  honores 
Caesaris.  9.  In  partes  Galliae.  10.  Cum  Dumnorige  fratre 
Divitiaci.  11.  Eex  atque  amicus.  12.  Sine  rege  atque 
sine  amicis.  13.  Capita  militiim.  14.  Ad  radices  montis. 
15.  Cum  principe  to  tins  Galliae.  16.  Urbes  multae  et  mag- 
nae.^ 

Notes. 

1  atquS  is  used  before  vowels  and  consonants  ;  ac,  only  before  consonants.         * 

2  A.  &  G.  11,  III.,  Note  :    A.  &  S.  S3,  II.,  3  :    B.  137,  a,  1 :    B.  &  M. 
116;  119:    G.  54,  REMARK  :  H.  65,  2. 

3  See  sub,  in  General  Vocabulary  at  end  of  the  book. 

*  Words  not  given  in  the  Special  Vocabularies  can  be  found  in  the 
General  Vocabulary, 
s  See  Ln.  VI.,  Note  5. 


LESSON   XXI. 

THIRD  DECLENSION.  —  TWO  ACCUSATIVES. 

SS,    Ttvo  Accusatives  of  the  same  JPerson  or  Thing,   A.  & 

G.  52,  2  :  A.  &  S.  230  :  B.  216,  Rule  VIII. :  B.  &  M.  715:  G.  334  : 
H.  373. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Caesarem  consulem  creaverunt,  they  elected  Caesar  consul. 

2.  Oppidum  appellant  Genevam,  they  call  the  town  Geneva. 


34  FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

VOCABULARY. 

appellS,  are,  avi,  atum,  name,  call. 

civitas,  civitatis,  f.  state. 

creO,  are,  avi,  atiim,  elect,  appoint. 


legatio,  legationis,  f.  emh 

lex,  legis,  f.  law. 

mors,  mortis,  f.  death. 

pax,  pacis,  f.  peace. 

post,  prep.  w.  ace.  after. 

proximius,  a,  um,  nearest. 

Pyrenaeus,  a,  um,  Pyrenean, 

senator,  senatoris,  m.  senator. 

suiis,  a,  iim,  his,  their. 

virtus,  virtiitis,  f.  valor,  virtue. 

Pronounce;  translate;  analyze;^  parse. 

1.  Populus  Caesarem^  consulem^  creavit.  2.  Ancurn  Mar- 
tium  regem  populus  creavit.  3.  Nunciat  Ancum  Martium 
regem  popiiluin^  creavisse.*  4.  Populus  Eomanus  senatores 
patres  appellat.  5.  Eomani  suam^  urbem  Eomam  appella- 
verunt.  6./  Dumnorix,  frater^  Divitiaci/  regnum  in  sua^ 
clvitate  occupavit.  |  7.  Helvetii  cum  proximis  civitatibus 
•  pacem  et  amicitiam  confirmant.  8.  Caesar  oppidum  virtute^ 
suorum  militum  expugnavit.  9.  Ex  oppido  Geneva^  pons 
ad  Helvetios  pertinet  (extends).  10.  AquTtania  a  Garumna 
flumine  ad  Pyrenaeos^  montes  pertinet.  11.  Legatidnis  prin- 
cipem  Dumnorigem  creaverunt.  12.  Belgae  et  Galli  lingua  ^^ 
et  legibiis^^  differunt  (differ).     13.  Post  mortem  Caesaris. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  After  the  death  of  Dumnorix.  2.  After  the  death  of 
his  brother  Divitiacus.  3.  The  Eomans  elected  the  man  con- 
sul. 4.  The  Eomans  call  their  city  Eome.  5.  The  Gauls 
will  appoint  Dumnorix  chief.  6.  He  says  that  the  Gauls  will 
appoint  Dumnorix  chief.  7.  Dumnorix  will  seize  the  royal 
power  in  his  state.  8.  We  shall  take  the  town  by  means  of 
the  soldiers^  valor.^ 


riEST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 


35 


Notes  and  Questions. 
1  See  Ln.  XIII. ,  Note  1.  2  q^q  ^g  and  Examples. 

3  See  53.  *  See  Ln.  XYII.,  Note  3. 

5  When  suiis  refers  to  a  noun  in  the  Plural,  as  in  sentence  5  it  refers  to 
Edmani,  render  it  their :  when  it  refers  to  a  noun  in  the  Singular,  as  in 
sentence  6  it  refers  to  Dumnorix,  render  it  his,  hcTy  or  its.  It  generally 
refers  to  the  subject  of  its  clause. 

6  See  25.  "^  See  40. 

8  See  54,  ^  See  General  Vocabulary. 

1*^  See  Ln.  I.,  Note  5. 


LESSON   XXII. 

THIRD  DECLENSION  {continued).- 

59,  A.  &  G.  Review  11,  IL,  a-d,  IIL,  1-3,  including  all  Para- 
digms under  these  references:  A.  &  S.  57,  opiis  and  the  declensions 
already  learned:  B.  136  :  B.  &  M.  all  the  Paradigms  binder  88-97, 
IIL:   G.  48-50:   H.  all  of  Gl. 

60.  Mules  of  Gender.  A.  &  G.  11,  IV.,  1,  a-c  :  A.  &  S.  58  ; 
59;  62;  66:  B.  140:  B.  &  M.  152;  159;  168:  G.40;  44;  4T; 
50;  57;  61,  1,2:   H.  99;  105;  111. 


VOCABULARY. 


corpus, 

crus, 

flos, 

frigus, 

funus, 

genus, 

jus, 

mos, 

onus, 

opiis, 

scelus, 

tempus, 

vulniis. 


corporis,  n. 
cruris,  n. 
fl5ris,  m. 
frigoris,  n. 
f  uneris,  n. 
generis,  n. 
juris,  n. 
moris,  m. 
oneris,  n. 
operis,  n. 
sceleris,  n. 
temporis,  n. 
vulneris,  11. 


body. 

leg. 

flower. 

cold,  frost. 

funeral  procession, 

kind. 

right,  law. 

custom,  manner. 

load,  burden. 

work. 

crime,  guilt. 

time. 

wound. 


36  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Decline  each  noun,  name  its  Stem,  form  its  Nominative,  and  grive  its 
Bule  of  Gender,  i 

1.  Jus^  belli;  jurS,  popiili  Eomani.  2.  Genus  proeli;^ 
multa  genera  funerum.  3.  Tempore^  patrum;  tempora  et 
mores.  4.  Yulnera  militiim.  5.  Flores  pulcliri.^  6.  Prop- 
ter frigora.  7.  In^  reliquum  tempiis.  8.  More  et  exemplo 
popiili  Eomani.  9.  Milites  multa  vulnera  acceperunt  {have 
received),  10.  Scelera  virorum  sunt  [are)  multa.  11.  Crura 
equi  sunt  magna.  12.  Corpus  viri  est  {is)  parvum.  13.  Ge- 
nera floriim  sunt  multa.  14.  NuUum''  onus  aliud.  15.  Nulla 
onera  alia.  16.  Onera  multa  et  magna.  17.  Facta^  mala^ 
scelera^  appellamus.  18.  Rex  jura  et  mores  viris^^  dabat.^^ 
19.  Multa  genera  frumenti  importabimus.  20.  Dicit  Eo- 
manos  multa  genera  frumenti  importare.^^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

^  All  Exercises  are  to  be  pronounced  and  translated,  whether  the  direction 
** pronounce;  translate,"  is  given  or  not. 

2  Which  cases  of  Neuter  nouns  are  alike  in  form  ?  What  is  the  Plural 
Ending  of  these  cases  ? 

8  See  17.  4  See  Ln.  L,  Note  5. 

^  How  does  flores  pulchri  differ  from  pulchri  flores  ?  (Ln.  VI.,  Note  2.) 

6  in,  for. 

'  Name  the  adjectives  with  Genitive  in  ius  and  Dative  in  1.    (;?4) 

8  mal^  modifies  facta.  9  See  5«. 

10  See  39. 

11  What  does  the  Imperfect  Tense  denote  ?  (36') 

12  See  Ln.  XVII. 


LESSON   XXIII. 

THIRD  DECLENSION  (continued), 

61.  A.  &  G.  11,  I.,  1,  2,  and  the  Paradigms  on  page  18  :  A.  &  S. 
57,  declension  of  turris,  rupes,  sedile,  animal :  B.  130 ;  137,  a,  b, 
1-2,  Remark  :  B.  &  M.  all  of  98,  I.,  and  99,  IL;  lOO:  G.  58-61 : 
H.  62-64. 


FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN. 


37 


VOCABULARY. 

AUobroges,  AUobrogiim,  m. 

the  AUobroges. 

animalj 

,  animalis. 

11. 

animal. 

coUis, 

collis,  m. 

hill. 

cremo. 

are,  avi,  atum. 

hum. 

finis. 

finis,  m. 

limit;  pi.  territory. 

hostis. 

hostis,  m. 

and  f. 

enemy. 

ignis, 

ignis,  m. 

fire. 

mare. 

maris,  n. 

sea. 

navis. 

navis,  f. 

ship^ 

nubes. 

nubis,  f. 

cloud. 

que,^  conj. 

and. 

rupes. 

rupis,  f. 

roch,  cliff. 

terra,  ae,  f. 

earth,  lan^. 

turris. 

turris,  f. 

tower. 

1  qug  is  appended  to  the  second  of  the  connected  words  :  e.  g.  rflpfis 
turrisque,  cliff  and  tower.     Words  thus  appended  are  called  enclitics. 

Decline  each  noun,  name  its  Stem,  and  form  its  Nominatives. 

1.  In  navibus.  2.  Iii^  colle  et  in  monte.  3.  In  hostiiim 
niimer5.  4.  Genera  animalium  multa  sunt.  5.  Terra  ma- 
nque.^ 6.  Viros  igni  ^  cremant.  7.  AUobroges  virum  ignl 
cremant.  8.  Nunciat  AUobroges^  virum  igni  cremare.  9.  In 
turribus  et  in^  rupibus.  10.  In  nubibus.  11.  Inter  fines 
Helvetiorum  et  AUobrogiim^  Ehodanns  fluit  {flows) .  12.  Hel- 
vetii  per  angustias  et  fines  Sequanorum  suas^  Copias  tra- 
cluxerant  {liadlecl across).  13.  Mons  Jura  fines  Sequanorum 
ab  Helvetiis  dividit  [separates). 


Write  in  liatin. 

2.  Out  of  the  ships.     3.  Through  the 
4.  Into  the  territory  of  the  Sequani. 


1.  Oni  the  cliffs, 
territory  of  the  Aedui. 
5.  On  the  hills  and  mountains.  6.  In  the  number  of  animals. 
7.  Men  will  burn  the  tower  with  fire.^  8.  He  says  that  men 
will  burn  the  tower  with  fire.  9.  Many  kinds  of  towers. 
10.  The  danp^ers  of  land  and  sea. 


38  PIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  in,  cm, 

2  A.  &  G.  43,  3,  a:  A.  &  S.  198,  II.,  Remark  {a.\  (h.):  B.  330,  a: 
G.  477;,  478;  479:    H.  587,  I.,  2. 

8  See  54.  *  See  53. 

6  What  does  Allobr5gum  modify  ? 

6  See  Ln.  XXL,  Note  5.     To  what  noun  does  it  refer  ? 

7  What  is  the  rule  of  gender  for  marg,  rtipes,  miles,  navis,  tempus, 
Ii5ii5r,  civitas,  legatio  ?  {60) 

LESSON    XXIV. 
THE  VERB   SUM. 

€2»  Learn  the  entire  conjugation  of  sum.  A.  &  G.  29 :  A.  &  S. 
153:  B.  71 :  B.  &  M.  277:  G.  112  :  H.  204. 

63.  What  is  an  Irregular  Verb  ?  A.  &  G.  37 :  A.  &  S.  178 : 
B.  &  M.  4:10:  H.  289.  What  are  the  Stems  of  sum  ?  What  are  the 
Personal  Endings  ]  What  are  the  Principal  Parts  of  sum  ?  Where 
are  the  following  forms  made  :  eram,  est,  fuerunt,  siiniis,  erunt, 
f  ugrant,  esto,  f  uissem,  f  uerD  ? 


LESSON    XXV. 

PREDICATE  NOUN  AND  ADJECTIVE. 

64.  A.  &  G.  46,  2 ;  47,  Kemark  :  A.  &  S.  210,  Eemark  1,  (a.) : 
B.  206,  Rule  IL  :  B.  &  M.  666:  G.  202  :  H.  362;  438,  2. 

VOCABULARY. 
ArSr,  ArSris,  ace.  Ararim,  m.      the  Saone,  pronounced  Sone. 
Divico,  onis,  m.  Divico. 

extremus,  S,  iim,  furthermost 

hom6,i  inis,  m.  and  f.  mian. 

impgrator,  oris,  m.  commander-in-chief,  general. 


FIRST   LESSONS 

IN 

LATIN. 

legio,  onis,  f. 

legion. 

mulier,  eris,  f. 

woman. 

obses,  idis,  m.  and  f. 

hostage. 

potestas,  atis,  f. 

power. 

testis,  is,  m.  and  f. 

witness. 

39 


Pronounce;  translate;  analyze;  parse. 

1.  Oppidum  est  magnum.^  2.  Animal  fuit  parvum. 
3.  Piitat  suam  sororem  esse  pulchram.^  4.  Homines  fuerunt 
aegri.  5.  Sequani  soli  erunt  liberi.  6.  Caesar  erat  imperator. 
7.  Mulier  est  bona.  8.  Dlcit  Sequanos  solos  fiitiiros  esse 
llberos.  9.  Este/  0  pueri^  boiii.  10.  Ariovistus  fuit  rex 
Germanorum.  11.  Divico  dux  Helvetiorum  fuerat.  12.  Le- 
gationis  Divico  princeps  fuit.  13.  Extremum  oppTdum  Allo- 
brogum  est  Geneva.  14.  Populus^  Eomanus  est  testis. 
15.  Erat  in  Gallia  legio  una.  16.  Pars  citra  flumen  Ararim^ 
reliqua  est.  17.  Elumen'^  est  Arar  quod  (wliicli)  per  fines 
Aeduorum  et  Sequan5rum  in  Rhodanum  influit  {flows), 
18.  Mons  Jura^  est  inter  Sequanos  et  Helvetios.  19.  Prop- 
ter frigora  frumenta^  in  agris  matura  non  erant.  20.  Aedui 
Sequanis^^  obsides  dederunt. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  li6mo  means  a  human  being,  man  or  woman ;  vir  means  man,  hero, 
never  woman. 

2  oppidum  est  magnum  may  be  rendered  th~e  town  is  large ;  it  is  a  large 
town ;  or  thxre  is  a  large  town :  the  word  there  as  used  in  the  last  rendering 
has  no  equivalent  in  Latin. 

3  See  Ln.  XYII.  and  Examples.  *  gee  47. 

5  populus  takes  a  Singular  verb ;  people,  its  English  equivalent,  usually 
takes  a  Plural  verb. 

6  What  is  the  rule  of  gender  for  Arar  ?  {6) 

7  See  64,  ^  See  2S. 
^  Translate  frumenta  as  if  it  were  Singular. 

10  See  39. 


40  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

LESSON   XXVI. 

THE  SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD. 

65.  A.  &  G.  57,  2,  a- 5 :  A.  &  S.  260  :  B.  293 :  B.  &  M.  1161: 
G.  24T-249:  H.  483. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Si  Liscus  sit  dux,  if  Liscus  should  be  leader;  or,  if  Liscus  be 

leader. 

2.  Si  Liscus  esset  dux,  if  Liscus  were  leader. 

3.  Si  Liscus  fuerit  dux,  if  Liscus  should  have  BEEN  leader;  or, 

if  Liscus  SHOULD  BE  leader. 

4.  Si  Liscus  f  uisset  dux,  if  Liscus  had  been  leader. 

5.  Simus  duces,  let  us  be  leaders. 

VOCABULARY. 

ciipidltas,  atis,  f.  desire. 

dux,  diicis,  m.  and  f.  leader ,  guide, 

Liscus,  i,  m.  Liscus. 

multitudo,  inis,  f.  multitude. 

non,  adv.  not. 

oratio,  onis,  f.  speech,  oration. 

si,  conj.  if. 

vectigal,  alls,  n.  tax,  revenue. 

Conjugate  and  give  a  synopsis^  of  each  Subjunctive;  parse  tlie  nouns 
and  adjectives. 

1.  Si 2  Caesar  sit^  consul.'*  2.  Si  Caesar  esset  consul. 
3.  Si  Caesar  fuerit  consul.  4.  Si  Caesar  f uisset  consul. 
5.  Siraus  consiiles.  6.  Si  frumentum  esset  maturum.  7.  Si 
propter  frigora  frumentum  in  agris  sit  n5n^  maturum.  8.  Si 
vectigalia  fuissent  magna.  9.  Si  vectigalia  essent  parva. 
10.  Si  Divico  princeps  legationis  f uisset.  11.  Si  non^  bonus 
sis.  12.  Si  orationes  Caesaris  fuissent  multae.  13.  Si  mul- 
titude militum  sit  magna.     14.  Si  cupiditas  regni  esset  magna. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  41 

15.  Si  rex  fuisses.     16.  Milites  simus.     17.  Si  miles  essem. 
18.  Si  sis  imperator. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  If  Ariovistus  should  be  king.  2.  If  Ariovistus  were 
king.  3.  If  Ariovistus  had  been  king.  4.  Let  us  be  kings. 
5.  Let  us  be  good.  6.  If  the  mountain  were  large.  7.  If 
the  boys  had  been  bad.  8.  If  we  were  not  free.  9.  If  the 
furthermost  town  had  been  Geneva.  10.  If  the  corn  had  not 
been  ripe.  11.  If  Divitiacus  were  leader  of  the  Helvetii. 
12.  If  the  danger  had  been  great. 

Notes. 

1  A  Synopsis  of  the  Subjunctive  includes  the  First  Person  Singular  of 
each  tense  :  e.  g.  sim,  essem,  fuerim,  fuissem. 

2  si  is  a  conditional  conjunction ;  the  sentence  which  it  introduces  is  a 
conditional  sentence. 

2  Before  translating  the  sentences  observe  carefully  how  each  tense  of  the 
Subjunctive  is  rendered  in  the  Examples. 

4  See  64. 

5  A.  &  G.  45,  3,  a :  A.  &  S.  190,  2  :  B.  30:  B.  &  M.  460;  G.  440,  1, 
2  :  H.  582.    What  does  non  modify  ? 


LESSON   XXVII. 

COMPOUNDS  OF  SUM.  —  DATIVE  WITH  COMPOUNDS. 

^G.   Coinpoiinds  of  sum.     A.  &  G.  29,  a,  h,  prosum :  A.  &  S. 

154,  Rem.  5  and  6  :  B.  109,  L,  a:  B.  &M.  279,-  411:  G.  113;  114: 
H.  289 ;  290,  L,  III. 

07 •   Dative  with  Compounds.   A.  &  G.  51,  2,  d  :  A.  &  S.  224  : 
B.  242,  Rule  XXX.:  B.  &  M.  S26:  G.  346 :  H.  386. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Paucl^  superfuerunt,  few  survived. 

2.  Dux  suis  militibus  (67)  aderat,  the  leader  WAS  ASSISTING  his 

soldiers. 


42 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


3.  Caesar  provinciae   (67)   praefuit,    Caesar  RULED   OVER   the 

province, 

4.  Si  Liscus  multis^  prodesset,  if  Liscus  WERE  USEFUL  to  many. 

5.  SI  consilium  def  uisset,  if  counsel  HAD  BEEN  WANTING. 

6.  Titus  legioni  {67)  praeerat,  Titus  WAS  IN  COMMAND  OF  the 

legion. 


VOCABULARY. 

Sb-siim,          ab-esse. 

Sb-fui, 

he  away,  he  ahsent,  he  distant. 

^d-siim,           ad-esse. 

Sf2-fui, 

he  present,  assist. 

de-sum,           de-esse. 

de-fui. 

be  wanting. 

humanitas,  atis,  f. 

refinement,  hwmanity. 

longissime,  adv. 

very  far. 

pauci,!  ae,  a. 

few. 

prae-sum,       prae-esse. 

prae-fui. 

he  over,  rule  over,  he  in  com- 
mand of. 

pro-sum,         prod-esse. 

pro-fui. 

he  for,  he  useful. 

super-sum,     siiper-esse. 

super-fui. 

he  over,  survive. 

Conjugate  and  give  a  synopsis  of  each  verb;   parse   the  nouns  and 
adjectives. 

1.  Multi^  superfuenint.  2.  Multi^  supersumus.  3.  Pauci 
siipererimus.  4.  Caesar  suis  militibus^  aderit.  5.  Si  Caesar 
suis  militibus  non  adsit.^  6.  Consul  urbi  praeerat.  7.  Labi- 
enus  oppido^  Genevae"^  praeerit.  8.  Consul  legioni  praeest. 
9.  Si  Caesar  multis^  prdfuisset.  10.  Multis  proslmus.^ 
11.  Non  deest  consilium.  12.  Consiiles^  desumus.  13.  Bel- 
gae  a  humanitate  provinciae ^^  longissime^^  absunt.  14.  Si 
deus^^  adsit. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Many ^  will  survive.  2.  Few^  (of  us)  survive.  3.  The 
consul  will  assist  his  soldiers.  4.  If  the  consul  should  not 
assist  his  soldiers.  5.  Let^  us  assist  the  soldiers.  6.  Labie- 
nus  was  in  command  of  the  legion.  7.  If  Labienus  were^^ 
in  command  of  the  legion.  8.  If  we  consuls^  had  been 
wanting. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  43 

Notes. 

1  pauci  and  multi,  like  the  corresponding  English  words  few  and  many^ 
are  often  used  substantively,  i.  e.  as  nouns.  Parse  them,  however,  as  ad- 
jectives modifying  either  the  omitted  subject  of  the  verb,  as  in  Example  1, 
or  its  omitted  object,  as  in  Example  4.  Pauci  is  rarely  used  in  the 
Singular. 

2  Observe  that  in  ad-sum  the  d  of  ad  becomes  f  before  f. 

?  multi  modifies  nos  (i^e),  tlie  omitted  subject  of  super sumus ;  render, 
many  of  us  survive. 

*  See  67  and  Example  2  ;  translate  as  if  it  were  an  Accusative. 

5  See  Ln.  XXVI.,  Example  1.  ^  gee  67. 

7  See  25.  ^  See  Ln.  XXVI.,  Example  5. 

9  consules  is  an  appositive  to  nos  (we),  the  omitted  subject  of  desumus. 
10  See  40.  11  See  Ln.  XXVI. ,  Note  5. 

12  See  20.  i^  See  Ln.  XXVL,  Example  2. 


LESSON   XXVIII. 

CONJUGATION   OF  POSSUM.  —  USE  OF  THE  INFINITIVE. 

68.  Possum.  A.  &  G.  29,  h:  A.  &  S.  154,  Eem.  7 :  B.  109, 
I.,  h:   B.  &  M.  412:   G.  115  :   H.  290,  IL,  including  fine  print. 

60,  Infinitive  without  Subject  Accusative,  A.  &  G.  5T, 
8,  c :   A.  &  S.  271 :   B.  315,  c :   B.  &  M.  1138:   G.  424 :  H.  552. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Milites  pugnare  {69)  possunt,  the  soldiers  ARE  able  to  fight; 

or  the  soldiers  can  fight, 

2.  Milites  pugnare  poterant,  the  soldiers  WERE  able  to  fight; 

or  the  soldiers  could  fight. 

3.  Milites  pugnare  poterunt,  the  soldiers  WILL  be  able  to  fight. 

4.  Milites  pugnare  potuerunt,  the  soldiers  have  been  able  to 

fight ;   or  the  soldiers  could  have  fought. 

5.  Si  milites  pugnare  possint,  if  the  soldiers  should  be  able 

to  fight. 

6.  Si  milites  pugnare  possent,  if  the  soldiers  were  able  to  fight. 


44  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

7,  Si  milites  pugnare  potuissent,  if  the  soldiers  had  been  able 

to  fight. 

8.  Dicit  milites  {5S)  pugnare  {69)  potuisse  {52),  he  says  that 

the  soldiers  were  able  to  fight. 

Coidnsrate  and  give  a  synopsis ^  of  eacli  form  of  POSSUM;  parse  the 
Infinitives.^ 

1.  Consul  oppidum  expugnare  potest.^  2.  Consul  oppidum 
expugnare  poterat.  3.  Consul  oppidum  expugnare  potent. 
4.  Consul  oppidum  expugnare  potuit.  5.  Dicit  consulem* 
oppidum  expugnare  potuisse.^  6.  Si  consul  oppidum  expu- 
gnare possit.  7.  Si  consul  oppidum  expugnare  posset.  8.  Si 
consul  oppidum  expugnare  potuisset.  9.  Populus  Eomanus 
Cassium^  consiilem^  creare  non  poterit.  10.  Tito'^  filiam 
meam  {7n?/)  in  matrimonium  dare  non  possum.  11.  Consuli^ 
adesse  poteris.  12.  Milites  agros  liostium  vastare  poterunt. 
13.  Amicis  prodesse  possumiis.  14.  Nemo  {no  one)  sine 
virtiite  bonus  esse  potest. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XIV.,  Note  1  and  Ln.  XXVI. ,  Note  1. 

2  See  Ln.  XVII.,  Note  3. 

^  Observe  carefully  how  each  tense  of  possum  is  translated  in  the  Exam- 
ples. What  two  words  unite  to  form  possum  ?  Which  part  of  p6tis  is 
used  ?  What  does  the  final  t  become  before  s  ?  What  becomes  of  f  in  the 
Perfect  Tenses  ?  ^  R..y^S^ 

*  See  53.  ^  5See5;?. 

6  See  58.  7  ggg  sd. 

8  See  67. 


LESSON   XXIX. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  OF  AMO. 

70»    Ijearn  the  Subjunctive  Active  of  amo.      A.  &  G.  28, 

3,  a,  Active  Voice,  for  the  Verh-Endings  of  the  Subjunctive;   31: 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  45 

A.  &  S.  155:    B.  72;  74,  a ;  75:    B.  &  IsL  282 :    G.  119;  120: 
H.  205;   243;   245. 

Observe  that  the  Stems  and  Personal  Endings  are  the  same  as  those  of 
the  Indicative. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Si  urbem  occiipeinus,  if  WE  SHOULD  OCCUPY  the  city, 

2.  Si  urbem  occuparemus,  if  WE  OCCUPIED  the  city. 

3.  Si   urbem   oeciipaverimus,  if  we   should   have   OCCUPIED 

the  city ;   or  if  we  should  occupy  the  city, 

4.  Si  urbem  occiipavissemus,  if  WE  HAD  OCCUPIED  the  city, 

5.  Uti  urbem  oeciipemus,  that  WE  MAY  OCCUPY  the  city, 

6.  Ut  urbem  occuparemus,  that  WE  MIGHT  OCCUPY  the  city, 

7.  Urbem  oeciipemus,  LET  US  OCCUPY  the  city. 

Conjugate,  analyze,  and  give  a  synopsis  of  each.  verb. 

1.  Si  Sequani  Helvetios  juvent.^  2.  Si  Eomani  Germanos 
juvarent.  3.  Si  rex  Helvetios  juverit.  4.  Si  Aqmtani  Se- 
quanos  juvissent.  5.  Ut^  consul  Helvetios  jiivet.  6.  Ut 
pater  suos  f  ilios  juvaret.  7.  Allobroges  juvemus.  8.  Pueros 
vocemus.  9.  Concilium  Gallorum  convocemus.  10.  Si 
Caesari^  flliam  suam  in  matrimoniuni  det.  11.  Si  cum  prox- 
imis  civitatibus"^  pacem  et  amicitiam  confirmes.  12.  Ut  mi- 
ll tes  circum  Eomam  hiemarent.  13.  Ut  populus  Ariovistum^ 
regem^  crearet.  14.  Ut  consul  oppidum  Genevam^  occuparet. 
15.  Ut  mllites  Eomani  agros  Gallorum  vastent.  16.  Ut  suis 
copiis'''  regna  conciliaret. 

Write  in  ]Latin. 

1.  If  we  should  love  (our)  friends.  2.  If  we  loved  (our) 
friends.  3.  If  we  had  loved  (our)  friends.  4.  That  we  may 
harass  the  enemy.  5.  That  we  might  harass  the  enemy. 
6.  Let  us  love  friends.  7.  If  you  should  import  ripe  corn. 
8.  If  you  had  imported  ripe  corn.  9.  Let  us  aid  the  boys. 
10.  Let  us  elect  the  man^  senator.^ 


46 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


Notes  and  Questions. 

1  nt  in  this  Lesson  is  a  final  conjunction  and  is  equivalent  to  thM,  in 
order  that, 

2  Imitate  the  Examples  in  translating  the  different  tenses  of  the  Sub- 
junctive Mood.  Define  the  Subjunctive  Mood  {65).  Define  the  Indica- 
tive Mood  {26).  What  tenses  has  the  Subjunctive  ?  The  Indicative  ? 
Name  the  three  Stems  of  juvo. 

8  See  39. 

*  See  16,    Name  the  prepositions  which  are  used  with  the  Ablative. 

6  See  58.  6  gge  25. 

7  sols  copiis,  with  his  troops.     See  54. 


LESSON   XXX. 

REVIEW  OF  AMO. —  TWO  ACCUSATIVES. 

Review  the  entire  Active  Voice  of  amo. 

71*    Ttvo  Accusatives.     A.  &  G.  52,  2,  c,  d:   A.  &  S.  231 :   B. 
21T,  KuLE  IX. :   B.  &  M.  784:   G.  333 :  H.  374. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Caesarem  sententiam  rogavit,  he  asked  Caesar  (his)  opinion. 

2.  Caesar  Aeduos  frumentum  flagitavit,  Caesar  demanded  corn 

of  the  Aedui. 

3.  Rex  populum  sermonem  celavit,  the  king  concealed  the  conver- 

sation from  the  people. 


VOCABULARY. 

eelo,  are,      avi,  atum, 

commeo,     are,      avi,  atum, 

exspecto,    are,      avi,  atum, 

flagito,        are,      avi,  atum, 
graviter,  adv. 
mercator,  oris,  m. 
minime,  adv. 

rogd,  are,      avi,  atum. 


conceal. 

go  hack  and  forth, 

await,  expect. 

demand. 

severely. 

trader,  merchant 

least,  by  no  msans. 

ask. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  47 

saepe,  adv.  often, 

sententia,  ae,  f.  opinion. 

sermo,  ouis,  m.  discourse,  conversation, 

vulnero,  are,  avi,  atum,  wound. 

Analyze  i  and  parse. 

1.  Labienus  suos^  milites^  exspectabat.*  2.  Galli  merca- 
tores  exspectavere.^  3.  Titus  nuntiat  Gallos  mercatores  ex- 
spectavisse.^  4.  Milites  Sequanos  graviter  vuliiaverunt. 
5.  Caesar  priiicipes  Aeduorum  graviter  accusat.  6.  Dicit 
Caesarem  principes  Aeduorum  graviter  accusare.  7,  Merca- 
tores ad''  Belgas  commeant."^  8.  Mercatores  ad  Belgas  noii 
saepe  commeant.  9.  Mininie^  ad  Belgas  mercatores  saepe  corn- 
meant.  10.  Commeate/  mercatores^  ad  Belgas.  11.  Consul 
Germanos  copias  flagitabit.  12.  Consul  Gallos  frumentum 
flagitat.  13.  Si  consul  Aeduos  copias  flagitet.  14.  Caesar 
consiilem  sententiam  rogabit.  15.  Dicit  Caesarem  consulem 
sententiam  rogaturum  esse.  16.  Titum  sermonem  non  celabo. 
17.  Si  Ariovistum  sermonem  celavissem.  18.  Ut  regem  ser- 
monem celarem.     19.  Aeduos  frumentum  flagitemus.^^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XIII.,  Note  1.  2  gee  Ln.  YI.,  Note  1. 

3  See  Ln.  IV.,  Note  1.  *  See  Ln.  XVIII.,  Note  3. 

^  What  are  the  two  uses  of  the  Perfect  Indicative  ?  {4S) 

6  See  Ln.  XVII.,  Examples,  Notes  on  the  Examples,  and  Note  3. 

7  ad  —  commeant,  go-back-and-forth  to,  may  be  rendered  visit. 

8  minime  modiiies  saepe. 

^  See  47.  10  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Example  7. 

What  Stems  has  each  verb  and  how  are  they  found?  Which  tenses 
denote  incomplete  and  which  completed  action  ?  What  are  the  Personal 
Endings  of  the  Indicative  and  Subjunctive  Moods,  Active  Voice  ?  Of  the 
Imperative  ?  What  are  the  Endings  of  the  Infinitives  ?  Of  the  Participles  ? 
Which  tenses  of  the  Indicative  are  formed  upon  the  Present  Stem  ?  Which 
of  the  Subjunctive  ?    Which  of  each  are  formed  upon  the  Perfect  Stem  ? 


48  FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

LESSON    XXXI. 
VERBS  :    PASSIVE  VOICE  OF  AMO. 

72.  Definition  and  Personal  Endings  of  the  Passive  Voice, 

A.  &  G.  23,  3  ;  28,  1,  Passive,  3,  a  :  A.  &  S.  141,  2  ;  147,  3,  Pas- 
dve:  B.  44;  64,  a,  Passive:  B.  &  M.  262,  2;  S3S,  Passive 
Voice  :  G.  205;  111 :  H.  195,  II.;  24*7,  Person,  Pass.,  Meaning. 

73,  Learn  the  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative  Passive 
of  ams.  A.  &  G.  31 :  A.  &  S.  156 :  B.  74,  b:  B.  &  M.  283: 
G.  121:  H.  206.  f 

a.  Observe  that  the  Active  and  Passive  Voices  of  these  three  tenses 
differ  in  form  only  in  the  Personal  Endings  :  e.  g.  ama-mus,  we  love  ; 
ama-miir,  we  are  loveD  :  amabi-tis,  you  will  love;  amabi-mini,  you 
will  BE  loveB.  The  only  exception  is  the  Second  Person  Singular  of 
the  Future,  which,  in  the  Active  Voice,  has  bi,  and  in  the  Passive, 
be :  e.  g.  ama-bi-s,  you  will  love ;  ama-be-ris  or  re,  you  will  be  lovei>. 
It  is  a  good  practice  to  write  both  the  Active  and  Passive  Voices  side 
by  side  on  the  blackboard,  and  compare  them  with  each  other. 

VOCABULARY, 

appello,  are,  avi,  atum,  name,  call, 

Casticiis,  i,  m.  Casticus. 

noster,  nostra,  nostrum,  our, 

occulto,  are,  avi,  atum,  hide,  conceal. 

Conjngrate  the  verbs ;   name  their  elements ;  i  parse  the  nouns. 

1.  Oppida  expugnabuntur.  2.  Nostri  agri  vastabuntur. 
3.  Homo  igni^  cremabitiir.  4.  Concilium  Gallomm  convoca- 
battir.  5.  Nostra  lingua^  Galli^  appellaiitiir.  6.  Ariovistus 
rex  atque  amicus  appellabatiir.  7.  Lucius  Cassius  consul^ 
amicus*  appellabitur.  8.  Eex*  appellaberis.  9.  Divitiacus 
f rater ^  Dumnorigis  amicus*  populi  Eomani  appellabatiir. 
10.  Pater  CastTci  populi  Eomani  amicus  appellabatur.  11.  In 
tanta  multitudine  fiiga  occultatiir.  12.  Oratione^  Lisci  Dum- 
norix  Divitiaci  frater  designatiir.  13.  Dumnorix  ab  Aeduis^ 
accusabatur.     14.  A  Caesare^  accusabiminl. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  49 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  The  town  will  be  stormed.  2.  Our  field  will  be  laid 
waste.  3.  The  men  will  be  burned  with  fire.  4.  (In)  our 
language  they  are  called  Sequani.  5.  They  will  be  called 
kings.  6.  He  was  called  a  friend  of  the  Eoman  people.  7.  In 
so  great  a  multitude  our  flight  will  be  concealed.  8.  The 
brothers  of  Dumnorix  were  accused  by  the  Gauls.  9.  Dum- 
norix  is  described  by  Caesar^'s  speech. 

Notes. 

1  See  Ln.  X.,  Note  4,  and  Ln.  XII.,  Note  1. 

2  See  54.  3  See  54  and  Ln.  L,  Note  5. 
4  See  64,                                                        s  gee  25, 

6  With  verbs  in  the  Passive  Voice  the  agents  i.  e.  the  person  by  whom 
anything  is  done,  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative  ivith  a,  ab  ;  the  instrmnentf 
i.  e.  the  thing  hy  means  of  which  or  with  which  anything  is  done,  by  the  Ab- 
lative without  a  preposition  :  e.  g.  He  is  overcome  by  the  soldier,  a  milite 
supgratiir ;  he  is  overcome  by  the  soldiers  weapons,  telis  militis  superatur. 


LESSON    XXXII. 

VERBS  :   PASSIVE  VOICE  OF  AMO  {contimied). 

74:,  Learn  the  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative 
Passive  of  amo.  A.  &  G.  23,  2,  6  ;  31 :  A.  &  S.  156  :  B.  76  :  B.  & 
M.  281,  6,  4  ;  283:    G.  122  :   H.  206. 

VOCABULARY. 

arx,  arcis,  f.  citadel 

comporto,  are,  avi,  atum,  collect 

enuncio,  are,  avT,  atum,  divulge,  report 

eques,  itis,  m.  horseman,  cavalryman. 

praetor,  oris,  m.  praetor. 


50  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Conjugate  and  give  a  Synopsis^  of  each  verb  in  the  Indicative  Passive ; 
parse  the  nouns  and  adjectives. 

1.  Frumentum  ab  Aeduis^  comportatum^  est.  2.  Magna 
copia  frumenti  ab  Aeduis  comportata  erat.  3.  Obsides  Hel- 
vetiis*  dati^  erant.  4.  Multi  obsides  Helvetiis  a  Sequanis 
dati  erant.  5.  Nullae^  arces  expugnatae^  sunt.  6.  Nostra 
consilia^  hostibus^  enunciata  sunt.  7.  Nostra  consilia  hosti- 
bus  ab  Aeduis  enunciata  erant.  8.  Caesar  a  Romanis  praetor^ 
creatus^  est.  9.  Praetores^  creati  erimus.  10.  Nostri  agri 
vastati  sunt.  11.  Nostra  oppida  expugnata  sunt.  12.  Tanta 
multitudo  equitum  superata^  est.  13.  In  tanta  multitudme 
equTtum  nostra  fiiga  occulta  est.  14.  Copiae  Caesaris  ab  Ger- 
manis  uno  proelio^  siiperatae  sunt.  15.  Equites  a  Caesare 
graviter^  accusati  sunt. 

Write  in  ]Latin. 

1.  An  abundance  of  corn  lias  been  collected.  2.  The  cita- 
dels will  have  been  stormed.  3.  The  citadels  had  been  stormed 
by  the  Romans.*^  4.  Caesaris  plans  have  been  reported  to  the 
Gauls*  by  the  Germans.     6.  Cassius  had  been  elected  praetor.^ 

6.  A  large  multitude   of    cavalrymen  has   been  overcome. 

7.  The  troops  of  Cassius  had  been  overcome  in  a  single  bat- 
tle.'^ 8.  The  troops  of  Cassius  have  been  overcome  by  the 
Germans.     9.  We  have  been  severely^  censured  by  the  consul. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XIV.,  Note  1.  2  gee  Ln.  XXXI.,  Note  6. 

8  Observe  that  the  Participle,  like  the  predicate  adjective  (C4),  agrees 
with  the  subject  of  tlie  verb  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 
*  See  S9.  5  See  24, 

6  See  64,    What  was  a  praetor  ?  (See  Gen.  Yy.)    What  was  a  consul  ? 
How  often  were  these  officers  elected  ? 

7  uno  proelio,  in  a  single  battle.     See  54, 

8  See  Ln.  XXVI.,  Note  5. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  51 

LESSON   XXXIII. 

VERBS:    PASSIVE  VOICE  OF  AMO  {continued), 

75.  Learn  the  Imperative,  Infinitives,  and  Participles  of  the  Pas- 
sive Voice  of  amg.  A.  &  G.  28,  1,  c,  and  3,  6  ;  31 :  A.  &  S.  156 : 
B.  64,  6  ;  65 ;  66  ;  74,  b  ;  76  :  B.  &  M.  283:  G.  131 ;  123  :  H. 
247,3;  248;  206. 

Conjugrate  the  Imperatives;  name  the  Stem  and  Ending  of  each  verb; 
parse  the  Infinitives  and  Nouns. 

1.  Accusare^acciisamini.^  2.  Accusator^  accusantor.  3.  Ju- 
vare,  jiivator.  4.  Yocamim,  vocantor.  5.  Dicit  suum  fra- 
trem  creatum  esse.^  6.  Dicit  fratrem  Divitiaci  designattiin 
esse.  7.  Dicit  montem  a  Labien  oocciiparT.  8.  Negat^  no- 
stros  agros  vastatos  esse.  9.  Negat  ciim  proximis  civitatibus 
pacem  confirmatam  esse.  10.  Dicit  regnum  iri  cTvitate  sua 
occupatam  esse.  11.  Nunciat  Caesarem  creatum  esse  consulem. 
12.  Nunciat  Cassium  praetorem  creatum  esse.  13.  Dicit 
Ariovistum  a  Eomanis  regem  appellatum  esse. 

Nofes  and  Questions. 

1  How  is  the  Imperative  used  ?  {47) 

2  creatum  essg,  has  been  elected^  or  was  elected.  See  Ln.  XVII.,  Refer- 
ences to  the  Grammar,  Examples,  and  Notes  on  the  Examples. 

3  nggat,  he  says  not ;  lit.  he  denies :  He  says  our  fields  have  not  heen 
laid  waste. 

Upon  which  Stem  are  the  different  tenses  of  the  Indicative  Active  formed  ? 
Of  the  Indicative  Passive  ?  The  Imperative  Active  and  Passive  ?  The  In- 
finitives Active  and  Passive  ?    The  Participles  Active  and  Passive  ? 

How  many  Participles  has  a  transitive  verb  ?  A.  &  G.  '^3,  1,  c  :  A.  &  S. 
148,  1,  (2.):  B.  545  35:  B.  &  M.  269:  H.  196,  II.,  i,  fine  print. 


62  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

LESSON    XXXIV. 

VERBS  :    PASSIVE  VOICE  OF  AMO  {continued). 

70,  Learn  the  Subjunctive  Passive  of  amo.  A.  &  G.  31 :  A.  &  S. 
156 :   B.  74,  b  ;  76 :   B.  &  M.  28S:^  G.   121 ;  122 :  H.  206. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Si  homo  cremetiir,  if  the  man  SHOULD  BE  BURNED. 

2.  Si  homo  cremaretiir,  if  the  man  were  being  burned. 

3.  Si  homo  crematiis  sit,  if  the  man  should  have  been  burned  ; 

or  if  the  man  should  be  burned. 

4.  Si  homo  crematiis  esset,  if  the  man  HAD  been  burned  ;  or 

if  the  man  were  burned. 

5.  Si  sententiam  rogetiir,  if  he  should  be  asked  Qiis)  opinion, 

Conjugrate  and  give  a  synopsis  of  each  verb. 

1.  Si  Caesar  sententiam^  rogatus  esset.  2.  Si  sententiam 
rogatus  sim.  3.  Si  sententiam  rogareris.  4.  Si  cremati  es- 
semiis.  5.  Si  Ariovistus  rex^  creatus  esset.  6.  Si  miles  vul- 
neretur.  7.  Si  non  vulneratiis  esses.  8.  Si  Ariovistus  amicus 
populi  Eomani  appellarettir.  '  9.  Si  obsides  Eomanis^  a  Gallis* 
n5n  dentiir.  10.  Si  obsides  Germanis  ab  Helvetiis  non  dati 
essent.  11.  Si  copia  frumenti  importetur.  12.  ST  copia  fru- 
menti  non  importata  esset.  13.  Si  Divitiacus  a  popiilo  Eomaiio 
rex  appellatiis  esset.  14.  Si  rex  atque  amicus  a  Helvetiis  ap- 
pellareris.  15.  Si  sententiam  rogati  essemus.  16.  Si  senten- 
tiam rogati  eritis.  17.  Si  reges  creati  essetis.  18.  Si  con- 
siiles  creati  essemus. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  If  I  should  be  asked  (my)  opinion.  2.  If  you  were 
asked  (your)  opinion.  3.  If  you  had  been  burned.  4.  If 
Cassius  had  been  elected  consul.  5.  If  Cassius  had  not  been 
called  a  friend  of  the  Gauls.     6.  If  hostages  should  be  given 


EIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


53 


to  the  Germans  by  the  consul.  7.  If  the  soldiers  had  not 
been  wounded.  8.  If  we  had  not  been  wounded.  9.  If  an 
abundance  of  corn  were  being  imported.  10.  If  you  should 
be  elected  consul. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  71.  2  See  64. 

3  See  39, 

4  Which  prepositions  are  used  with  the  Ablative  ?  {16)  How  is  the  agent 
of  a  verb  in  the  Passive  Voice  expressed  in  Latin  ?  (Ln.  XXXI.,  Note  6.) 
How  is  the  instrument  expressed  ?    What  is  meant  by  the  agent  ?    By  the 

instrument  ? 


LESSON   XXXV. 

DEPONENT  VERBS  :    FIRST  CONJUGATION. 

77.  Definition.  A.  &  G.  35,  1  :  A.  &  S.  142,  4,  (a.) :  B.  46 : 
B.  &  M.  304=:   G.  211 :   H.  195,  II.,  2. 

78.  Learn  the  entire  Deponent  Verb  of  the  First  Conjugation. 
A.  &  G.  page  76,  miror :  A.  &  S.  161 :  B.  93,  conor;  55,  second 
sentence:  B.  &  M.  S06,  second  'part;  307:  G.  141;  142:  H.  225; 
226. 


VOCABULARY. 

Conor, 

ari. 

atus  sum,i 

attempt,  try. 

glorior, 

ari. 

atus  sum. 

glory,  boast. 

hortor. 

ari. 

atus  sum, 

exhort,  urge. 

laetor. 

ari. 

atiis  sum. 

rejoice,  exult. 

miror. 

ari. 

atus  sum. 

admire,  wonder  at 

moror. 

ari. 

atiis  siim. 

tarry,  delay. 

vagor. 

ari. 

atiis  siim. 

wander  about. 

popiilor. 

ari, 

atiis  siim. 

ravage,  lay  waste. 

1  The  principal  parts  of  a  deponent  verb  are  the  Present  Indicative,  Pres- 
ent Infinitive,  Perfect  Indicative  ;  e.  g.  Conor,  conari,  conatils  siim. 


54  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Conjugrate  and  grive  a  complete  synopsis    of  each  verb. 

1.  Conamur,  conabamur,  conabimur.  2.  Gloriatus  sum, 
gloriatus  eram,  gloriatus  ero.  3.  Si  hortetur,  si  hortaretur. 
4.  Si  hortatus  sis,  si  hortatus  esses.  5.  Laetare,  laetammi, 
laetemur.2  q  Dicit  Caesarem  laetatjum  esse.  7.  Mirari^  non 
possumus.  8.  Vagari^  conemur.^  9.  Yagari  non  potemnus. 
10.  Caesar  ad*  Eomam  moratus  est.  11.  Helvetii  agros 
Aeduorum  popiilabantur.     12.  Ut  vagarentur.^ 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  You  are  exhorting,  you  were  exhorting,  you  will  exhort. 
2.  You  tarried  in  the  vicinity  of  Eome;  you  had  tarried;  you 
will  have  tarried.  3.  If  he  should  tarry,  if  he  tarried.  4.  If 
he  had  tarried  near  Eome.  5.  Let  us  tarry  in  the  vicinity  of 
Geneva.  6.  They  can^  not  rejoice.  7.  They  could^  not  re- 
joice.    8.  Let  us  try^  to  rejorde. 

Noies. 

1  A  complete  Synopsis  of  cOnor,  for  example,  is  as  follows :  Indicative, 
Conor,  conabar,  conabor,  conatus  sum,  conatus  Sram,  conatus  Sro ;  Sub- 
juncfAve,  coner,  conarer,  conatus  sim,  conatus  essem ;  Imperative,  conare, 
cdnator ;  Infinitives,  conari,  conatus  essg,  conaturus  essS ;  Participles, 
c6nans,  conandus,  conatus,  conaturus  ;  Gerund,  conandi  ;  Supines,  cona- 
tum,  cOnatu. 

2  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Example  7.  «  gee  e9, 

*  ad  with  the  name  of  a  town  may  often  be  rendered  near,  in  the  vicinity 
of. 

^  Render  by  the  Imperfect  Indicative. 

^  Can  and  could  in  these  and  similar  sentences  are  equivalent  to  are  able, 
were  able;  translate  them,  therefore,  by  the  proper  tense  of  the  Indicative 
of  possilm,  and  the  principal  verb  by  the  Present  Infinitive. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  55 

LESSON   XXXVI. 
ABLATIVE  OF  CAUSE.  —  COMPLEX  AND  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 

79.  Ablative  of  Cause.^  A.  &  G.  54,  3  :  A.  &  S.  247 :  B.  257, 

Rule  XLIL  :  B.  &  M.  87S:   G.  407:   H.  414,  2. 

80,  Complex  and  Compound  Sentences,  A.  &  G.  45,  5, 
a-f,  6  :  A.  &  S.  201,  11-13  :  B.  288,  a-f:  B.  &  M.  1407-1409; 
1411:  G.  474,  1-4  :  H.  345,  IL,  IIL 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Pueri  equisi  (79)  laetantur,  boys  rejoice  IN  HORSES. 

2.  Helvetii  sua  victoria ^  (79)  gloriabantur,  the  Helvetii  were 

boasting  because   op   their  victory  ;    or  the  Helvetii  were 
glorying  in  their  victory. 

3.  Orgetorix  Casticum  hortatur  lit  regnum  occupet,^  Orgetorix 

urges  Gasticus  to  seize  the  royal  poiver. 

4.  Miles  non  laetetur,  si  vuliieretur,^  the  soldier  would  not  rejoice, 

if  he  should  be  wounded, 

5.  Si  multi  vulnerati  essent,  non  laetati  essemus,  if  many  had 

been  wounded,  we  should  not  have  rejoiced. 

6.  Ariovistus  fuit  rex  St  Caesar  fuit  consul,*  Ariovistus  was 

king  and  Caesar  was  consul. 

Analyze  the  sentences  and  parse, 

1.  Imperator  militibus  bonis  laetatur.  2.  Eomani  sua  vic- 
toria non  gloriabantur.  3.  Seqnani  victoria  sua  non  gloriabun- 
tur.  4.  Negat^  Sequanos  victoria  gloriaturos  esse.  5.  Mi- 
ll tes  hortabimur  tit  agros  populentur.  6.  Imperator  mill  tes 
suos  hortatus  est^  ut  agros  Gallorum  populentur.  7.  Dum- 
norigem  hortabor  ut  regnum  in  "^  sua  cTvitate  occupet.  8.  Si 
igni^  cremer^  non  laeteris.  9.  Si  Cassius  praetor^  creatus 
esset,  laetatus  essem.  10.  Si  Caesar  sermonem^^  milites^^ 
celet,  laeter.  11.  Si  dux  militibus^^  adesse^^  possitl  aetentur. 
12.  Hortemur^^  Helvetios  tit  ciim  proximis  civitatibus  pacem 


56  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

et  amicitiam  confirment.  13.  ST  Caesar  multos  obsides  dedis^ 
set  hostibus;^^  hostes  laetati  essent.  14.  Puer  erat  mains  eb 
puella  erat  bona.     15.  Consul  abest  et  praetor  est  aeger.^ 

Notes. 

1  In  Examples  1  and  2  equis  and  victoria  are  the  cause  of  the  rejoicing 
and  boasting,  and  hence  are  in  the  Ablative  in  accordance  with  the  rule 
referred  to  in  79, 

2  Example  3  is  a  complex  sentence^  because  it  is  made  up  of  a  principal 
clausCf  Orgetorix  Casticum  hortatur,  and  a  subordinate  clause,  ut  reg- 
nuin  occupet.  Observe  that  ut  occupet  is  rendered  by  the  Infinitive  to 
seize  ;  lit.  tJiat  he  may  seize, 

3  Example  4  is  a  complex  sentence  ;  principal  clause,  miles  non  laetetur ; 
subordinate  clause,  si  vulneretur  :  si  and  ut  are  subordinate  conjunctions ; 
hence  the  clauses  which  they  introduce  are  subordinate  clauses. 

*  Example  6  is  a  compound  sentence,  because  it  is  made  up  of  clauses 
which  are  independent  of  each  other.  Such  clauses  are  called  coordinate 
clauses  ;  and  the  conjunctions  which  connect  them,  coordinate  conjunctions, 

5  See  Ln.  XXXIIL,  Note  3.  ^  hortatus  est,  has  urged, 

7  See  Ln.  XIIL,  Note  5.    AVhich  is  this  ? 

8  See  54.  9  gge  64. 
10  See  71.                                                   ii  See  67. 

12  See  69.  13  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7.      • 

1*  See  39. 


LESSON   XXXVII. 

ADJECTIVES:    THIRD  DECLENSION. 

81.  A.  &  G.  16,  2,  levis,  acer,  h,  Case-Forms:  A.  &  S.  108; 
109 ;  113,  1 ;  114,  I :  B.  156 ;  157,  levis :  B.  &  M.  193,  Rules  1, 
2;  196,11.,  mitis;  198,  acer:  G.  81 ;  83:  H.  152;  153;  154, 
tristis,  3. 

VOCABULARY, 
alacer,!  cris,  ere,  lively,  eager, 

brevis,2  e,  short,  brief, 

celer,!  celeris,  celere,         swift. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  57 

diflFicilis,2  e,  difficult,  impracticable. 

equester,^  tris,  tre,  of  cavalry. 

f  acilis,2  g^  g^g^^  practicable. 

f amilia,  ae,  f.  household,  family. 

fortis,^  e,  brave,  courageous,  strong. 

iter,  itineris,  n.  journey,  route,  m/irch. 

judicium,  i,  n.  trial. 

omnis,2  e,  all,  every. 

tristis,2  e,  sad. 

1  Declined  like  ac^r. 

2  Declined  like  levis,  mitis,  facilis,  tristis. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Ex  omnl^  Gallia.  2.  Cum  omnibus  c5piis.  3.  Per 
omnes  urbes.  4.  Per  totam^  urbem.  5.  E qui  sunt  celeres.^ 
6.  Negat^  equos  esse  cele res.  7.  ST  equites  fuissent  celeres, 
rex  laetatiis  esset.^  8.  Tempus  est  breve.  9.  Helvetii  oppida 
sua  omnia  incendunt  {burn),  10.  Fuit  proelium  equestre. 
11.  Dlcit  futurum  esse  proelium  equestre.  12.  Sequani  fue- 
runt  tristes.  13.  Iter^^  erat  difficile.  14.  Si  iter  sit  facile, 
laeter.^  15.  Puto  iter  esse  facile.  16.  Titus  Labienus  lega- 
tus*^  suos  milites  hortatur  lit^  fortes  sint.^  17.  Orgetorix  ad 
judicium  omnem  suam  familiam  coegit  {ftr ought),  18.  Or- 
getorix Helvetios  hortatiis  est  iit^^  de  flnibiis  suls  ciim  omni- 
bus copiis  exirent.^^     19.  Viris^^  fortibiis  laetor. 

Notes. 

1  See  Ln.  YI.,  Note  1.  2  See  24L. 

8  See  64.  *  Se  Ln.  XXXIII. ,  Note  3. 

sSeeLN.  XXXYL,  Ex.  5. 

6  See  Ln.  XXYL,  Ex.  1  and  Ln.  XXXYL,  Ex.  4. 

7  See  25.  ^  See  Ln.  XXXYL,  Ex.  3. 
10  lit  —  exirent,  to  go  out.                        "  See  79. 

12  See  A.  &  G.  11,  III.  4,  c  :  A.  &  S.  57:  B.  138:  B.  &  M.  104. 


58 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


LESSON   XXXVIII. 

ADJECTIVES  :    THIRD  DECLENSION  {continued), 

82.  A.  &  G.  16,  3,  a,  c,  1,  2  :  A.  &  S.  Ill ;  113,  2,  3 ;  114 : 
B.  all  of  158 :  B.  &  M.  all  of  193:  G.  83;  84 ;  85,  1  -3  :  H.  all  of 
155-158. 


VOCABULARY 

. 

audax,  acis. 

holdj  audacious. 

conditio,  onis,  f. 

condition. 

contumelia,  ae,  f. 

insult. 

dives,  itis. 

rich. 

f  elix,  icis. 

happy. 

flens,  entis. 

weeping. 

implorO,  are,  avi. 

atiim, 

beseech,  implore. 

injuria,  ae,  f. 

injury. 

mulier,  eris,  f. 

woman. 

oriens,  entis. 

rising. 

par,  paris. 

equal. 

princeps,  ipis. 

first,  chief. 

recens,  entis. 

recent. 

sol,  solis,  m. 

sun. 

speeto,  are,  avi,  atiim. 

hole,  front. 

vetus,  eris. 

old,  ancient. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Veteres  causae.  2.  Vetus  urbs^  estEoma.  3.  Memoria 
veteris  contumeliae.  4.  In  parem  conditionein  servTtutis. 
5.  Eecentium  injuriarum  memoria.  6.  Mulieres  erant  felTces. 
7.  Mulieres  flentes  Caesarem  implorabant.  8.  Helvetii  flentes 
pacem  petierunt  {soiigJd),  9.  Hortemiir^  mllites  ut^  alacres 
et  audaces  sint.^     10.  Belgae  spectant  m^  orientem  solem.^ 

11.  Legationis  principem^  locum "^    obtinebant    [thei/  held). 

12.  Romani  divTtes  fuerunt.     13.  German!  non  pares  sunt 
nostris  militibus.^ 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  59 

Write  in  Liatin. 

1.  There  ^  will  be  a  battle  of  cavalry.  2.  Our  soldiers  are 
trave.  3.  Let  us  exhort  our  soldiers  to  be  brave.  4.  Geneva 
is  an  old  town.  5.  AlP^  are  not  happy.  6.  Our  leaders  will 
be  bold.  7.  All  cannot  be^^  rich.  8.  Weeping  women  will 
implore  the  consul.  9.  Gauls  are  not  equal  to  our  cavalry- 
men. 

Notes. 
1  See  64.  2  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7. 

8  How  is  the  Subjunctive  with  ut  to  be  translated  after  verbs  signifying 
asTc,  command,  exhort,  persuade,  please,  strive,  urge  ?  Answ.  By  the  Pres- 
ent Infinitive.     See  Ln.  XXXVI. ,  Ex.  3. 

4  in,  towards. 

s  See  B.  135 :  B.  &  M.  121 :  H.  60. 

6  principem  is  here  used  as  an  adjective  ;  it  is  often  a  noun. 

■^  How  is  locus  declined  in  the  Plural  ?    See  Vy.,  Ln.  VIII. 

8  militibiis  is  a  Dative.  ^  See  Ln.  XXV.,  Note  2,  last  part 

10  omnes,  like  the  English  all,  is  often  used  substantively. 

11  cannot  he,  esse  non  possunt. 


LESSON   XXXIX. 

COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES. 

83.  A.  &  G.  17,  I,  a  :  A.  &  S.  122,  I -6  ;  124,  1  -3  ;  125,  1 : 
B.  161;  162;  163,  a:  B.  &  M.  214-218:  G.  86;  88,  1 :  H.  160 
-162;  163,  1. 

84,  JDeclension  of  Comparatives.  A.  &  G.  16,  3,  6  :  A.  &  S. 
110  :  B.  15T,  Remark  :  B.  &  M.  197:  G.  8T:  H.  154,  3,  4. 

VOCABULARY. 


altus,  a,  um,  high,  deep, 

fortuna,  ae,  f.  fortune. 

gravis,  e,  heavy,  grievous, 

latus,  a,  um,  broad,  wide. 


60  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


longe,  adv. 

by  far. 

miser,  misera. 

miserum, 

wretched,  pitiable. 

nobilis,  e. 

well-hnown,  noble. 

potens,  entis. 

powerful. 

quam,  adv. 

than. 

utiUs,  e. 

useful. 

Compare  and  decline  tlie  adjectives. 

1.  Jura  est  mons^  altissimiis.^  2.  Caesar  dicit  Juram  esse 
montem  altissimum.  3.  Rheiius  est  ilumen  latissimus  et 
altissimus.  4.  Homm^nobilissTmo  ac^potentissTmoaderam. 
5.  Omnium^  fortissTmi  sunt  Belgae.  6.  Apud  Helvetios 
longe  nobilissimus  et  ditissimus^^  fuit  Orgetorix.  7.  Pertres 
[three)  potentissimos  populos  totiiis  Galliae.  8.  Nostrae  f  iliae 
pulclierrimae  sunt.  9.  Milites  hortemur  tit  fortiores  sint.^ 
10.  Si  tempus  fuisset  brevius,  non  laetatus  essem.  11.  Mi- 
iTtes  fuerunt  Caesari  utilissTmi.  12.  Dlcit  esse  miseriorem 
gravioremque  "^  fortunam^  Sequanorum  quam^  reliquorum 
Gallorum. 

"Write  in  L<atin. 

1.  The  bravest  soldiers.  2.  The  most  beautiful  women. 
3.  The  broadest  rivers.  4.  The  highest  mountains.  5.  Divi- 
tiacus  was  the  noblest  of  all.  6.  Friends  are  most  useful  to  a 
man.  7.  Caesar  says  (that)  the  Ehine  is  a  very  deep  river. 
8.  The  fortune  of  the  Gauls  was  more  grievous  than  (that)  of 
the  Germans.     9.  Let  us  urge  the  boys  to  be  very  brave. 

Notes. 

1  What  is  the  gender  of  mons  ?    Of  Jura  ? 

2  Superlatives  may  sometimes  be  rendered  by  ^ui\Q positive  with  very:  e.  g. 
mons  altissimus,  a  very  high  mountain.  They  are  declined  like  adjectives 
of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions. 

3  07.  *  See  Ln.  XXXYIIL,  Note  10. 
6  See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3.         6  gee  Ln.  XX.,  Note  1. 

^  What  is  the  difference  in  force  of  et,  que,  and  atque  ?   See  Ln.  XXIIL, 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  61 

Note  2.     What  are  appended  words  called  ?    See  Vy.,  Ln.  XXIII.,  Note 
on  que,  last  part. 

8  fortuiaam  is  subject  of  esse. 

^  When  quam  signifying  than  is  immediately  followed  by  a  Genitive, 
supply  in  translation  that :   e.  g.   quam  Romanorum,  than  that  of  t/ie 
Romans. 
i<^  See  General  Vocabulary  under  dives  and  dis. 


LESSON   XL. 

COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  {continued), 

85.  A.  &  G.  17,  1,  5  -  e,  2,  3,  a  :  A.  &  S.  125,  2  -  5  ;  126,  1 : 
B.  163,  6-t?;  164,  a,  6:  B.  &  U.  219-222 :  G.  88,  2 - 4  ;  89,  Re- 
marks 1,  2  :   H.  163,  2,  3  ;  165;  166;  169,  I,  2 ;  170. 

VOCABULARY. 

Alpes,  iiim,  f.  the  Alps, 

citerior,  citeriiis,  hither. 

extra,  prep.  w.  ace.  without,  beyond, 

inferior,  inferiiis,  lower. 

primiis,  a,  iiin,  first. 

Segusiani,  oriiin,  m.  the  Segusiani. 

Sequaniis,  a,  iim,  of  the  Sequani. 

superior,  superius,  higher,  upper, 

ulterior,  ulterius,  farther. 

Translate  and  parse. 

1.  Major^  mnltitudo  Germanorum^  Ehenum  transibat  {was 
crossing).  2.  Carrorum^  maximus  niimerus.  3.  Cum  max- 
imo  mllitum^  numero.  4.  Belgae  pertinent  {extend)  ad 
inferiorem  partem  flummis  Eheni.  5.  Galli  loca  superiora  oc- 
cupant. 6.  Labienus  summum  montem^  occupavit.  7.  Sura- 
mus  mens  a  Labieno^  occupatus  est.  8.  Negat  summum 
montem  a  Labieno  occupatum  esse.     9.  Mllites  hortabimur 


6a  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

ut  suminiim  montem  occupent.  10.  Si  Labienus  summum 
montem  occupet^  Caesar  sit^  fellcissimus.  11.  Iter  per  pro- 
vinciam  est  ^cTlius.^  12.  Ager  Sequaims  erat  optimus'^  totius 
Galliae.  13.  Caesar  in  Galliam  iilteriorem  per  Alpes^  con- 
tendit  [hastens).  14.  Citerioris  provinciae  extremum  oppi- 
dum.      15.  Segiisiani  sunt  extra  provinciam  primi. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  A  very  large  number  of  horses.  2.  A  larger  number 
of  cavalrymen.  3.  To  the  upper  part  of  the  Rhone.  4.  The 
soldiers  will  occupy  the  top  of  the  mountain.  5.  The  top 
of  the  mountain  will  be  occupied  by  the  soldiers.  6.  The 
route  through  our  province  is  most  practicable.  7.  I  think 
(that)  the  route  through  the  Alps  is  by  far  the  most  practica- 
ble.    8.  Let  us  occupy  the  top  of  the  mountain. 

Notes. 

1  In  parsing  adjectives  hereafter  give  their  comparison,  if  they  can  be 
compared. 

2  Notice  the  different  positions  of  the  Genitive  ;  what  is  the  difference  in 
force  ?    See  Ln.  III.,  Note  3. 

3  summum  montem,  the  top  of  the  mountain. 

4  See  Ln.  XXXI.,  Note  6.  ^  sit,  wo2dd  be. 

6  Name  the  adjectives  which  foiTn  their  Suj)erlatives  like  facilis. 

7  optimus,  sc.  ager. 

8  The  gender  of  Alpes  is  an  exception  to  what  rule  ? 


LESSON    XLI. 

DATIVE  WITH  ADJECTIVES. 

80.    Dative  ivith  Adjectives,    A.  &  G.  51,  6  :  A.  &  S.  322,  3 : 

B.  245,  E-ULE  XXXIIL:   B.  &  M.  860:   G.  356 :   H.  391. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


EXAMPLES. 


1.  Belgae  sunt  proximi  Germanis,  the  Belgae  are  nearest  to  the 

Germans. 

2.  Castris  idoueiis  lociis  est,  the  place  is  suitable  FOR  A  camp, 

3.  Deo  similis  est,  he  is  like  A  god. 

VOCABULARY. 

aetas,  atis,  f.  age, 

amicus,  a,  um,  friendly, 

communis,  e,  common, 

idoneiis,  S,  iim,  fit,  suitable, 

inimicus,  a,  um,  unfriendly,  hostile, 

patria,  ae,  f.  native  land,  fatherland, 

periculosus,  a,  iim,  dangerous, 

similis,  e,  like,  similar, 

solum,  i,  n.  ground,  soil. 

Analyze  and  parse.  ^ 

1.  Aquitani  sunt  proximi  provinciae.  2,  Aquitam  sunt 
propiores  provinciae  quam  Italiae.  3.  Geneva  est  oppidiini 
proximum  Helvetiorum  fmibiis.  4.  Extremtim  oppTdum 
Allobrogum  est  proximumque  Helvetiorum  flnibus  Geneva. 
5.  Castris  non  idoneus  omnis  lociis  est.  6.  Negat  castris 
idoneiim  omnem  locum  esse.  7.  Si  castris  idoneus  locus  sit, 
milites  laetentur.^  8.  Non  ego  sum  idoneus  armis.  9.  Si 
ego  fuissem  idoneus  armis,  laetatiis  essem.  10.  Dumnorix 
Helvetils  erat  amicus.  11.  Dux  inimlcior  DumnorigT  fuit 
quam  Caesari.  12.  Matri  puella  est  sTmilis.  13.  Non  omnTs 
puer  est  sTmilis  patri.  14.  Omni  aetati  mors  est  communis 
15.  Patriae  solum  omnibus  carum  est.  16.  Popiilo  Eomano 
perlculosum  est  proeliiim.  17.  Omni  urbl  leges  sunt  utiles. 
18.  Imperator  suos  mllites  hortatur  lit  fortes  sint^  et  urbl 
Eomae  utiles. 


64  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  He  says  (that)  tlie  Aquitani  are  nearest  to  the  province. 
2.  Ocelum  was  the  furthermost  town  of  the  hither  province 
and  nearest  to  the  Alps.  3.  If  the  place  had  been  suitable 
for  a  camp^  we  should  have  rejoiced.^  4.  Let  us  urge  the 
soldiers  to  be^  useful  to  (their)  fatherland.  5.  The  lieutenant 
was  most  friendly  to  the  soldiers.  6.  The  daughter  is  more 
like  (her)  father  than  (her)  mother.  7.  I  do*  not  think  (that) 
the  battle  will  be  dangerous  to  the  city. 


Notes. 

1  See  Ln.  XXXVI.,  Ex.  4.     What  kind  of  a  sentence  is  this  ?  (SO) 

2  See  Ln.  XXXVI. ,  Ex.  3. 

3  See  Ln.  XXXVI. ,  Ex.  5. 

4  See  Ln.  X.,  Note  5. 


o**:o 


LESSON   XLII. 

ADVERBS. 

87.  Definition.  A.  &  G.  41 :  A.  &  S.  190,  2  :  B.  30  :  B.  &  M. 
460:   Gr.  15,  IV.,  1  :    H.  303. 

88.  Derivation.  A.  &  G.  41,  1,  a,  6  :  A.  &  S.  192,  II.,  1,  2  : 
B.  199,  6,  c  :  B.  &  M.  591;  592;  595:  G.  90,  1-4:  H.  333;  335, 
1,2. 

89.  Classification.  A.  &  G.  41,  2,a-e:  A.  &  S.  190,  3  ;  191, 
L-IIL;  B.  175,  a-/,  Remark:  B.  &  M.  461,  1-6  :  H.  304,  L- 
IV. 

90.  Comparison.  A.  &  G.  17,  4  :  A.  &  S.  194,  1,  2,  4 :  B.  174, 
a-c  :   B.  &  M.  462;  463:   G.  91 :   H.  305. 

91.  Syntax.  A.  &  G.  45,  3,  a  :  A.  &  S.  277,  I. :  B.  327,  Rule 
LXXIX.:   B.  &M.  096;   G.  440,  2  :   H.  582. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  65 


VOCABULARY. 


acritgr,  adv.  sharply,  fiercely. 

audacter,  adv.  boldly,  courageously, 

celeriter,  adv.  quickly,  immediately. 

facile,  adv.  easily,  readily. 

fortiter,  adv.  bravely,  valiantly, 

grSviter,  adv.  heavily,  severely. 

libere,  adv.  freely,  unreservedly. 

qua,  adv.  where. 

Parse  the  adverbs  and  adjectives. 

1.  Belgae  fortiter^  pugnaverunt.  2,  Si  milites  fortius 
pilgnent^  imperator  laetetur.  3.  Eomani  non  acriiis  pugna- 
bunt  quam  Galll.^  4.  Germani  Helvetios  facile^  silperabunt. 
5.  Galli  a  Caesare  n5n  facillime  superati  sunt.  6.  Nunciat 
Gallos  a  Caesare  non  facillime  superatos  esse.  7.  Caesar 
Dumnorigem  gravissime  accusavit.  8.  Caesar  celeriter  con- 
cTliiini  dlmittit  (dismisses).  9.  Liscus  dicit  liberiiis^  atque^ 
audacius.  10.  Qua^  minima  altitudo  fluminis  erat.  11.  Ju- 
mentorum  et  carroriim  quam"^  maximum  numeriim  coeraere^ 
{to  jpur chase).  12.  Hostes  quam  fortissime  pugnabant. 
13.  Helvetii  EomanTs^  quam  amicissimi  fuerunt.  14.  Soliim 
patriae  civi  quam  carissimiim  est. 

Nofes. 

1  Form  for  parsing  an  adverb.  —  fortiter  is  an  adverb  of  manner  {89) ; 
derived  from  the  adjective  fortis  {88) ;  compared  fortiter,  fortiiis,  fortis- 
sime {90) ;  of  the  positive  degree  and  modifies  pugnaverunt  {91). 

2  What  is  the  construction  of  Galli  ? 

3  A.  &  G.  41,  1,  ^:  A.  &  S.  \9Z,  4,  (&.):  B.  174,  d:  B.  &  M.  596.- 
G.  90,  4  :    H.  335,  4,  1). 

*  libere  has  no  Superlative.  ^  gee  Ln.  XXIIL,  Note  2. 

^  As  a  rule  only  those  adverbs  are  compared  which  are  derived  from 
adjectives. 

^  quam  modifying  a  Superlative  strengthens  it :  e.  g.  quSm  maximum, 
as  large  as  possible  ;  quam  fortissime,  as  bravely  as  possible. 


66  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

^  ( •• )  is  the  mark  of  Diaeresis  ;  when  placed  over  the  second  of  two 
vowels  which  regularly  form  a  diphthong,  it  shows  that  they  are  to  be  sep- 
arated in  pronunciation  :  e.  g.  coemere  has  four  syllables  ;  coemere  would 
have  only  three. 

9  See  86. 


LESSON    XLIII. 

VERBS  :    SECOND  CONJUGATION  :    ACTIVE  VOICE. 

92.  Learn  the  entire  Active  Voice  of  the  Second  Conjugation. 
A.  &  G.  32:  A.  &  S.  157:  B.  79 ;  80 :  B.  &  M.  288:  G.  123; 
124 :   H.  20T.     See  27,  28,  57,  45,  49,  50  of  this  book 

VOCABULARY, 
moneo,^     ere,  ui,  itum,  advise. 

habeO,        ere,  ui,  itum,  have. 

prohibeo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  restrain,  keep  from. 

1  Most  verbs  of  the  Second  Conjugation  form  their  Perfect  and  Supine 
like  moneo.  For  the  principal  parts  let  ere,  ui,  itum  take  the  place  of 
final  eo  :  e.  g.  habeo,  habere,  habui,  habitum. 

Conjugate  and  give   a   complete   synopsis^   of  each   verb;    name   its 

elements. 

1.  Monebatis,  monehitis,  monuistTs.  2.  Si  moneamus,^  si 
moneremus,  si  moiiuissemus.  3.  Mone,  moiiete,  monento. 
4.  Monens,  monituriis.  5.  Monere,  monuisse,  moniturus 
esse.  6.  Ut  equos  habeamus.^  7.  Ut  rex  urbes  multas  et^ 
magnas  habeat.  8.  Multa  castra  habebimus.  9.  Legatus 
multos  milites  habuerit.*  10.  Habeto,  habetote.^  11.  Ha- 
bens,  habiturus.  12.  Habere,  habuisse,  habituriis  esse. 
13.  Si  Helvetios  itmere^  prohibeant.  14.  Si  Helvetios  itinere 
prohibuissent.  15.  Helvetios  itinere  prohibeamus.'^  16.  Iti- 
nere Helvetios  probibere^  conanttir.  17.  Itinere  hostes  pro- 
liibebimus.  18.  Milites  itinere  hostes  prohibere  conabuntiir. 
19.  Si  itmere  milites  prolnbuissemus.  20.  Legati  nostros 
viros  monuerunt. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  67 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  You  have^  you  were  having,  you  will  have  had.  2.  If 
you  should  have,  if  you  had,  if  you  had  had.  3.  Have  ye, 
he  shall  have,  they  shall  have.  4.  To  restrain,  to  have  re- 
strained, to  be  about  to  restrain.  5.  If  we  should  keep  the 
soldiers  from  the  town.  6.  If  we  shall  have  kept  the  soldiers 
from  the  town.  7.  Let  us  keep  the  enemy  from  the  town. 
8.  We  shall  attempt  to  keep  the  enemy  from  the  town. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XXXV.,  Note  1.  2  gee  Ln.  XXIX.,  Examples. 

2  See  Ln.  VI.,  Note  5. 

4  Define  the  use  of  the  Future  Perfect  Tense.    {42) 
^  Define  the  use  of  the  Imperative  Mood.    (47) 

6  itingre  is  an  Ablative  of  Separation.  A.  &  G.  54,  1 :  A.  &  S.  251:  B. 
256,  Rule  XLT.:    B.  &  M.  916:   G.  388:  H.  425. 

7  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7.  ^  gee  69. 

What  are  the  Personal  Endings  of  the  Indicative  and  Subjunctive  Moods, 
Active  Voice  ?  Of  the  Imperative  ?  Of  the  Infinitives  and  Participles  ? 
How  are  the  different  Stems  of  a  verb  found  ?  {28,  45,  50)  What  two 
uses  has  the  Perfect  Indicative  ?  {43) 


LESSON   XLIV. 

ADDITIONAL  EXERCISES. 

93.  Aceusative  of  Time.  A.  &  G.  52,  4,  c  :  A.  &  S.  236 : 
B.  220,  Rule  XL:  B.  &  M.  950:  G.  33T:  H.  378.  This  answers 
the  question,  How  long  ? 

VOCABULARY, 

deleo,     ere,  evi,         etum,  destroy. 

doced,    ere,  uT,  doctiiin,  teach, 

jubeO,    ere,  jussT,      jussum,  command,  order. 

maueo,  ere,  mansi,  mansum,  stay,  remain. 


^Cji^      ^    _     


68  PIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

moveo,     ere,  movi,  motiini,  move,  remove. 

obtineo,  ere,  ui,        obtentum,  hold,  obtain. 

possessio,  onis,  f.  possession. 

viciis,  i,  m.  village. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Germani  multos  vicos  deleverant.  2.  Aliud^  iter  lia- 
bebant  nullum.  8.  Quam^  plurimas  civitates  habebant. 
4.  Allobroges  trans  Eliodanum  vicos  possessionesque^  habe- 
bant. 5.  Pueros^  litteras^  doceamus.  6.  Dicit  matrem^ 
filias  litteras  docere.  7.  In  Gallia  ulteriore  multos  annos^ 
manebimus.  8.  Caesar  senatorem  hortatur  ut"^  in  castris 
multos  menses  maneat."^  9.  Eegnum  in  Sequanis  multos  annos 
obtmuerat.     10.  Divico  legationis  locum  principem  obtmebat. 

11.  Si   imperator   castra   moveat^  milites   fortius^  pugnent. 

12.  Castra^  movere^^  celerius  non  potuemnt.^^  13.  Itmere^^ 
Helvetios  prohibere  non  poterunt.^^  14.  Helvetii  suis  f  Inibus 
Germanos  prohibebant.  15.  Proximum^^  iter  m  ulteriorem 
Galliam  per  Alpes  est.  16.  Sed  in  summo  jiigo  duas  {two) 
legiones^^*  quas  (wMcli)  in  Gallia  citeriore  proxime  conscrip- 
serat  (]ie  had  enlisted) ,  et  omnia  auxilia^^  coUocari^^  jussit. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Which  adjectives  have  their  Genitive  in  ius  and  Dative  in  1  ?  {24) 

2  See  Ln.  XLIL,  Note  7.  «  gee  Ln.  XXIIL,  Vy.,  Note. 
*  See  71.  5  See  53, 

6  See  93, 

■^  How  is  ut  —  maneat  to  be  translated  ?    See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3. 

^  From  what  adjective  is  fortiter  derived  ? 

^  What  does  castra  signify  in  the  Singular  ? 

10  See  6-9. 

11  How  do  potuerunt  and  pot^runt  differ  from  each  other  ? 

12  See  Ln.  XLIII.,  Note  6.  i^  proximum,  shortest. 
14  legiones  and  auxilia  are  subjects  of  collocari.   (^3) 

1*  collocari  with  its  subjects  is  object  of  jussit.   {52) 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  69 

LESSON    XLV. 

VERBS:    SECOND  CONJUGATION:    PASSIVE  VOICE. 

94.  Learn  the  entire  Passive  Voice  of  the  Second  Conjugation. 
A.  &  G.  32:  A.  &  S.  157:  B.  79;  80:  B.  &  M.  289:  G.  135; 
126 :   H.  208. 

See  also  73,  a,  of  this  book. 

VOCABULARY. 

contineo,  ere,  ui,  conteutum,  hem  in^  hound. 

ditio,  onis,  f.  dominion,  power. 

oceaniis,  i,  m.  ocean, 

rapina,  ae,  f.  'plundering, 

servitus,  utis,  f.  slavery. 

teneo,  ere,  ui,  tentum,  hold,  keep. 

undique,  adv.  on  all  sides. 

Give  a  complete  synopsis  of  each  verb  and  parse. 

1.  Una  pars  continetur^  Garumna^  flumme/  Oceano,  finibus 
Belgarum.  2.  Undique  loci  natura*  Helvetii  continentur. 
3.  Suminus  mons^  a  Tito  Labieno  tenebatur.  4.  Nimciat 
summum  montem  a  hostibus  tentum  esse.  5.  Si  summus 
mons  a  hostTbus  teneatur,  nostri  milites  quam  acerrime^  P^g- 
nent.  6.  Aedui  m  servitute  atque  in  ditione  Germanorurn 
tenti  sunt.  7.  Caesar  memoria  tenebat.  8.  Hostis  a  Caesare 
rapmis^  prohibebatur.  9.  Summus  mons  a  hostibus  teneri 
non  potest.®  10.  Galli  teneri  in  servitute  non  poterant.® 
11.  Obsides  multos  annos  m  servitute  tenebantur.  12.  Si 
inultos  annos  in  servitute  tenti  essemus^  non  felices  fuissemus. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  The  top^  of  the  mountain  will  be  held  by  Caesar.  2.  The 
(op  of  the  mountain  could®  not  be  held  by  Caesar.  3.  He 
says  (that)  the  top  of  the  mountain  was  held  by  the  Germans. 


70  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

4.  If  Cassius  should  keep  in  memory.     5.  The  Germans  are 
hemmed  in  on  all  sides  by  the  character  of  their  country. 

6.  The  Germans  will  be  kept  from  plundering  by  the  Romans. 

7.  They  were  held  in  slavery  many  years.^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Define  the  Passive  Voice  ?  (72)  What  are  the  Personal  Endings  of  the 
Passive  Voice  ?  Name  the  three  Stems  of  contineo.  On  which  Stem  are 
the  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Passive  formed  ? 

2  See  54.  3  See  25, 
*  loci  natura,  by  the  cha,racter  of  their  country. 

s  summus  mons,  the  top  of  the  mountain;  lit.,  the  highest  mountain, 

6  From  acriter  ;  from  what  adjective  is  acriter  derived  ? 

7  rapinis  ;  translate  by  the  Singular ;  see  Ln.  XLIIL,  Note  6. 

8  When  possum  governs  a  Passive  Infinitive  render  it  by  can^  if  in  the 
Present  Tense ;  by  coidd^  if  in  a  Past  Tense ;  e.  g.  teneri  potest,  can  be 
held  ;  teneri  poterat,  could  be  held, 

9  See  93. 


LESSON   XLVI. 

DEPONENT  VERBS  :    SECOND  CONJUGATION. 

95.  Learn  the  entire  Deponent  Verb  of  the  Second  Conjugation. 
A.  &  G.  35:  A.  &  S.  161:  B.  46;  55;  93:  B.  &  M.  S04/  308: 
G.  311 ;  143;  144  :   H.  225,  1 ;  227. 

VOCABULARY. 

intueor,     eri,  intuitiis    sum,i     look  at, 

ne,  adv.  not  used  with  the  Subjunctive  and  ^ 

Imperative. 
ne,  conj.  that  not;   after  verbs   of   fearing, 

that ;  used  with  the  Subjunctive. 
poUiceor,  eri,  pollicitus  sum,      promise, 
vereor,      eri,  vgritus       sum,      fear. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  71 

Conjugrate  and  grive  a  synopsis  of  each  verb* 

1.  Aedui  frumentum  pollicentur.^  2.  Aedai  frumentum 
publice  polliciti  erant.  3.  Vereor  ne  Aedui  Eomanis^  fru- 
mentum polliceantur.^  4.  Ne^  frumentum  poUiceamur.^  5.  Si 
Aedui  frumentum  maturum  polliciti  essent^  Caesar  felix  fuis- 
set.  6.  Eomani  non  hostem  verentur  sed  angustias  itineris. 
7.  Ne  Divitiaci  animum  offenderet  {Jie  should  offend)  vereba- 
tur.  8.  Nunciat^  Sequanos  terram  intueri.  9.  Negat^  Eo- 
manos  hostem  veritos  esse.  10.  Solem  intueri  nonpossumus. 
11.  Ne  solem  intueamur.  12.  Yerebamur  ne  hostes  agros 
nostros  popiilarentur.  13.  Yeremur  ne  hostes  agros  nostros 
populentur.  14.  Yeremini  ne  hostes  agros  vestros  popiilentur. 
15.  Eomanis  frumentum  non  polliciti  siimus.  16.  Eomani 
Helvetiis  obsides  non  poUicebuntur. 

Write  in  Latin. 

1.  We  were  exhorting  and  promising.  2.  They  have 
promised  ripe  corn.  3.  He  says  that  they  have  promised 
ripe  corn.  4.  He  fears  that  the  Eomans  will  promise*  com  to 
our  enemies.^  5.  Let  us  not  promise  corn  to  the  Gauls. 
6.  Let  us  not  look  at  the  men.  7.  Let  us  not  fear  the  diffi- 
culties of  the  route.  8.  I  fear  that  the  route  will  be*  dan- 
gerous. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XXXY.,  Yy.,  1.  2  Define  a  Deponent  Verb.   (77) 

What  Participles  do  Deponent  Verbs  have  ?    What  Infinitives  ? 

3  See  39, 

*  When  the  Present  Subjunctive  depends  upon  a  verh  of  fearing  which 
is  in  the  Present  Tense,  render  it  by  the  Future  Indicative :  ne  Aedui  pol- 
liceantur,  that  the  Aedui  will  promise. 

^  ne  is  here  an  adverb. 

6  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Example  7. 

^  What  is  the  object  of  nunciat  ? 

8  See  Ln.  XXXIIL,  Note  3. 


72  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

LESSON    XLVII. 
FOURTH  DECLENSION. 

96.  A.  &  G.  12,  1,  2  :  A.  &  S.  8T ;  88 :  B.  142 ;  143,  Eem.  2  : 
B.  &  M.  137:   G.  67;  68:   H.  116,  1,  2  ;  118,  (1). 

97.  jyeclension  o/domus.  A.  &  G.  12,  3,  e  :  A.  &  S.  89:  B. 
143,  Rem.  8  :   B.  &  M.  144:   G.  67,  2  :   H.  119. 

VOCABULARY, 

adventus,  us,  m.  arrival,  approach, 
coinmoveo,  ere,  commovi,  commotum,         THiove,  disturb. 

conspectus,  us,  m.  sight ;  view, 

cornii,  us,  n.  horn;  of  an  army,  wing, 

dexter,  dextra,  dextrum,  right, 

domiis,  us,  f.  house;  domi,  at  home, 

equitatiis,  us,  m.  cavalry, 

exercitus,  us,  m.  army. 

impetus,  us,  n.  attach. 

paene,  adv.  almost, 

semper,  adv.  always, 

sustined,  ere,  ui,  sustentum,  sustain,  witlistand. 

Parse  the  nouns  and  verbs. 

1.  De  Caesaris  adventu.^  2.  Helvetii  Caesaris  adventu^ 
commoti  sunt.  3.  In  conspectu  hostium.  4.  Omnium^  ex 
conspectu.  5.  Paene  in  conspectu  exercitus  nostri^  agri  vas- 
tantur.  6.  Cum  equitatu  Helvetidrum.  7.  Magnum  nii- 
merum  equitatus  semper  habebat.  8.  Equitatiis  sustinebat 
hostium  impetum.  9.  Labienus  exercituT^  Eomano  prae- 
fuit.  10.  Hostes  impetus  mllitum  sustmere  non  potuerunt. 
11.  Equitatiim  omnem  praemittit  {ke  sends  forward)  qui^ 
impetum  hostium  sustmeat.^  12.  Ne  hostium  adventu 
commoveamur.  13.  A  dextro  cornu;  ad  dextrum  comii. 
14.  Caesar  domi  fuit.  15.  Sequani  itinere*^  exercitum  nos- 
trum prohibere  conantur. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  73 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  16.  How  many  declensions  are  there  in  Latin,  and  how  distin- 
guished from  one  another  ?  (S)  What  is  the  Stem-Ending  of  each  ?  What 
are  the  Case-Endings  of  the  Fourth  Declension  ? 

2  See  79.  3  gee  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  10. 
*  nostri  modifies  exercitus. 

5  See  67. 

6  qui  —  sustineat,  to  withstand, 

7  See  Ln.  XLIIL,  Note  6. 


LESSON   XLVIII. 

FIFTH  DECLENSION. 

98.  A.  &  G.  13,  I,  Note,  2,  6  :  A.  &  S.  90,  1,  Eemark  1  :  B. 
144,  Note  ;  145,  Rem.  1,  2  :  B.  &  M.  all  of  14=6;  147:  G.  69,  Re- 
marks 1,  2 ;  70  :   H.  120,  1,  2,  4 ;  121. 

'  VOCABULARY. 

commeatus,  us,  m.  supplies,  provisions. 
comparo,  are,  avi,  atum,         prepare. 

dies,  diei,  m.  day. 

fides,  fidei,  f.  faith,  pledge,  promise. 

pernicies,  perniciei,  f.  ruin,  destruction. 

profectio,  onis,  f.  departure. 

res,  rei,  f.  thing,  affair, 

spes,  spei,  f.  hope,  expectation. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Cum  pemTcie^  exercitus.  2.  Ad  suam  perniciem. 
3.  Uno  die.  4.  Diem  dicunt  {tAei/  appoint),  5.  Sine  spe. 
6.  In  meliorem^  spem.  7.  Magnam  m  spem.  8.  Magnas 
spes  habemus.  9.  Ees  Helvetiis  ^  enunciata  est.  10.  Putat 
res  Helvetiis  enunciatas  esse.  11.  Omnes  res  ad  profec- 
tionem  comparatae  sunt.  12.  Caesar  paucos  dies*  ad^  Ye- 
sontionem   commeatus  causa^   moratur.      13.   Caesar  Gallis 


74  FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

fidem   dabit.      14.    Vereor  ne  Caesar  Helvetiis  fidem  det." 

15.  Si  Caesar  Germanis   fidem  det^  Romani  non  laetentur. 

16.  Caesar  Divitiaco^   maximam  fidem  liabebat.      17.  Ger- 
manis parvam  habet  fidem.     18.  Caesari  fidem  habeamus.^ 

Write  in  L.atin. 

1.  The  aflFair  will  be  reported  to  the  Eomans.  2.  He  saj^s 
(that)  the  affair  has  been  reported  to  the  Eomans.  3.  We 
had  great  expectations.  4.  We  shall  prepare  all  things  for  the 
departure.  5.  With  the  ruin  of  many  cities.  6.  We  shall  delay 
many  days  near^  Eome  for  the  sake  of  provisions.  7.  We 
fear  that  the  leader  will  give"^  a  pledge  to  the  Eomans.  8.  We 
have  the  greatest  confidence  in^  the  Helvetii.  9.  They  have 
very  little  ^^  confidence  in  the  Germans. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  What  is  the  Stem  of  pernicies,  dies,  spes,  fides  ?  When  is  the  final 
Stem-Vowel  short  ?  What  are  the  Case-Endings  of  the  Fifth  Declension  ? 
Which  nouns  are  complete  in  the  Plural  ? 

2  See  84.  8  See  39. 

*  See  93,  6  See  Ln.  XXXV.,  Note  4. 

6  See  General  Vocabulary  under  causa. 

7  See  Ln.  XL VI.,  Note'4. 

8  Divitiaco  —  fidem  habebat,  had  —  confidence  in  Divitiacus  ;  lit. ,  had 
confideiice  to  Divitiacus.     See  39. 

9  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7.  lo  See  Ln.  XXXIX.,  Note  2. 


LESSON'  XLIX. 

VERBS  :    THIRD  CONJUGATION  :    ACTIVE  VOICE. 

99*  Learn  the  entire  Active  Voice  of  the  Third  Conjugation. 
A.  &  G.  33:  A.  &  S.  158:  B.  87;  88:  B.  &  M.  fl92:  G.  131;  132: 
H.  209;  241-248. 


rmST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  75 

a.  The  Imperative  and  Present  Indicative  have  a  connecting  vowel 
between  the  Stem  and  Personal  Ending ;  this  connecting  vowel  is 
u  before  n,  elsewhere  i.  The  First  Person  Singular  Present  Indica- 
tive has  the  termination  6  ;  the  Second  Person  Singular  Present  Im- 
perative, the  termination  e. 

h.  The  Imperfect  Indicative  has  a  connecting  vowel  (e)  between 
the  Stem  and  Tense-Sign  ;  the  Present  Participle  and  Present  Infini- 
tive, a  connecting  vowel  (e)  between  the  Stem  and  Ending. 

c.  The  Future  Indicative  has  a  connecting  vowel  between  the  Stem 
and  Personal  Ending  ;  this  is  a  in  the  First  Singular,  elsewhere  e. 

VOCABULARY, 

'contendo,  ere,  contend!,  contentum,  hasten,  march  rapidly, 

dimitto,      ere,  dimisi,       dimissum,  dismiss. 

gero,  ere,  gessi,  gestum,  carry,  carry  on. 

mitto,  ere,  misT,  missum,  send. 

tollo,  ere,  sustiili,       sublatum,  lift,  take  away. 

Conjug^ate  and  give  a  synopsis  of  each  verb ;   name  its  elements ;  parse 
the  nouns  and  adjectives. 

1.  Caesar  in  Italiam  magnis  itineribus^  contendit.  2.  Cae- 
sar ad  hostes  contendit  equitatumque  omnem  mittit.^  3.  Cae- 
sarem  hortemiir  lit  ad  hostes  contendat.  4.  Helve tii  legatos 
ad  Caesarem  mittunt.  5.  Helvetii  exercitum  Eomanum  sub 
jugum^  miserunt.  6.  Nanciat  Helvetios  exercitum  Edmanum 
siib  jiigum  misisse.  7.  Imperator  celeriter  concilium  dimittit. 
8.  Consul  spem  fiigae  tollebat.     9.  Tolle^  consul^  spem  f  iigae. 

10.  Belgae   cum   Germanis   continenter    bellum    gesserunt. 

11.  Si  omnes  res  ad  profectionem  comparatae  sint,  in  Galliam 
ulteriorem  contendamus.  12.  Yeremur  tit^  rex  cum  hostibus 
bellum  gerat.^ 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  Let  us  hasten  into  farther  Gaul.  2.  Let  us  urge  the 
lieutenant  to  hasten  into  hither  Gaul.  3.  The  Eomans  car- 
ried on  war  with  the  Gauls  many  years.^  4.  The  Sequani  had 
sent  our  army  under  the  yoke.     5.  The  king  will  have  taken 


76  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

away  the  hope  of  flight.  6.  The  king  had  taken  away  the 
hope  of  flight.  7.  He  thinks  that  the  king  has  taken  away 
the  hope  of  flight. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  magnis  itineribus,  hy  long  marches.     See  S4, 

2  Name  the  Stems  of  mitto.  What  are  the  Future  Endings  of  the  Third 
Conjugation  ?  Of  the  First  and  Second  ?  What  is  the  sign  of  the  Imper- 
fect Indicative  ? 

3  When  was  an  army  "sent  under  a  yoke,"  and  why?  See  General 
Vocabulary  under  jugum. 

*  ut  after  verbs  of  fearing  is  to  be  rendered  that  not, 

5  See  Ln.  XLVL,  Note  4. 

6  What  question  does  "many  years"  answer  ?   {93) 

LESSON   L. 

VERBS  :    PASSIVE  VOICE  :    THIRD  CONJUGATION. 

100*  Learn  the  entire  Passive  Voice  of  the  Third  Conjugation. 
A.  &  G.  33:  A.  &  S.  158:  B.  87;  88:  B.  &  M.  293:  G.  133;  134: 
H.  210. 

See  also  73,  a,  of  this  book,  observing  that  in  the  Third  Conjuga- 
tion the  exception  is  the  Second  Person  Singular  of  the  Present  Indica- 
tive instead  of  the  Future. 

VOCABULARY, 

cingo,     ere,  einxT,     cinctum,  surround,  encircle, 

deligO,  ere,  delegi,  delectum,  select,  choose. 

dico,       ere,  dixi,       dictum,  say,  tell. 

ducO,      ere,  duxi,      ductum,  lead,  draw. 

vineo,    ere,  vicT,        victum,  conquer. 

Conjuirate  and  give  a  synopsis  of  each  verb. 

1.  Exercitus  Eomanus  ab  Helvetiis  siib  jugum  missus  est.^ 
2.  Orgetorix  deligitur.^  3.  Cassius  legatus^  deligetiir.  4.  Yix 
singuli  carri  ducebantur.     5.  Vix  singuli  carri  per  angustias 


G 


PIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  77 

ducti  erant.  6.  Paene  t5tum  oppidum  flumine^  ciiigitur. 
7.  Ne  ab  hostibus^  vincamur.  8.  Si  ab  hostibus  victi  es- 
semus,  victoria^  gloriati  essent.^  9.  Si  Caesar  exercitui^ 
praesit^  non  vincamiiii.  10.  Non  imperator^  deligeris. 
11.  Carri  per  angustias  duel  non  possunt."^  12.  Germani  a 
Eomanis  vinci  non  poterant.'^  13.  Urbs  cingitur;  urbs  cin- 
getur.  14.  Castra  vallo^^  cincta  sunt.  15.  Si  castra  vallo 
cingatur,  non  vincamus.  16.  Si  Caesar  imperator  delTgatur, 
omnes  laetentur. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  The  Helvetii  had  been  sent  under  a  yoke.  2.  Caesar  said 
(that)  the  Gauls  had  been  sent  under  a  yoke.  3.  The  wagons 
will  be  drawn  with  difficulty  one  by  one.  4.  Almost  the  entire 
town  was  surrounded  by  a  river.^  5.  We  shall  not  be  con- 
quered by  the  enemy. ^  6.  We  fear  that  you  will  be  conquered^  ' 
by  the  Germans.  7.  As  brave  soldiers  as  possible^  will  be 
selected.  8.  The  best  (men)  have  been  selected.  9.  We  fear 
that  our  soldiers  will  be  sent  under  a  yoke.  10.  You  fear 
that^^  Titus  will  not^^  send  the  enemy  under  a  yoke.  11.  We 
fear  that  Caesar  will  not  select  the  bravest  soldiers.  12.  We 
shall  select  as  many  soldiers  as  possible.  13.  If  the  general 
should  select  the  bravest  men,  all  would  rejoice.  14.  Let  us 
select  as  brave  soldiers  as  possible. 


Notes  and  Questions. 

1  What  are  the  Personal  Endings  of  the  Passive  Voice  ?  {72)  What  are 
the  Future  Endings  of  the  Third  Conjugation,  Passive  Voice  ?  Of  the  First 
and  Second  Conjugations,  Passive  Voice  ?  Which  verbs  have  a  Passive 
Voice  ?  Ans.  Transitive  Verbs,  i.  e.  verbs  which  in  the  Active  Voice  take 
a  direct  object.    {34) 

2  See  64.  ^  See  Ln.  XXXI.,  Note  6. 
*  See  79  and  Ex.  2.  ^  See  Ln.  XXXVI.,  Ex.  5. 
6  See  07.                                                     ^  See  Ln.  XLV.,  Note  8. 

8  See  Ln.  XLVL,  Note  4.  ^  See  Ln.  XLTL,  Note  7. 

10  See  S4.  ^^  See  Ln.  XLIX.,  Note  4. 


78  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

LESSON   LI. 

VERBS  :    FOURTH  CONJUGATION. 

101.  Learn  the  entire  conjugation  of  audio,  Active  and  Passive. 
A.  &  G.  34 :  A.  &  S.  160  :  B.  83 ;  84 :  B.  &  M.  300;  SOI :  G.  135 
-138:  H.  211;  212. 

a.  The  Third  Person  Plural  of  the  Present  Indicative  and  Future 
Imperative  has  the  connecting  vowel  u  :  e.  g.  audi-u-nt,  audi-u-nto  ; 
see  also  99,  b  and  c. 

^  VOCABULARY 

audio,  ire,   ivi,      itum,  hear. 

con-venio,  ire,   veni,  ventum,  come  together,  assemhle. 

munio,  ire,   ivi,      itum,  fortify. 

per-venio,  ire,   veni,  ventum,  come  to,  arrive. 

venio,  ire,   veni,  ventum,  come. 

Conja^rate  and  grive  a  synopsis  of  eacli  verb* 

1.  Pueri  multas  res  audiunt.  2.  Multae  res  a  pueris  audi- 
unttir.  3.  Milites  imperatdrem  audient.  4.  Imperator  a 
imlitibus  audietur.  5.  Belgae  totum  oppidam  munivemnt.^ 
6.  Totum  oppidum  a  Belgis  munitum  est.  7.  Si  castra  a 
milTtibus  mumtum  esset,  hostes  non  vTcissent.  8.  Miiniamus 
urbem  Eomam.  9.  Caesar  in  Galliam  citeriorem  venit.^ 
10.  Yen!,  vidi,^  vIcT.^  11.  Ad  rlpam  Ehodani  omnes  con- 
veniunt.  12.  Milites  hortatur  tit  ad  ripam  Ehodani  conve- 
niant.  13.  In  fines  Gallorum  pervenerunt,  quum  [when) 
propter  vulnera  militum  pancos  dies^  morati  sunt.  14.  Hel- 
vetii  in  Aeduorum  fines  pervenerant^  et  agros  popiilabantur.^ 

Write  in  Latin. 

1.  The  soldiers  had  heard  many  things.  2.  Many  things 
are  heard  by  the  soldiers.     3.  The  ambassador  will  be  heard. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


79 


4.  The  Eomans  came  into  farther  Gaul.  5.  They  fortified 
Geneva^  a  walled  town.  6.  Let  us  fortify  many  towns.  7.  We 
came^  we  saw^  we  conquered.  8.  The  bravest  soldiers  have 
assembled  on  the  bank  of  the  Ehine. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  What  other  Ending  has  the  Perfect  Indicative  Active,  Third  Plural  ? 

2  How  does  venit  differ  from  venit  in  meaning  ? 
^  vidi  from  video  ;  vici  from  vinco. 

*  See  93, 

5  How  does  the  Plnperfect  Indicative  represent  the  action  ?  {42) 

6  How  does  the  Imperfect  Indicative  represent  the  action  ?  (36) 

"^  How  many  conjugations  are  there,  and  how  distinguished  from  one 
another  ? 


LESSON   LII. 

THIRD  CONJUGATION  ;    VERBS  IN  lO. 

102.  Learn  the  entire  conjugation,  Active  and  Passive,  of  cSpiS. 
A.  &  G.  30,  S,h;  33:  A.  &  S.  159 :  B.  93 :  B.  &  M.  294-297: 
G.  139;  140:   H.  321-223. 

VOCABULARY. 

capio,     capere,     cepi,        captum,  taJce,  capture, 

cupio,    ciipere,    ciipivi,    cupitum, 
facio,     facere,     feci,         factum. 


fodio,  fodere,  fodi,  fossiim, 

fiigio,  fiigere,  fugi,  fugitum, 

jacio,  jacere,  jecT,  j  actum, 

rapio,  rapere,  rapui,  raptiim, 


make,  do;  iter  fScgrg,  to 

march, 
dig. 
flee. 

throw,  hurl. 
,  plunder. 


Conjugate  and  give  a  synopsis  of  each  verb. 

1.  Eomani  multa  oppida  ceperunt.      2.   Malta  oppida  a 
Eomanis  capta  sunt.    3.  Helvetii  magnas  possessiones  cupient. 


80  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

4.  Magnae  possessiones  ab  Helvetiis  cupientur.  5.  Nostri 
milites  tela  m  hostes  jaciebant.^  6.  Germani  castra  Eoma- 
nomm  rapuerunt.  7.  Germani  magnam  fossam  foderant. 
8.  Fossas  multas  et  magnas  foderimus.  9.  Fiigite^^  milites^^ 
m  urbem.  10.  Dux  nunciat  hostes*  oppidum  captures^  esse. 
11.  Legatus  dixit  oppTdum  a  militibus  captiim  esse.^  12.  Una 
pars  initium  a  flumme  Eliodano  capit.  13.  Legatus  veretur 
ne  locus  ex  internecione  exercitus  nomen  capiat."  14.  Helvetii 
per  provinciam  nostram  iter  faciebant.  15.  Helvetii  per 
agrum  Sequanorum  iter  mAeduorum  fines  facient.  16.  Iter 
faciamus  m  fines  Germanorum.  17.  Legatus  mllites  liorta- 
batur  lit  iter  celerius^  facerent.^  18.  Mllites  iter  celerius 
fecere  non  possunt. 

Notes. 

1  Change  sentences  5,  6,  7  into  the  Passive  fonn ;  compare  sentences  3 
and  4. 

2  See  47.  8  gee  Ln.  V.,  Note  5. 
4  See  53, 

s  Why  capturds  and  not  captlirtis  ? 

6  cap  turn  esse,  had  been  taken. 

7  See  Ln.  XLYL,  Note  4.  8  gee  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3. 
9  celSrius,  an  adjective,  modifying  iter. 


LESSON   LIII. 

DEPONENT  VERBS:  THIRD  AND  FOURTH  CONJUGATIONS. 

103.  Leam  the  entire  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugations  of  Deponent 
Verbs.  A.  &  G.  35,  1  :  A.  &  S.  161 ;  158-160  :  B.  93  :  B.  &  M. 
S09;  SIO:    G.  145-148:    H.  228-230. 

104.  Ablative  tvitJi  certain  Deponents.  A.  &  G.  54,  6,  d  ; 
A.  &  S.  245 :   B.  258,  a  :  B.  &  M.  880:    G.  405 :   H.  419,  I. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  81 

VOCABULARY. 

metior,  metiri,  mensiis  siim,  measure,  deal  out 

nitor,  niti,      nisiis  or  nixiis  sum,  strive,  endeavor. 

orior,  oriri,  ortiis  siim,  rise,  begin. 

potior,  potiri,  potitiis  sum,  get  possession  of,  obtain. 

proficiscor,  proficisci,  profectus  sum,  set  out,  depart. 

sequor,  sequi,  secutiis  siim,  follow. 

utor,  uti.  usiis  siim,  use,  maJce  use  of. 

Conjugate  ;  name  the  Stems  ;1  give  synopses ;  parse. 

1.  Caesar  hostes  sequitiir.  2.'  Caesar  paucos  dies^  m5- 
ratus^  hostes  secattis  est.  3.  Liscus  cum  legionibus  e  castris 
profectus  est.  4.  Caesar  maturat  ab  urbe  proficisci.  5.  Bel- 
gae  ab  extremis  Galliae  f inibus^  oriuntur.  6.  Milites  frumento 
non  titentur.  7.  Frumento  uti^  homines  non  poterant. 
8.  Pace  uti  non  possumus.  9.  Impedlmentis  castrisque  nos- 
tril potiti  sunt.  10.  Nitebantiir  iit  imperio  potTrentur. 
11.  Mtentur  ut"^  t5tius  Galliae  imperio  p6tiantur.'<^  12.  Galli 
nituntur  tit  impedlmentis  potiantur.  13.  Dux  viris^  frumen- 
tum  metitiir.  14.  Liscus  militibus  frumentum  non  mensus 
erat.     15.  Nitamur  ut  to  tins  Italiae  imperio  potiamur. 

"Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  Liscus  will  follow  the  enemy.  2.  Our  soldiers  followed 
the  Gauls.  3.  The  Gauls  were  following  our  army.  4.  When 
I  shall  have  set  out  from  the  city.  5.  "We  shall  make  use  of 
the  corn.  6.  The  lieutenant  is  striving  to  get  possession  of 
the  camp.  7.  Let  us  strive  to  get  possesion  of  ^  the  baggage. 
8.  They  attempt  to  get  possession  of  ^  the  camp.  9.  The  Gauls 
were  striving  to  get  possession  of  the  entire  town. 

Notes  and  Questions. 
1  The  Present  Stem  of  Deponent  Verbs  is  found  in  the  Present  Infini- 
tive by  dropping  the  Ending  ri  in  the  First,  Second,  and  Fourth  Conjuga- 
tions, and  the  Ending  i  in  the  Third  (cf.  28) :   e.  g.  HORTArl,   vfir.Erl, 


82  PIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

POTiri,  and  utI  are  Present  Infinitives  ;  horta,  vere,  poti,  and  ut  their 
Present  Stenn. 

The  Supine  Stem,  of  Deponent  Verbs  is  found  in  the  Perfect  Participle 
by  dropping  the  ending  us  (cf.  50) :  e.  g.  hortatus,  veritus,  poxixas, 
and  usus  are  Perfect  Participles ;  horxax,  verix,  potIx,  and  us  their 
Supine  Stems. 

2  moratus,  having  delayed,  ^  dies,  why  in  the  Accusative  ? 

4  finibus,  limits.  ^  See  69. 

6  nostri,  our  men.  ^  See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Noxe  3. 

8  See  39. 

Which  Stem  is  wanting  in  Deponent  Verbs  ?  What  is  a  Deponent  Verb  ? 
What  is  the  derivation  and  meaning  of  deponent .?  See  under  depdno,  Gen- 
eral Vocabulary. 


LESSON   LIV. 

GENERAL  EXERCISE  :    PLACE. 

105.  riaee  to  ivhicJu  A.  &  G.  55,  3,  6  :  A.  &  S.  23T,  Rem.  4 : 
B.  221,  Rule  XIL  :  B.  «fe  M.  988:  G.  410 :  H.  379,  3,  I). 

106.  Place  at  or  in  tvhich.  A.  &  G.  55,  3,  c,  d  :  A.  &  S.  221, 
Rem.  3;  254:  B.  249,  Rule  XXXVIL  :  B.  &  M.  982;  9SS:  G. 
412  :    H.  421,  I.,  II. ;  424,  2. 

107.  Place  from  which.  A.  &  G.  55,  3,  a  :  A.  &  S.  255, 
Remark  I :  B.  254,  Rule  XXXIX. :  B.  &  M.  941^  94S:  G.  411 : 
H.  421,  I.,  IL  :  424,  2. 

a.  105  answers  the  question  Whither  ?  or  To  what  place  ?  106, 
Where  ?  or  In  what  2>lcice  ?  107,  Whence  ?  or  From  ichat  place  ? 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Caesar    Genevam    {105)    contendit,     Caesar    hastened    to 

Geneva. 

2.  Liscus  Aquileiae  {106)  fuit,  Liscus  was  IN  Aquileia. 

3.  Cassius  Roma  {107)  venit,  Cassius  came  from  Rome. 

4.  Divitiacus   plurimum   domi   poterat,    Divitiacus   was   very 

powerful  AT  home. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  83 

VOCABULARY. 

domus,  us  and  i,  f.  house,  home :  domi,  at  home  ; 

domiiin,  home,  homeward; 

domo,  from  home, 
nihil  (an  indecl.  neuter  noun),  nothing. 

Noviodunum,  i,  n.  Noviodunum. 

plurimus,  a,  iim,  most :   plurimum  poss^,  to 

be  very  powerful, 
prae-mitto,  ere,  misi,  missiim,       send  forward. 
re-vertor,  verti,  versus  sum,  return. 

Suevi,  orum,  m.  the  Suevi. 

tra-duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductum,     lead  across. 

Analyze  1  and  parse. 

1.  Consiiles  Eomae  plurimos^  annos^  fuerunt.  2.  Eoma 
venerunt  legati  Genevam.  3.  Divitiacus  plurimum^  domi^ 
atque  in  reliqua  Gallia  poterat.^  4.  Imperator  omnem  equi- 
tatum  Noviodunum  praemisit.  5.  Domum  mittam  pueros 
malos.  6.  Suevi  ad  ripas  Elieni  venerant  et  domum  reverte- 
bantur.  7.  Nitemur  tit  Noreiam  revertamiir.  8.  Si  Eoma 
proficiscamur^^  non  domum  revertamiir.  9.  Yeremiir  iit^ 
nostri  amici  Eomae  multos  dies  maneant.^  10.  Helvetii  jam 
per  angustias  et  fines  Sequanorum  suas  copias  traduxerant  et 
in  Aeduorum  fines  pervenerant. 

Write  in  "Latin, 

1.  We  shall  be  at  home  very  many  ^  days.^  2.  The  friends 
will  come  home.  3.  They  same  from  Noviodunum  to  Eome. 
4.  The  consul  sent  forward  all  the  troops  to  Geneva.  5.  He 
fears  that  we  shall  not®  return®  home.  6.  Let^  us  return 
home.  7.  They  will  attempt  to  return  to  Geneva.  8.  He 
was  not  able  to  return  home.  9.  If  the  soldiers  had  marched 
more  quickly^  they  would  have  come  to  the  banks  of  the 
Ehone. 


84  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Notes. 
1  See  Ln.  XXXIX.,  Note  2.  2  gee  93. 

3  See  Ex.  4.  *  How  is  domus  declined  ?  (97) 

^  How  is  tlie  Present  Subjunctive  with  si  translated  ?     (Ln.  XXIX., 
Ex.  1.) 

6  See  Ln.  XLVL,  Note  4  and  Ln.  XLIX.,  Note  4. 

7  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7. 

8  See  Ln.  LIL,  Note  9  and  Ln.  XXXVI.,  Ex  5. 


LESSON   LV. 

NUMERALS.  —  EXTENT  IN  SPACE. 

108.  Learn  the  Cardinals  and  Ordinals j  the  declension  of  unus, 
duo,  tres,  and  miUe.  A.  &  G.  18,  l,a-e:  A.  &  S.  117,  L ;  118,  1, 
2,6;  119:  B.  167;  168,  Eem.  1-5:  B.  &M.  201-204;  206;  207. - 
G.  92-94;  308:  H.  171 ;  172;  174-179. 

109.  Extent  in  Space.  A.  &  G.  52,  4,  c  :  A.  &  S.  236 : 
B.  220,  Rule  XL:  B.  &  M.  958:  G.  335;  336:  H.  378.  This 
answers  such  questions  as  How  far  ?  How  deep  ?  How  high  ?  How 
wide  ?  How  long  ? 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Castra  ab  urbe  milia  passuum  octo  absunt,  the  camp  is 

EIGHT  MILES  distant  from  the  city. 

2.  Flumen  pedes  viginti  altiim  est,  the  river  is  twenty  feet 

deep, 

3.  Mons   pedes   nongentos   altiis   est,    the    mountain    is    nine 

hundred  feet  high. 

VOCABULARY. 

alter,  altera,  alterum,         one  of  two,  the  other. 
latiis,  a,  um,  wide. 

longus,  a,  um,  lo7ig. 

passus,  us,  m.  step,  pace ;  mille  passuum,  a  mile;  lit., 

a  thousand  of  paces. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  85 

pes,  pedis,  m.  foot. 

pono,  p5iiere,  posui,  positum,        jplace,    put ;    castr^   ponSrg,   to 

'pitch  a  camp. 
vigilia,  ae,  f.  watch ;  de  prima  vigilia,  in  the 

first  watch. 

N.  B.     No  numerals  will  be  given  in  the  Vocabularies  ;  they  must  be 
learned  from  the  grammar. 

Translate  and  parse* 

1.  Flumen  est  pedes  quadraginta  tres  latum.^  2.  Mons 
decern  milia^  trecentos  pedes  altus  est.  3.  Fossa  pedes  tre- 
centos  longa  est,  sex  pedes  alta.  4.  Fossa  pedes  quindecTm 
lata  est.  5.  Milites  duas  fossas  quindecim  pedes  latas  fode- 
runt.  6.  Caesar  domum^  tertiam*  legionem  misit.  7.  De 
tertia  vigilia^  centum  et  triginta  quinque  mllites  praemittit. 
8.  Milia  passu um^  tria  ab  urbe  castra  posuit.  9.  Oppida  Sd'^ 
quadraginta  et  vicos  ad  quadringentos  incendunt.  10.  Erant 
itinera  duo ;  unum  per  Sequanos ;  alterum  per  provinciain 
nostram.  11.  Summa^  erat  capTtum  Helvetiorum^  milia 
ducenta  et  sexaginta  tria.  12.  Circiter  milia  hominum  cen- 
tum et  triginta  superfuerunt. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  The  river  is  sixteen  feet  deep.  2.  The  river  is  two 
hundred  feet  wide.  3.  The  mountain  is  eight  thousand  feet 
liigh.  4.  The  river  is  ninety-four  miles  long.  5.  The  men 
dug  a  ditch  ten  feet  deep.  6.  We  shall  send  the  soldiers 
home  in  the  second  watch.  7.  They  burned  about  eiglity 
towns.  8.  We  shall  pitch  our  camp  about  twenty  miles  from 
Rome. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  What  does  latum  modify  ?    "What  is  it  modified  by  ? 

2  Spelled  also  with  two  I's  :  millia. 

3  See  105,  *  What  kind  of  a  numeral  is  tertiam  ? 


86  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

^  The  Romans  divided  the  night  into  four  equal  parts  named  prima 
vigilia,  secunda  vigilia,  tertia  vigilia,  quarta  vigilia. 

^  A  Roman  pace  (passus)  as  a  measure  of  length  was  about  five  feet. 

^  ad  with  numerals  signifies  about. 

8  summa,  the  sum  total. 

®  capitum  Helvetiorum,  of  the  Helvetii  ;  lit.  of  the  heads  of  the  Helvetii. 


LESSON   LVI. 

COMPOUND  NOUNS.  —  ABLATIVE  OF  TIME. 

110*    Compound  Nouns.     A.  &  G.  14,  2,  d  :    A.  &  S.  91 : 
B.  151:   B.  &  M.  176:   H.  125;  126. 

111.   Ablative  of  Time.   A.  &  G.  55,  I :  A.  &  S.  253  :  B.  252, 

Rule  XXXVIIL  :  B.  &  M.  949:  G.  392:  H.  426.  The  Ablative 
of  Time  answers  the  questions  When  ?  At  what  time  ?  Within 
what  tiTne  ?  What  question  does  the  Accusative  of  Time  answer  ? 
See  93. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Die  septimo  pervenit,  he  arrived  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY. 

2.  Proxima  noete  castra  movit,  the  next  night  he  broke  up  camp. 

VOCABULARY. 

di-vido,  vidgrg,  vidi,  visum,  divide,  separate. 

in-c6l6,  colere,  colui,  cultum,  inhabit,  dwell. 

jusjurandum,  jurisjurandi,  n.  oath. 

lS<;us,  us,  m.  lake. 

mensis,  is,  m.  month. 

potens,  potentis,  adj.  able,  powerful. 

pro,  prep.  w.  ahl.  before,  for. 

respublica,  reipublicae,  f.  republic,  commx)nwealth. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Galli  Edmanis^  jusjurandum  dederunt.     2.  Dixit  Gallos 
Eoinanis  jusjurandum  dedisse.^     3.   Multas  res  jurejiirando  ^ 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.      ^  87 

sanxerunt  [theT/  ratified),  4.  In^  rempubicam  legatus  sex 
legiones  duxit.  5.  Pr5  republica;  pro  castris.  6.  Per  tres 
potentissimos  populos  totius^'Galliae.  7.  In  fines  Lingonum 
die  quarto  pervenerunt.  8.  Proxima  nocte  de  quarta  vigTlia^ 
castra  moverunt.  9.  Proximo  die  Caesar  e  castris  copias  suas 
eduxit.  10.  Solis  occasu  suas  copias  Ariovistus  in  castra  re- 
duxit.  11.  Domi'^  manserunt  septem  menses.^  12.  Quadra- 
ginta  tres  annos  regnavit.  13.  Nitamur^  tit  solis  occasu  pr6- 
ficiscamur.^^  14.  Gallia  est^^  omnis  dlvTsa^^  in  partes  tres, 
quarum  [of  which)  unam^^  incolunt  Belgae,  aliam^  Aquitani,^^ 
tertiam^^  Galli.^^  15.  A  lacu  Lemanno  ad  montem  Juram 
fossam  vigintl  pedes  ^^  latam  fodit.  16.  De  tertia  vigilia  cum 
legionibus  tribus  e  castris  profectus  est.  17.  Dicithostes  sub 
monte  castra  posuisse  mllia^^  passuumab  nostris  castris  octo.^^ 

Notes. 

1  See  39.  2  See  Ln.  XVII. 

8  See  54,  *  in,  against. 

s  Which  adjectives  are  declined  like  totus  ?  {24) 

6  See  Ln.  LY.,  Note  5.  "^  See  106. 

8  See  93,  ^  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7. 

10  See  Ln.  XXXVIII. ,  Note  3. 

11  est  —  divisa  is  the  same  as  divisa  —  est. 

12  Understand  partem.  i^  Subject  of  inc blunt  understood. 
1*  See  109,  ^^  octo  modifies  milia. 


LESSON   LVII. 

PRONOUNS  :    PERSONAL,  POSSESSIVE,  AND  REFLEXIVE. 

112.  Learn  the  declension  of  ego,  tu,  sui.  A.  &  G.  19,  1-3,  a,  e : 
A.  &  S.  132,  I ;  133,  4  ;  139,  I  -3  :  B.  171 ;  172,  a,  6,  Rem.  2 ; 
173,^:  B.  &  M.  230-232;  234=;  236:  G.  97-100:  H.  182; 
184,  1,  4,  5,  7,  9 ;  185. 


88  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Translate  and  parse.  " 

1.  Ego^  sum  malus^  sed  tu  es  bonus.  2.  Ego  vos  sub 
jugum  mittam.  3.  Nos  vobis^  amici  silmus.  4.  Nunciat 
nobis  te  venisse.  5.  Ego  de  prima  vigilia  profectus  essem,  si 
tuvenisses.  6.  Nostra  consilia  hostibus  enunciantur.  7.  Ob- 
sid«s  inter  sese*  dant.  8.  Inter  se  jusjurandum  dant. 
9.  Omnes  lingua^^  institutis/  legibus^  inter  se^  differunt 
(differ),  10.  Helvetii  suls  finibus'^'  Germanos  prohibebant. 
11.  Caesar  suos  milites  in  Galliam  mittet  sed  in  provinciam 
nostros.^     12.  Tuus  filius  in  Galliam  citeriorem  iter  faciet. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  I  am  a  Eoman  but  you  are  a  Gaul.  2.  He  will  announce 
to  you  (that)  we  have  come.  3.  Your  plans  will  be  reported 
to  us.  4.  The  Helvetii  and  Sequani  will  give  hostages  to  each 
other.  5.  He  says  (that)  the  Gauls  and  Germans  will  give 
hostages  to  each  other.  6.  I  shall  send  my  soldiers  home^ 
but  yours  into  Gaul.  7.  You  will  be  friendly  to  us.  8.  I 
fear  that  you  will  not^^  be^^  friendly  to  us. 

Nofes. 

1  Form,  for  parsing  a  pronoun,  —  gg5  is  a  personal  pronoun  ;  declined, 
eg<i,  mely  mih%  rae,  me;  Plural,  nos,  nostrUm  or  nostrl,  nobis,  nos,  nobis; 
made  in  the  Nominative  Singular,  because  it  is  the  subject  of  siim ;  rule 
(see  S2), 

2  See  64.  s  gge  80. 

4  inter  sesg,  to  each  other ;  lit.  a7nong  themselves. 

5  inter  se,  from  each  other. 

6  See  Ln.  I.,  Note  5.  7  See  Ln.  XLIIL,  Note  6. 
8  nostros,  ours :  sc.  milites. 

®  See  105.  10  See  Ln.  XLIX.,  Note  L 

11  See  Ln.  XLVL,  Note  4. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  89 

LESSON   LVIII. 

PRONOUNS  {continued)  :    DEMONSTRATIVE. 

113,  Learn  the  declension  and  meanings  of  hic,  illg,  iste,  ipsg, 
is,  idem.  A.  &  G.  20,  1,  2  :  A.  &  S.  134,  Kem.  6  ;  135 :  B.  173,  6, 
1-3:   B,&M..  239;  24:3:   G.  101 ;  102  :   H.  186,  L-VL 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Horum^  omnium  fortissimi  sunt  Belgae.  2.  Hi  omnes 
lingua^  institutis^  legibus  inter  se  differunt.  3.  Eorum^  unS, 
pars  initium  capit  a  flumine  Eliodano.  4.  Mmime^  ad  eos 
mercatores^  saepe  commeant.  5.  Ei  flliam  suam  m  matri- 
monium  dat.  6.  Is  sibi^  legatidnem  ad  civitates  suscepit. 
7.  Ea  res  est^  Helvetiis  enunciata.  8.  Eodem  die'^  cum 
duabiis^  legionibus  proficiscetur  et  iis^  ducibus.  9.  Ipse^^  ex 
Helvetiis  uxorem  habet.  10.  Ipsi  m  eorum^^  finibus  bellum 
gerunt.  11.  Mllia^^  passuum  tria^  ab  eorum  castris  castra 
ponit.  12.  Ab  iisdem^^  nostra  consTlia  hostibus  enunciantur. 
13.  Ipse  de  quarta  vigilia  eodem  itmere^*  ad  eos  contendit 
equitatumque^^  omnem  ante  se  mittit. 


Notes. 

1  Demonstrative  pronouns  are  used  sometimes  substantively  and  some- 
times adjectively :  e.  g.  lii  omnes  differunt,  all  these  differ ;  ad  has  sus- 
piciones,  to  these  suspicions.  In  the  foimer  case  parse  them  as  nouns  ;  in 
the  latter,  as  adjectives. 

2  is  is  very  often  used  as  a  Personal  Pronoun  of  the  Third  Person,  and 
should  then  be  rendered  by  the  proper  case  and  number  of  he,  she,  it ;  e.  g. 
is  sibi  suscepit,  he  toolc  upon  himself;  ad  eds,  to  them  ;  in  eOriiin  fini- 
bus, in  their  territory ;  ejiis  milites,  his  soldiers;  el  dat,  he  gives  to 

HIM. 

3  minime  modifies  saepe,  *  See  32, 

5  See  67,  ^  est  enunciftta  =  finunoiftta  est. 

"^  See  111,  '  8  See  108, 


90  EIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

9  Is  iis  used  substantively  or  adjectively  ? 

10  ipsg  —  habet,  he  himself  has. 

11  See  Note  2.  12  See  109. 

13  When  a  Demonstrative  Pronoun  is  used  as  a  substantive,  we  may 
supply  in  translation  the  word  one,  man,  men,  persons,  or  soldiers,  if  mas- 
culine; thing  or  things,  if  neuter:  e.  g.  hie  est  fortis,  this  one  is  brave, 
or  THIS  MAN  is  brave;  ab  iisdem,  ^j^/  the  same  persons  ;  idem  conantur, 
theij  attempt  the  same  thing. 

1*  eddem  itinere,  by  the  same  roiUe, 

15  See  Ln.  XXIII.,  Note  2. 


LESSON   LIX. 
PRONOUNS  (continued)  :    RELATIVE. 

114.  neclension.     A.  &  G.  21,  1,  e  :    A.  &  S.  136  :    B.  173,  c, 
Rem.  1 :  B.  &  M.  245  :   G.  103  :   H.  187,  1,  3. 

115.  Agreement.     A.  &  G.  48 :   A.  &  S.  206  :   B.  278,  Rule 
LIII. :  B.  &  M.  683 ;  684:    G.  615  ;  616  :   H.  445,  1,  w.  fine  print, 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Aquitania  ad  earn  partem  Oce^ni,  quae  est  ad  Hispanianiy 

pertinet,  Aquitania  extends  to  tlmt  part  of  the  Ocean  which 
is  near  Spain. 

2.  Flumine  Rheno,  qui  agrum  Helvetium  a  Germanis  divi- 

dit,  by  the  river  Rhine,  which  separates  the  territory  of  the 
'  Helvetii  from  the  Germans. 

3.  ProximiquS  sunt  Germanis,  quibuseumi  bellum  gerunt, 

and  they  are  very  near  to  the  Germans,  with  whom  they 
carry  on  war. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Proximique  sunt  Germanis^^  qui^  trans  Ehenum  inco- 
lunt.  2.  Ad  montem  Juram^  qui  fines  Sequanorum  ab  Hel- 
vetiis  dividit.     3.  Ab   Ocelo^   quod  est  citerioris  provmciae 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  91 

oppidum^  extremum.  4.  Allobroges^  qui  trans  Ehodanum 
vicos  possessionesque  habebant^  ad  Caesarem  veuiunt.  5.  Vocat 
Casticum^  cujus^  pater  regnum  multos  annos^  obtinuerat. 
6.  Pontem/  qui  erat  ad  Genevam^  jiibet  rescindi.^  7.  Undique 
loci  natural  Helvetii  contmentur :  una  ex  parte ^^  flumme^^ 
Rheno^^  latissmo  atque  altissimo^  qui  agrum  Helvetium  a 
Germanis  dividit ;  altera  ^^  ex  parte  monte  Jura  altissimo^  qui 
est  inter  Sequanos  et  Helvetios ;  tertia^^  lacu  Lemanno  et  flii- 
mine  Ehodano^  qui  provinciam  nostram  ab  Helvetiis  dividit. 

Write  in  Latin. 

1.  They  are  nearest  to  the  Aquitani^  who  dwell  across  the 
Garonne.  2.  The  Aquitani  are  hemmed  in  by  the  Pyrenees, 
which  separate  Aquitania  from  Spain.  3.  He  summons  Titus, 
whose  brother  held  the  sovereignty  many  years.  4.  The  Ger- 
mans, who  had  possessions  across  the  Ehine,  came  to  Geneva. 

5.  He  came  with   the  very^^  soldiers  whom  we  have  seen. 

6.  He  comes  with  the  soldiers,  of  whom  he  has  a  very  large 
number. 

Notes. 

1  Observe  that  cum  is  appended  to  the  Ablative  of  Relative  and  Personal 
Pronouns. 

2  See  86. 

3  Fomi  for  parsing  a  relative.  —  qui  is  a  Relative  Pronoun  ;  declined, 
qui,  quae,  quSd,  cHjus,  etc.  (give  its  entire  declension) ;  made  in  the  Mascu- 
line Plural  to  agree  with  its  antecedent  Germanis  (see  115);  and  in  the 
Nominative,  because  it  is  the  subject  of  incolunt  (32). 

4  See  64.  ^  cujus,  whose. 
6  See  93.  ^  See  S3. 

8  See  52.  ^  See  Ln.  XLV.,  Note  4. 

i*^  Tina  ex  parte,  on  one  side.  ^^  See  54, 

12  See  25,  ^^  altera,  second. 

14  tertia,  sc.  ex  parte. 

15  Translate  the  very  by  the  proper  case  of  ipsS. 


9Z 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


LESSON   LX. 


PRONOUNS  (continued)  :    INTERROGATIVE  AND  INDEFINITE. 


116,  Learn  the  declension  of  the  Interrogatives  quis  and  qui ; 
of  the  Indefinites  aliquis  and  quis.  A.  &  G.  21,  1,  a,  2,  d  :  A.  &  S. 
13T,  1  ;  138,  1 :  B.  173,  d,  Rem.  1,  e,  1,  3  :  B.  &  M.  246;  249-251 ; 
1041,  second  part:  G.  104,  Remark;  105:  H.  188,  I.  II.,  1,  2; 
189-191,1,2. 

a.  ali-quis  is  used  both  as  a  substantive  and  as  an  adjective;  as  a 
substantive  it  is  declined  as  follows  : 


Sing. 


Plur. 


Masculine, 

Neuter. 

■  Nom.  ali-quis. 

all- quid, 

Gen.    ali-cujiis, 

ali-cujus, 

Dat.    ali-cm, 

ali-cuT, 

Ace.    ali-quem, 

ali-quid, 

lAU.    all-quo. 

all-quo. 

■  Noin.  ali-qui, 

Gen.    ali-(iuomm. 

Dat.    ali-quibiis. 

. 

Ace.     ali-quos, 

■  Abl.    ali-quibus. 

As  an  adjective  it  is  declined  : 


Masculine, 
'  Nom.  ali-quis  and  ali-qui, 

Gen.    ali-cujiis, 

Dat.    ali-cui, 

Ace.  ali-quem, 
■  AhL    ali-quo. 


Sing. 


Pltjr. 


■  Nom.  ali-qui, 
Gen.    ali-quorum, 
Dat.    ali-quibiis, 
Ace.     ali-quos, 

-  AU.    ali-quibus, 


Feminine, 
ali-qua, 
ali-cujiis, 
ali-cui, 
ali-quam, 
ali-qua, 

ali-quae, 

ali-quariim, 

ali-quibiis, 

ali-quas, 

ali-quibiis, 


Neuter. 

ali-quod, 

ali-ciijiis, 

ali-cui, 

ali-quod, 

ali-quo. 

S,li-qua, 

ali-qu5riim, 

ali-quibiis, 

ali-qua, 

ali-quibus. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  93 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Quis  me  vocat?   who  calls  me? 

2.  Quern  vidisti  ?   whom  did  you  see  ? 

3.  Quid  domuin  n5n  venerunt?  WHY  have  they  not  come  home  ? 

4.  Aliquem  ad  me  mittent,  they  will  send  somebody  to  me. 

5.  Aliquid  accidit,  SOMETHING  has  happened. 

6.  Si  quid  aceidat  Romanis,  if  anything  should  happen  to  the 

Romans. 

Parse  the  pronouns. 

1.  Quis  vos  vocavit?  2.  Quein  video?  3.  Aliquem  vidi. 
4.  Aliquos  ad  eiim  miserunt.  5.  Aliquem  locum  occiipavit. 
6.  Cum  aliquibus  principum  venit.  7.  Si  quis  veniat,  laeter. 
8.  Quid  non  domi  fuisti?  9.  Quae  est  miilier  quae  venit? 
10.  Si  quid  milii  aceidat^  n5n  laeteris.  11.  Si  quid  Ko- 
manis  aceidat^  non  fortiter  pugnent.  12.  Aliquem  ad  te  mit- 
tam.  13.  Aliquis  dixit  liunc  esse  consulem.  14.  Eum  lior- 
tabor  ut  ciim  aliquibus  militum  proficiscatur.  15.  Yereor  ne 
quis  veniat.  16.  Vereor  ne  quid  ei  aceidat.  17.  Ut  aliquos 
virorum  mittant^  eos  hortemur.  18.  Cum  aliquibus  principum 
ille  venit. 


LESSON   LXI. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

117.  A.  &  G.  41 ;  43,  1,  a,  h,  3,  a  :  A.  &  S.  198,  L,  IL,  1-11, 
first  statement  under  each;  278:  B.  180,  the  whole;  330,  Rule 
LXXXI. :  B.  &  M.  488-503;  1869;  G.  15,  IV.,  3  ;  476;  485; 
494 ;  500  ;  501 :   H.  308  -  311,  the  whole  ;  587,  L,  2. 

VOCABULARY, 
aut,  conj.  or  ;  aut  —  aut,  either  —  or. 

et  —  gt,  conj.  loth  —  and. 

itaque,  conj.  accordingly,  therefore. 


94  FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

n^m,  conj.  for. 

ne,  nonne,  num,  interrogative  particles  (see  Note  1). 

Deque,  conj.  and  not ;  neque  —  neque,  neither  —  nor. 

postquam,  conj.  after ^  as  soon  as, 

propterea,  adv.  for  this  reason. 

quamquam,  conj.  although. 

quod,  conj.  because. 

sed,  conj.  but. 

Translate,  and  parse  ^  the  conjunctions. 

1.  Imperator  et^  magnus  et  fortis  est.  'Z.  Neque  ^  magni 
neque  fortes  sunt  consules.     3.  Dux  non  magnus  est  sed  fortis. 

4.  Dumnorigem  vocat  eique^  filiam  suam  m  matrimonium  dat. 

5.  Itaque  rem  suscepit.  6.  Horiim^  omnium  fortissimi  sunt 
Belgae,  propterea  quod  a  cultu  atque  liumanitate  provinciae 
longissime^  absunt.  7.  Helvetii  iter  per  provinciam  faciunt, 
propterea  quod  aliud"^  iter  habent  nullum.*^  8.  Is  pagus  apel- 
labatur  TigurTnus^j  nam  omnis  ci vitas  Helvetia  m  quattuor 
pagos  divisa  est.  9.  Aut^  suis  fimbus^  eos  prohibent,  aut 
ipsl^^  m  eorum  flnibus  bellum  gerunt.  10.  Miles,  quamquam 
est  fortis,  non  pugnabit.  11.  Postquam  Caesar  pervenit,  ita 
respondit.  12.  Fortisne^^  est  consul?  13.  Nonne  fortes 
sunt  consules ?  14.  Num  fortis  est  consul?  15.  Si  quid 
haberem,^  id  tibi  darem.  16.  Nltitur  iit  vincat.^^  17.  Nonne 
consules  domum  venerant  ?  18.  Niim  Titus  legatus  circiim 
Genevam  liiemavit  ? 

Nofes  and  Questions. 

1  n^  is  used  to  ask  for  information  merely  ;  nonn§,  when  the  answer  yes, 
and  num,  when  the  answer  no  is  expected  or  implied  ;  e.  g.  bonusng  est 
puer?  is  the  hoy  good?  nonne  bonus  est  puerl  is  not  the  boy  good?  i.  e. 
the  boy  is  good,  is  he  not  ?  num  bonus  est  puer  ?  the  boy  is  Twt  good  is  he  ? 

2  To  parse  a  conjunction  is  to  tell  whether  it  is  coordinate  or  subordinate ; 
to  which  subdivision  of  its  class  it  belongs  ;  what  it  connects  :  e.  g.  in  sen- 
tence 6,  quod  is  a  subordinate  conjunction,  because  it  connects  a  subordinate 
with  a  principal  clause  ;  causal,  hecause  it  introduces  a  reason  ;  it  connects 
the  subordinate  clause  propterea  —  absunt  with  the  principal  clause  horum 
—  Belgae. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  95 

8  When  a  conjunction  is  doubled,  as  et  —  et,  aut  —  ant,  the  firet 
strengthens  the  union  or  opposition  denoted  by  the  second. 
4  See  39  and  Ln.  LYllL,  Note  2.  &  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  1. 

6  See  Ln.  XLII.  7  g^e  24, 

8  Use  the  same  word,  Tigurinus,  in  translation. 

9  See  Ln.  XLIIL,  Note  6.  lo  What  does  ipsl  emphasize  ? 

11  The  interrogative  particle  ng  is  appended  to  the  first  word  of  its  clause. 

12  Mberem,  /  had.  is  See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3. 


LESSON   LXII. 

CLASSIFICATION  OF  SENTENCES. 

118,  A  good  knowledge  of  the  subject  treated  under  the  following 
References  will  aid  materially  in  translating  and  understanding  the 
Ablative  Absolute,  Subjunctive  Mood,  and  Indirect  Discourse,  A.  &  G. 
45,  1-8,  coarse  and  fine  print:  A.  &  S.  200-203,  coarse  'print: 
B.  203,  a-g;  288,  a-f:  B.  &  M.  1899-1401;  1404;  1405; 
1407;  1408;  1411;  1418:  G.  192;  193;  474,  1-4;  475;  505 
-  508  :   H.  343  -  361,  coarse  'print. 

t 
VOCABULARY. 

civis,  is,  m.  and  f.  citizen. 

in-fluo,  fluere,  fluxi,  fluxum,  flo'W  into,  em'pty, 

inter-ficio,  ficere,  feci,  fectum,  hill. 

posco,  poscere,  poposci,  (no  supine)  demand. 

postquam,  conj.  after,  as  soon  as, 

re-spondeo,  spondere,  spondi,  sponsiim,  Teply,  answer. 

Translate  and  analyze^  the  following  sentences. 

1.  Ejus  rei  popiilus  Eomanus  est  testis.  2.  DivTco  re- 
spondit'^  ejus  rei  populum  Eomanum  esse  testem.  3.  Hie 
pagus  unus  Lucium  Cassium  consulem  interfecerat  et  ejus  ex- 
ercitum  siib  jugum  miserat.  4.  Postquam  Caesar  pervenit, 
obsides  poposcit.     5.  Elamen^  est  Arar,  quod  in  Rhodanum 


96  FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

influit.  6.  Caesar  a  lacu  Lemanno,  qui  in  flumen  Ehodanuni 
influit,  ad  montem  Juram^  qui  fines  Sequanorum  ab  Helvetiis 
dividit^  fossam  perducit.     7.  Quis^  es  ?   Civis  Eomanus  sum. 

8.  Eelinquebatur  una  per  Sequanos  via^  qua  propter  angustias 
ire  {to  go)  non  poterant.  9.  Ob  eas  causas  ei  munitioni/ 
quam  fecerat^  Titum  Labienum  legatum  praefecit.  10.  Yeni 
lit  te  videam. 

Write  in  L.atin. 

1.  Did  the  enemy  send  our  army  under  the  yoke  ?  2.  They 
will  not  send  us  home  will  they^?  3.  Did  he  not  demand 
hostages  as  soon  as  he  arrived?  4.  Who  are  those  men? 
They  are  Eoman  citizens.  5.  Who  has  come  to  see  us  ? 
6.  The  Ehone  is  a  river  which  empties  into  the  sea.  7.  One 
way  is  left  through  the  Alps  by  which  we  shall  not  be  able  to 
march  on  account  of  the  enemy.  8.  We  shall  either  keep 
the  Gauls  from   our  territory  or  carry  on  war  with  them. 

9.  This  man  is  both  great  and  good.  10.  We  shall  march 
through  Gaul  because  we  have  no  otlier  way. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XXXVI.,  Examples  and  Notes. 

2  What  is  the  object  of  respondit  ? 

8  See  64.  *  See  <»4 ;  what  is  the  subject  of  es  ? 

^  See  67.  6  See  Ln.  LXL,  Note  1. 


LESSON   LXIII. 

PARTICIPLES. 


119.  Definition.    A.  &  G.  25,  1  -3:   A.  &  S.  148,  1,  (l.)-(4) : 
B.  53,  d :   B.  &  M.  265,  last  clause:   H.  575. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  97 

120.  IHstinctions  of  Tense.  A.  &  G.  72,  1 :  A.  &  S.  274,  2  • 
B.  323,  Rule  LXXV.:  B.  &  M.  134S:  G.  278 ;  279  :  H.  572-574! 

121.  Used  for  a  Subordinate   Clause.      A.   &  G.  72,  3  • 

A.  &S.  274,  3:    B.  318 :    B.&M.1S50:   G.  6G7:   H.  578,  L-V.' 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Sese    omnes    flentes    Caesari    ad    pgdes    projecerunt     all 

WEEPING  threw  themselves  down  at  Caesar's  feet, 

2.  Liscus  multos  dies  moratus  profectus  est,  Liscus  having 

DELAYED  nmny  clays  set  out;  or,  Liscus^  after  he  had 
DELAYED  many  days,  set  out. 

3.  Caesar  eorum  precibus  adductus  bellum  suscepit,  Caesar 

HAVING  BEEN  INFLUENCED  hy  their  entreaties  undertook  the 
war;  or,  Caesar,  because  he  had  been  influenced  hy 
their  entreaties,  undertook  the  war. 

4.  Helvetii  ejus  adventu  commoti  legates  mittunt,  the  Helvetii 

because  disturbed  (or,  BECAUSE  THEY  HAVE  BEEN  DIS- 
TURBED) hy  his  arrival  send  legates. 

VOCABULARY. 

ad-ducO,   ducere,  duxi,  ductum,  lead  to,  influence. 

fleo,  flere,       flevi,    fletum,  v^eeip, 

in-duc6,    ducere,  duxi,  ductum,  lead  into,  induce. 

pets,  petere,  petivl  and  petii,  petitum,       heseech,  ask,  heg  for. 
pro-jicio,  jicere,    jeci,     jectum,  throw  forward ;  se  projicSrg, 

to  throw  one's  self  down. 

Analyze,  and  parse  the  participles. 

1.  Omnes  flentes^  pacem  petiemnt.  2.  Mulieres  flentes 
viros^  implorabant.  3.  Belgae  spectant  m  orientem  solem. 
4.  Hostes  in  nostros  venientes  tela  conjiciebant.  5.  Milites 
sese  Tito^  ad  pedes  projicient.  6.  Helvetii  his  rebus*  adducti^ 
ciim  proximis  civitatibus  pacem  confirmant.  7.  Liscus  ora- 
ti5ne  Caesaris  adductus  locutus  est.  8.  Hac  oratidne  adducti 
inter  se^  jusjurandum  daiit.      9.    Is^   rcgni    cupTdTtfite    in- 


98  EIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

ductus  conjurationem  nobilitatis  fecit.  10.  Sequani  paucos 
dies  morati  ad^  Genevam  profecti  sunt.  11.  Helvetii  omnium 
rerum  mopia  adducti  legatos  ad  eum"^  miser unt.  12.  Caesar 
de  tertia  vigilia  profectus  ad^  Genevam  pervenit. 

Write  in  I.atin. 

1.  The  soldiers  weeping  throw  themselves  down  at  the  feet  of 
Cassius.  2.  Our  (soldiers)  hurl  weapons  against  the  advancing 
enemy.  3.  The  Gauls^  after  they  had  delayed  a  few  days,  set 
out  towards  Rome.  4.  Ariovistus,  because  he  had  been  dis- 
turbed by  Caesar^s  arrival,  sent  legates  to  him.*^  5.  The  Ger- 
mans having  delayed  a  few  days  came  across  the  Ehine. 
6.  The  Gauls,  because  disturbed  by  Caesar^s  arrival,  send  legates 
to  him. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Parse  a  participle  like  an  adjective  (Ln.  VI.,  Note  1),  giving  in  addi- 
tion the  principal  parts  of  its  verb  and  the  different  participles  formed  from 
the  verb. 

2  viros,  husbands,  ^  See  39;  translate  as  if  it  were  a  Genitive. 
*  See  54, 

^  Imitiite  the  Examples  in  translating  the  participles. 
6  See  Ln.  LVIL,  Note  4.      ^  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2. 
8  S-d,  towards^  for.  ^  ad,  in  the  vicinity  of. 

10  What  participles  has  a  transitive  verb  ?    See  Ln.  XXXIIL,  Note  5. 


LESSON   LXIV. 

ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE. 

122.  A.  &  G.  54,  10,  6,  Note  :  A.  &  S.  25T,  Remarks  1,  2  : 
B.  264,  Rule  XLIX.,  a-c:  B.  &  M.  964-966:  G.  408;  409: 
H.  431,  1,  2. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


EXAMPLES. 

Marco  Messala  et  Marco  Pisone  consulibus,  Marcus  Messala 
and  Marcus  Piso  consuls;  or  better,  in  the  consulship  of  Mar- 
cus Messala  and  Marcus  Piso. 

Hoc  responso  dato  discessit, 

this  reply  having  been  given 

when  this  reply  had  been  given 

having  given  this  reply  \  he  departed, 

after  giving  this 


a, 
K 
c, 
d. 


e,   after  he  had  given  this  reply 


VOCABULARY. 

con-vertd,  vertere,  verti,  versum, 

dis-cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  cessum, 

ibi,  adv. 

re-linqu6,  linquere,  liqui,  lictiim, 

responsiiin,  i,  n. 

re-vertor,  verti,  versus  siim, 


turn  about,  change, 

depart. 

there. 

leave  behind,  leave. 

answer, 

return. 


Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Hac  oratione^  habita^  Caesar  concilium  dimisit.  2.  Hac 
oratione  ab  Divitiaco  habita  omnes  auxilium  petierunt.  3.  Hac 
oratione  habita  conversae  sunt  omnium  mentes.  4.  Convocfitis 
eorum^  principibus  Caesar  graviter^  eos  accusat.  5.  Marco 
Messala  et  Marco  Pisone  consiilTbus  conjurationem  nobilitatis 
fecit.  6.  Ibi  Centrones^  locis  siiperioribus  occupatis  itinere^ 
exercitum  prohibere  conantur.  7.  Munitis  castris  duas  ibi 
legiones  reliquit  et  partem  auxiliorum.  8.  Hoc  proelio  trans 
Ehenum  nunciato  Suevi  domum  "^  reverti  coeperunt  {began) , 
9.  Convocatis  eorum  principibus^  quorum^  magnam  copiam  tn 
castris  habebat^  graviter  eos  accusat.  10.  Hoc  proelio  trans 
Ehenum  nunciato  Suevi^  qui  ad  rlpas  Rheni  venerant^  domum 
reverti  coeperunt. 


100  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Write  in  Ijatin. 

1.  When  this  speech  had  been  delivered  by  Caesar  all  begged 
for^  peace.  2.  After  giving  this  reply  all  departed.  3.  He 
came  to  Eome^  in  the  consulship  of  Titus  and  Cassius. 
4.  Having  fortified  the  camp  he  set  out  with  a  part  of  the 
auxiliaries.  5.  After  this  battle  had  been  reported  across  the 
Ehone  the  Sequani  began  to  return  home. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  The  learner  should  exercise  skill  and  taste  in  translating  the  Ablative 
Absolute ;  in  analyzing  tell  what  relation  it  bears  to  the  rest  of  the 
sentence. 

2  habita,  from  habSo,  signifying  hold,  deliver,  make, 
8  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2. 

*  From  what  adjective  is  grSviter  derived  ?  What  is  the  Stem  of  the 
adjective  ?    What  is  the  ending  of  the  adverb  ?    See  Ln.  XLIl. 

^  See  General  Vocabulary.  6  ggg  Ln.  XLIIL,  Note  6. 

7  See  105, 

^  What  is  the  gender  and  number  of  qu5rum  ?  Why  ?  {115)  In  what 
case  is  it  ?    Why  ?  (40) 

^  for  belongs  to  the  verb  ;  peace  must  be  rendered  by  the  Accusative. 

LESSON   LXV. 

IRREGULAR  VERBS:    FERO. 

123,  Learn  the  entire  conjugation  of  fer6.  A.  &  G.  37,  4  : 
A.  i&  S.  179:   B.  109,  IV. :   B.  &  M.  422-424:    G.  186:    H.  292. 

Conjugate  and  grive  a  complete  synopsis  of  each  verb. 

1.  Dux  suis  ^  auxilium  fert.  2.  Aiixilium  militibus^aduce 
fertiir.  3.  Si  dux  suis  auxilium  ferat/  laetentur.^  4.  Si 
auxilium  militibus  a  duce  feratiir^^  laetentur.^  5.  li^  suis 
auxilium  ferre  iion  poteraiit.     6.  Eerte^  mllites,  vestris^  auxi- 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  101 

lium.  7.  Popiilus  Eomanus  diu  injurias  tiilit.  8.  Injuriae 
a  populo  Romano  diu  latae  sunt.  9.  Populum  Romfinum 
hortatus  est  ut^  diu  injurias  ferrent.^  10.  Caesar  dixit  popii- 
lum  Eomanum  diu  injurias  tulisse.  11.  Numerus  eoruin,* 
qui^  arma  ferebant^  magnus  fuit.  12.  Numerus  eorum,  a 
quibus  arma  ferebantur^  magnus  fuit.  13.  Numerus  eorum, 
qui  arma  ferre  poterant/  magnus  fuit.  14.  Numerus  eorum,  a 
quibus  arma  ferri  poterant,  parvus  fuit.  15.  Si  Gallis  auxl- 
lium  ferres^  Galli  vincerent.  16.  Si  quis^  Romanis  auxilium 
tulisset^  vicissent. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  The  Plural  Masculine  of  Possessive  Pronouns  is  often  used  alone  where 
in  translation  some  such  word  as  7neny  soldiers,  friends,  may  be  supplied  ; 
the  Plural  Neuter,  where  we  may  supply  things,  possessions. 

2  See  39.  3  See  Ln.  XXXVI.,  Ex.  4. 

4  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2.  ^  gee  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3. 

6  See  115,  "^  See  Ln.  XLV.,  Note  8. 

8  What  is  quis  when  immediately  preceded  by  si,  nisi,  ne,  or  nilm  ? 
How  is  it  declined  ?    See  Ln.  LX. 


LESSON   LXVI. 

COMPOUNDS  OF  FERO.  —  ABLATIVE  OF  SPECIFICATION. 

124.   Ablative  of  Specification.   A.  &  G.  54,  9  :  A.  «&  S.  250 : 

B.  261,  Rule  XLVL  :   B.  &  M.  889:   G.  398:   H.  429.    This  an- 
swers the  question  In  what  respect  ? 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Virtute  praecedunt,  they  excel  IN  COURAGE. 

2.  Numero  ad  duodecim,  about  twelve  IN  NUMBER. 


102  «  FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

VOCABULARY. 

af-f er6,      af-f erre,      at-tuli,      al-latum,i     bring  tOj  carry  to,  offer. 

con-f ero,  con-ferre,  con-tiili,  col-lattim,  bring  together,  carry  to- 
gether, collect. 

dif-fero,     dif-ferre,    dis-tiili,     di-latiim,       carry   different   ways; 

differ, 

in-fero,      in-ferre,      in-tiili,      il-latum,        bring  into,  bring  upon, 

make  ujpon. 

re-ferd,      re-ferre,      rS-tuli,      re-latiim,        bring  back,  carry  back. 


Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Hi  omnes  lingua^^  institutis,^  legibus^  inter  se  diffemnt. 

2.  Oppida    sua    omnia   numero^    ad   duodecim^    incendunt. 

3.  Eo^   circiter^   hominum    numero    sedecim   milia^  misit. 

4.  Helvetii  reliquos  Gallos  virtute  praecedunt.  5.  Helvetii 
toti  Galliae^  bellum  inferebant.  6.  Pars  civitatis  Helvetiae 
insignem  calamitatem  populo  Eomano  intulerat.  7.  Helvetii 
minus  facile  flnitimis  bellum  inferre  poterant."^  8.  Obsides, 
arma,  servi  conferuntur.  9.  Aedui  dixerunt  frumentum  con- 
ferrl.^  10.  Caesar  sarcmas^^  in  unum  locum  conferri^  jussit.^ 
11.  Helvetii  ciim  omntbus  suis  carris  secuti^^  impedimenta^^ 
in  unum  locum  contulerunt.  12.  His  responsis^^  ad  Cae- 
sarem  relatis  iterum  ad  eum  Caesar  legatos  ciim  bis  mandatis 
mittit. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  All  differed  from  each  other  in  language  and  laws. 
2.  They  will  burn  their  cities^,  about  five  in  number.  3.  The 
Romans  will  make  war  upon  the  Gauls.^  4.  I  fear  that  the 
Eomans  will  make^^  war  upon  the  Gauls.  5.  Let^^  us  make 
war  upon  both  the  Germans  and  the  Belgae!  6.  The  baggage 
will  be  collected  into  one  place.  7.  The  Gauls,  having  fol- 
lowed with  all  their  horses,  collected  the  wagons. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  103 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Accent  the  compounds  of  fero   correctly:     aflKro,    afKrre,    atttili 
alldtum. 

2  See  124,  8  See  108, 

4  eo  is  an  adverb;  see  Gen.  Yy.       ^  circiter  modifies  the  numeraL 
6  See  67.  ^  poterant,  could. 

8  See  52,  9  jussit,  from  jiibeo. 

if^  What  is  the  difference  between  sarcinae  and  impedimenta  ?    See  Gen- 
eral Vocabulary  under  sarcina  and  impedimentum, 

11  secuti  from  sequor  ;  where  is  it  made  ? 

12  See  122.  is  See  Ln.  XLVL,  Note  4. 
14  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7. 


LESSON   LXVII. 

IRREGULAR  VERBS  (co/i^mz^ec?)  :    VOLO  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS. 

125,  Learn  the  conjugation  and  meanings  of  void,  nolo,  mal5. 
A.  &  G.  37:  A.  &  S.  178:  B.  109,  VL:  B.  &  M.  417-419:  G. 
189 :   H.  293. 

VOCABULARY, 

a-verto,  vertere,  vertT,  versiim,  turn  aivay. 

malo,  malle,  malui,  be  more  willing. 

nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  he  unwilling,  not  wish. 

unde,  adv.  from  which  place,  whence, 

vaco,  are,  avi,  atum,  he  unoccupied. 

volo,  velle,  volui,  he  willing,  wish. 

Conjugrate  and  give  a  synopsis  of  the  verbs. 

1.  Aeduos^  flagitare^  Titus  frumenturn^vult.  2.  Helvetiis^ 
bellum  inferre  volumus.  3.  Galli  fimtimis  bellum  inferru 
voluerant.  4.  Si  legatus  pugnare  veM,  hostes  fugiant. 
5.  Niim^  proficisci  de  tertia  vigTlia  vultis  ?  6.  Dumnorix 
quam^  plurimas  cTvTtates  habere  volebat.  7.  Consul  impedi- 
menta^ m  unum  locum  conferri  vult.     8.     Si  vis  mc^  flere. 


104  FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

9.  Montem  a  Cassio  occupari  volmt.  10.  Mons^  quern ^  a 
Labieno  occupari  vol uit^  ab  hostibus  tenetur.  11.  Dicit  velle 
sese^  de  republica''  cum  eo  loqui.  12.  Caesar  ab  Helvetiis 
discedere^  nolebat.  13.  Noluit  eum  locum  vacare  Liscus. 
14.  Dixit  Caesarem  ab  Helvetiis  discedere^  nolle.  15.  Noluit 
eum  locum,  unde  Helvetii  discesserant,  vacare.  16.  Vir  in- 
jurias  diu  ferre  nolet.  17.  Si  legatusiter  facere  nolit,  milites 
laetentur.  18.  Yereor  ne^  dux  suis  auxilium  ferre  nolit.^ 
19.  Iter  ab  Arare  Helvetii  averterant  a  quibus  discedere 
nolebat.  20.  Pugnare^  Helvetii  malunt  quam  fugere.^ 
21.  Nonne  mavis  tuis^  auxilium  ferre  quam  fugere  ?  22.  Om- 
nes  virtute  ^^  praecedere  mavult  quam  esse  consul.  23.  Gallis 
prodesse  quam  bellum  inferre  maluit.  24.  Exercitui  praeesse 
malet  quam  domi^^  m§,nere. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  You  do  not  wish  to  burn  the  town,  do  you^  ?  2.  They 
will  wish  to  make  war  upon  the  Romans.^  3.  I  fear  that  the 
soldiers  will  not  be  willing®  to  collect  the  baggage.  4.  Let  us 
be  willing  to  follow  with  all  our  baggage.  5.  If  Caesar  had 
been  willing  to  fight,  the  soldiers  would  not  have  fled.  6.  Titus 
does  not  wish  this  place  to  be  unoccupied.  7.  He  will  be 
unwilling  to  bring  aid  to  his^  (friends) .  8.  You  had  been 
unwilling  to  make  war  upon  (your)  neighbors.  9.  He  will  be 
more  willing  to  fight  than  to  flee.  10.  The  man  was  more 
willing  to  excel  all  in  valor  ^^  than  to  be  rich. 

Notes. 

1  See  71. 

2  See  A.  &  G.  sr,  8,  rZ :  A.  &  S.  ti73,  4 :    B.  315,  /,  3  :    B.  &  M.  1152  ; 
1153:    G.  424:    H.  551,  II. 

8  See  67.  4  See  Ln.  LXI.,  Note  1. 

6  See  Ln.  XLIL,  Note  7.  «  gee  53. 

7  See  110.  8  See  Ln.  XLVL,  Note  4. 

9  See  Ln.  LXV.,  Note  1.  ^^  See  124. 
11  See  106. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  105 

LESSON   LXVIII. 

IRREGULAR  VERBS   {continued)  :    EO  AND  FIO. 

126,  Learn  the  conjugation  and  meanings  of  e6  and  fi6.  A  &  G 
37,  6,  7  :  A.  &  S.  180;  182,  Eem.  3  :  B.  109,  II.,  V.:'  B.  &  M 
413-415;  426-429:  G.  185;  188,  Remark  :  H.  394;  295,  1,  3. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  De  Caesaris  adventu  certior  factus  est,  he  was  informed  of 

Caesar's  arrival. 

2.  Caesar  certior  factus  est  hostes  castra  posuisse,  Caesar  was 

informed  that  the  enemy  had  pitched  a  camp. 

3.  Caesarem   certiorem   faciunt  hostes   transire,  they  inform 

Caesar  that  the  enemy  is  crossing. 

VOCABULARY. 

certiis,  a,  iim,  certain,  sure  ;  certior  fieri,  to  he  in- 

formed; lit.,  to  he  made  more  certain. 
eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  go. 

ex-e5,  ire,  ii,  itiim,  go  out^  go  forth,  depart, 

fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,         he  made,  hecome,  occur, 
trans-e5,  ir§,  ii,  itum,        go  across,  cross. 

Conjugate  the  verbs  and  parse. 

1.  Domum^eunt;  Eomanibo;  Bibracte^  eamus.^  2.  Per 
angustias  Tbamiis ;  per  Gallomm  fines  iverunt.  3.  I,^  miles, 
domuiri ;  ite^  pueri^  domum.  4.  Hostes  per  nostram  provin- 
ciam  Tverant.  5.  Legatus  Bibracte  Ire  contendit.  6.  Caesar 
cum  his  quinque  legionibus  ire*  contendit.  7.  In  eam  par- 
tem Galliae  itiiros^  esse  Helvetios  dixit.  8.  Propter  angus- 
tias Tre*  non  poterant.  9.  Helvetii  de  flnibus  suis  cum 
omnibus  copiis  exTbant.  10.  Nituntur  tit  e  flnibus  exeaiit.^ 
11.    Magnus    Humerus    eorum"^    domo^    exibit.       12.    Hie 


106  PIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN. 

pagus  tinus  domo  patrum  nostrorum  memorial  exierat. 
13.  Mumen  Helvetii  ratibus^9  transibant.  14.  Si  ilumen 
transeant/^  eos  vincamus.  15.  Si  hostes  Ehodanum  transire 
conentur^,  prohibeamus.  16.  Boii ^^  trans  Ehenum  incoluerant 
et  111  agmm  Noricum^^  transierant.  17.  Undique  uno  tem- 
pore m  hostes  impetus  fiebat.  18.  His  rebus ^^  fiebat. 
19.  De  ejus^  adventu  Helvetii  certiores  facti  sunt.  20.  Cae- 
sar eodem  die  ab  exploratoribus  certior  factiis  suas  c5pias 
praemittere  volebat.  21.  Duo  viri  consules^^  facti  erunt. 
22.  Per  exploratores  Caesar  certior  factiis  est  Sequanos  per 
provinciam  iter  fecisse.^^ 

Notes  and  Quesiions. 

1  What  question  do  d5mum  and  Bibracte  answer  ?    See  105,  a, 

2  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7.  ^  In  what  is  the  Imperative  used  ?  {47) 
*  See  69,                                        ^  Why  is  ituros  in  the  Ace.  Plural  ? 

6  How  is  the  Subjunctive  with  tit  to  be  translated  after  verbs  of  striving 
and  endeavoring  ? 

7  See  Ln.  LVIII.,  Note  2. 

8  What  question  does  dSmo  answer  ? 

9  See  HI.  10  See  54. 

11  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  1.  12  See  Gen.  Vy. 

18  See  79.  1*  See  64. 

16  See  Ex.  2. 


LESSON   LXIX. 

DEFECTIVE  AND  IMPERSONAL  VERBS. 

127*  Defective  Verbs.  A.  &  G.  38,  l,a-c,  Note:  A.  &  S. 
183,1-3:  B.  Ill,  6,  Rem.  1,  2  :  B.  &  M.  434-437:  G.  190,  5  : 
H.  29T,  L 

128.  Impersonal  Verbs.  A.  &  G.  39,  a-d:  A.  &  S.  184,  1: 
B.  112;  113:    B.  &  M.  451;  452  f  454:    G.  199:   H.  298;  299. 

129.  Infinitive  as  Subject.  A.  &  G.  57,  8,  a,  &  :  A.  &  S.  269, 
coarse  print:  B.  315,  a,b:   B,  &  M.  1147:   G.  423 :   H.  549. 


riRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  107 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Perfacile  est  imperio  potiri  (129),  it  is  very  easy  TO  get  pos- 

session OP  the  government. 

2.  Mihi  ire  {129)  licet,  it  is  jpermitted  me  TO  GO  ;  or,  I  may  go, 

3.  Mihi  ire  licuit,  it  was  permitted  me  TO  GO ;  or,  /  might  have 

gone. 

4.  Rogat  lit  id  sibi  facere  liceat,  he  asks  that  it  he  permitted  him 

TO  DO  this  ;  better,  he  asks  permission  to  do  this. 

5.  Bogabat  lit  id  sibi  facere  liceret,  he  was  asking  that  it  be  per- 

mitted him  TO  DO  this;  or,  permission  to  do  this. 

6.  Me  ire  (129)  oportet,  it  is  necessary  that  I  should  go;  or,  I 

ought  to  go. 

7.  Me  ire  oportuit,  it  was  necessary  that  I  should  go ;  or,  I  ought 

to  have  gone. 

8.  Dicit  me  ire  oportere,  he  says  it  is  necessary  that  I  should  go ; 

or,  he  says  that  I  ought  to  go. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  MemineriiTit,^  odemnt.  2.  Memineram  Titum^  videram 
Cassium.  3.  Memento  venire^;  dicit  se  memmisse.  4.  Liscus 
dixit  Dumnorigem  5disse  Caesarem  et  Romanos.  5.  Et  te  et 
ilium ^  oderamus.  6.  Neque^  me  neque  eum  odit.  7.  Divi- 
tiacus  multis  cum  lacrimis  Caesarem  obsecrare^  coepit.  8.  Sue- 
vi,  qui^  ad  ripas  Eheni  venerant^  domum  reverti  coeperuiit. 
9.  Omnes  milites  Rhodanum  transire  coeperuiit.  10.  Fru- 
mentum"^  conferri^  oportet.  11.  Nos"^  Ehenum  transire  opor- 
tuit.^ 12.  Dicit  ilium  ad  se  venire  oportere.^^  13.  Caesc^rem 
de  ejus  adventu  certiorem^^  fieri  oportuit.  14.  Rogaverunt 
ut  sibi^^  liceret  concilium  totlus  Galliae  convocare.  15.  Ro- 
gavit  ut  sibi  Ire  liceret.  16.  Tibi  eo  die  Ire  licebit.  17.  Per- 
facile est  totlus  Galliae  imperio  potiri.  18.  Tibi  Caesarem 
certiorem  facere  de  meo  adventu  licet.^^  19.  Tibi  domum 
ire  licuit.^^ 


108  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


Write  in  Liatin. 


1.  We  shall  go  home.  2.  Are  you  going  home  ?  3.  You 
ought  to  go  home.  4.  We  ought  to  have  gone  home.  5.  You 
can  go  to  Geneva ;  you  may  go  to  Geneva ;  you  ought  to  go 
to  Geneva.  6.  You  could  have  gone  to  Bibracte ;  you  might 
have  gone  to  Bibracte ;  you  ought  to  have  gone  to  Bibracte. 
7.  You  are  not  going  to  Eome  are  you?  8.  Are  you  not 
going  to  Eome?  9.  Who  will  go  home  with  me ?  10.  He 
says  that  corn  ought  to  be  collected.  11.  We  shall  ask  that 
it  be  permitted  us  to  go  home.     12.  Let  us  go  home. 


Notes  and  Questions. 

1  "What  is  a  Defective  Verb  ?    What  is  an  Impersonal  Verb  ? 

2  See  52. 

8  ilium,  that  one;  see  Ln.  LYIII.,  Notes  1  and  13. 
4  See  Lx.  LXL,  Note  3.  &  See  6'9. 

6  Where  is  qui  made  and  why  ?  "^  See  53. 

8  See  i29.  9  See  Example  7. 

i'^  In  this  sentence  ilium  is  the  subject  of  venire  ;  ilium  —  venire,  the 
subject  of  Sportere  ;  ilium  —  oportere,  the  object  of  dicit. 

11  See  Ln.  LXVIIL,  Ex.  1. 

12  How  does  this  sibi  differ  from  the  sibi  in  sentence  15  ? 

13  What  is  the  subject  of  licet  ?  i**  See  Example  3. 


LESSON   LXX. 

THE  PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATIONS.  —  DATIVE  OF  AGENT. 

130,  JPeripUrastic  Conj^igatioiis*     A.  &  G.  25,  4  ;  40,  a-c  : 

A.  &  S.  162,  14,  15  :    B.  94,  a,  b  :    B.  &  M.  82S;  829:    G.  149; 
150;  239;  243:    H.  231;  232. 

131.  Dative  of  Agent.     A.  &  G.  51,  4,  a  :   A.  &  S.  225,  III.: 

B.  248,  Rule  XXXVL:   B.  &  M.  S47.-    G.  353:   H.  388. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  109 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Docturus  sum,  lam  about  to  teach;  I  intend  to  teach;  lam  to 

teach. 

2.  Docturus  grat  (fuit),  he  was  about  to  teach;  he  was  intending  to 

teach ;  he  was  to  teach. 

3.  Audiendi  sumus,  we  must  be  heard;  we  ought  to  be  heard, 

4.  Tibi  {131)  audiendi  siimus,  you  must  hear  us;  you  oiight  to 

hear  us. 

5.  Agri  consiili  vastandi  erant  (fuerunt),  the  consul  had  to  lay 

waste  the  fields. 

6.  Vexillum  proponendum  erat,  the  flag  had  to  be  displayed. 

V.    Oppidum  oppugnandum  erit,  the  town  will  have  to  be  stormed. 
8.    Oppidum  vobis  muniendum  erit,  you  will  have  to  fortify  the 


town. 


Translate^  and  parse. 


1.  Obsides  tibi  datums  sum.^  2.  Caesar  mihi  obsides  d^- 
turns  fuit.  3.  Ariovistns  Romanos  victurus  fuit.  4.  Hostes 
ad  ripas  Eheni  ituri  sunt.  5.  Nunciat  hostes  ad  ripas  Eheni 
ituros  esse.  6.  Frumentum^  Aeduos'^  flagiturus  legatus  erat. 
7.  Domum  ituri  sumus.  8.  Patriae*  prof uturiestis.  9.  No- 
bis^ bellum  gerendum  erit.  10.  Duo  consules  creandi  sunt. 
11.  In  hostes  venientes  tela  nobis  conjicienda  erant.  VI.  Op- 
pidum legato  expugnandum  erit.  13.  Per  Alpes  mllTtibus 
iter  faciendum  erit.  14.  Frumentum  Aeduis  dandum  est.^ 
15.  Urbs  delenda  est.  16.  Caesari  m  Galliam  maturandum 
est."^  17.  Caesar  maturandum  sibi  esse  existimavit.  18.  De 
ejus  adventu  Caesar  certior^  faciendus  est.  1.9.  Caesari  omnia 
uno  tempore  erant  agenda :  vexillum  proponendum,^  quod  ^^ 
erat  insigne,  quum  ad  arma  concurri^^  oporteret^^ ;  signum 
tuba  dandum^;  ab  opere  revocandi^^  milTtes;  qui^^  paulo 
longius^*  aggeris  petendi  causa  ^^  processerant  arccssendi^^j 
acies  instruenda^^  mllites  cohortaiidi.^^ 


110  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Write  in  Itatin. 

1.  I  intend  to  write  a  letter.  2.  I  was  intending  to  go  to 
Bibracte.  3.  The  lieutenant  was  to  storm  the  town.  4.  My 
brother  is  about  to  go  to  the  city.  5.  The  Gauls  intend  to 
carry  on  war  with  their  neighbors.  6.  The  boys  must  hasten 
home.  7.  We  must  carry  on  war  with  our  neighbors.  8.  You 
will  have  to  fortify  the  town.  9.  We  shall  have  to  exhort 
the  soldiers.  10.  The  consul  had  to  give  the  signal.  11.  The 
city  will  have  to  be  fortified.  12.  The  town  had  to  be 
stormed. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

^  Imitate  the  Examples  in  translation. 

2  Give  the  Synopsis  and  Conjugation  of  each  Periphrastic  form. 

8  See  71,  *  See  67. 

^  See  131  and  Example  8  ;  what  is  the  literal  translation  ? 

^  What  are  the  different  translations  of  this  sentence  ?     See  39  and  131% 

"^  maturandum  est  has  no  personal  subject ;  verbs  which  do  not  take  a 
Direct  Object  in  the  Active  Voice  have  only  the  impersonal  construction  in 
the  Passive. 

8  See  Ln.  LXVIII.,  Example  1.  »  Supply  6rat. 

10  Why  is  quod  in  the  Neuter  Singular  ? 

11  See  Ln.  LXIX.,  Examples  6  and  7  ;  what  is  the  subject  of  Sportfiret  ? 
Translate  by  the  Indicative. 

12  Supply  grant.  is  concurri,  to  rush, 

14  paulo  longius,  a  little  too  far. 

15  aggeris  —  causa,  for  the  purpose  of  seeking  materials  for  a  mound. 

16  The  antecedent  of  qui  is  ii,  which  is  the  subject  of  arcessendi  (erant). 

LESSON   LXXI. 

USE  OF  THE  DATIVE. 

132,  Dative  tvitJi  Intransitive  Verbs,  A.  &  G.  51,  2,  a,  h  : 
A.  &  S.  223,  Rem.  2  ;  225,  I. :  B.  241,  Rule  XXIX. ;  244,  Rule 
XXXII. :   B.  &  M.  824  f  831:   G.  345 :  H.  385  and  2. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  HI 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Civitati  {1S2)  persuasit  ut  exirent,!  he  persuaded  the  state 

to  go  forth. 

2.  Novis  rebus  studebat,  he  was  eager  FOR  A  REVOLUTION;  lit. 

for  new  things. 

3.  Allobrogibus  imperavit,  he  gave  orders  TO  THE  Allobroges. 

4.  Placuit  ei  (182)  ut  mitteret,i  it  pleased  him  to  send. 

5.  Si  Allobrogibus  satisfaciant,  if  he  should  give  satisfaction  to 

THE  Allobroges.  ^^ 


Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Hoc2  :fecilius  eis  persuasit,  quod^  undique  loci  natura* 
Helvetii  contineiitur.  2.  Is,  Marco  Messala  et  Marco  Pisone 
consiilibus/  regni  ciipiditate  inductus^  conjurationem  nobilT- 
tatis  fecit  et  civitati ^Q  persuasit,  ut  de  fiuibus  suis  cum  omni- 
bus copiis  exirent.^  3.  Persuadent  Eauracis  et  Tulingis,  f  ini- 
timis/  uti,  eodem  usi^  consilio,^  oppidis^  suis  vTcisque  exustis,^^ 
una  cum  iis  proficiscantur.^  4.  Orgetorix  cupiditate  regni 
adductus^  no  vis  rebus  ^^  studebat.  5.  Liscus  dixit  Dumnori- 
gem  favere  Helvetiis  sed  odisse^^  Caesarem  et  Eomanos. 
6.  Caesar  Allobrogibus  imperavit  ut  iis  frumenti  copiam  fa- 
cerent.^  7.  Quamobrem  placuit  ^^  ei  iit  ad  Ariovistum  legatos 
mitteret.  8.  Huic  legione  Caesar  indulserat  praecipue. 
9.  Si^^  Aeduis  de^^  injuriis,  quas  ipsis^^  sociisque  eorum^" 
intillerint/^  item  si  Allobrogibus  satisfaciant,  ciim  iis  pacem 
faciat. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  We  persuaded  the  men  to  go^  forth.  2.  They  per- 
suaded the  Allobroges  to  go  to  Eome.  3.  We  shall  persuade 
the  Helvetii  more  easily  for  this  reason,^  because  they  are 
hemmed  in  on  all  sides  by  mountains.  4.  We  shall  en- 
deavor to  persuade  2  (our)  neighbors  to  adopt  ^  the  same  plan, 
burn  up^^   their  houses  and  set   out^  in  company  with  us. 


112  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

5.  We  shall  favor  neither  the  enemy  nor  our  friends.  6.  He 
will  give  satisfaction  to  the  citizens  for^^  the  wrongs  which  he 
has  brought  upon  them^^  and  their  ^^  allies.  7.  We  can^^  not 
give  you  satisfaction  for  all  the  wrongs  which  we  have  brought 
upon  you. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3.  2  gee  79. 

3  qu6d  is  a  conjunction  ;  what  kind  of  a  clause  does  it  introduce  ? 

4  See  Ln.  XLV.,  Note  4  and  7».  ^  See  1^^. 
6  See  Ln.  LXIIL,  Examples.                 ^  gee  25. 

8  usi  from  utor,  to  adopt ;  lit.,  having  adopted ,  made  use  of. 
»  See  104. 

10  oppidis  —  exustis,  to  hum  up  their  toions,  etc.;  lit.,  their  towns^  etc. 
having  been  burned  up.    {122) 

11  See  Ex.  2. 

12  What  kind  of  a  verb  is  fidisse  ?  (127) 

13  placuit  is  an  impersonal  verb  in  this  sentence  ;  what  is  its  subject  ? 
1*  Sc.  satisfaciant.  i^  de,  for. 

16  See  67.  i^  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2. 

18  intulgrint  from  infSro  ;  render  it  by  the  Perfect  Indicative. 

19  See  Ln.  XXVIIL,  Ex.  1. 

20  civitati,  states  is  used  here  for  clvXbus,  citizens ;  hence  the  dependent 
clause  has  exirent  instead  of  exiret. 


LESSON   LXXII. 
USE  OF  THE  ABLATIVE  AND  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

133,  Ablative  tvitJi  Comparatives,    A.  &  G.  54,  5  :   A.  &  S. 
256,  2  :   B.  261,  Rule  XLVL,  c  :   B.  &  M.  SOS:  G.  399 :  H.  417. 

134,  Subjunctive  expressing  a  Wish  or  Comtnand,    A.  & 

G.  57,  3,  4  :   A.  &  S.  260,  Rem.  6  :   B.  309,  Rule  LXVIII.  :   B.  & 
M.  1193 f  1197:   G.  247;  249;  253;  256:   H.  487;  488,  L,  IL 


i^IRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  113 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Non  amplius  milibus   {ISS)   passuum   octodScim  S,bSrat, 

he  was  not  more  than  eighteen  miles  distant, 

2.  Nihil  virtute  {133)  melius  est,  nothing  is  better  than  virtue. 

3.  Cives  mei  sint  {134:)  beati,  MAY  my  fellow-citizens  BE  happy, 

4.  Amemus  {134)  patriam,  let  US  LOVE  our  country, 

5.  Veniat  {134),  LET  HIM  COME. 

6.  Ne  hodie  proficiscamur  {134),  LET  US  not  SET  OUT  to-day. 

Analyze  and  parse* 

1.  Quid  virtute  melius  est?  2.  ScTmus  solem  majorem 
esse  terra.  3.  Amicitia,  qua^  nihil  melius  habemus^  nobis^  a 
dis"^  immortalibus  data  est.  4.  Haec*  sunt  dulciora  melle. 
5.  Milites  fortiores  sunt  imperatore.  6.  Caesar  ab  oppido 
non  amplius  milibus  passuum  duobus  castra  posuit.  7.  Ab  urbe 
non  amplius  milibus  passuum  quinque  castra  ponemus.  8.  Ipse 
ab  hostium  castris  non  longius  mille^  et  quingentis  passibus 
aberat.  9.  Quod  a  Bibracte,  oppido  Aeduorum  longe  maximo 
et  copiosissimo,  non  amplius  milibus  passuum  octodecim 
aberat,  rei  frumentariae  prospiciendum^  existimavit:'' iter^  Sb 
Holvetiis  avertit  ac  Bibracte  ire  contendit.  10.  Milites  veniant. 
11.  Sltis^  beati.  12.  Hos  latrones  interfieiamus.  13.  Cae- 
sarem  de  ejus  adventu  certiorem  faciamus.  14.  Ad  Bibracte 
de  quarta  vigilia  ne  proficiscamur.  15.  Legatus  certior  fiat 
de  meo  consilio.  16.  Iter  celerius  per  Galliam  faciamus. 
17.  Civitatii^  persuadeamus  tit  exeant.i^  ig.  N6vis  rebus  ne 
stiideamus.  19.  Hostibus  patriae  ne  faveamus.  20.  Aeduis 
de  injuriis,  quas  eorum  sociis^^  intulimus,  satisfaciamus. 

Write  in  Ijatin. 

1.  This  man  is  bigger  than  Caesar.  2.  Notliing  is  better 
than  friendship.  3.  The  lieutenant  is  braver  than  the  gen- 
eral.     4.  We  are  not  more  than  twenty  miles  from  the  city. 


114  FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

5.  May  we  be  brave.  6.  Let  us  set  out  in  the  third  watch. 
7.  Let  us  look  out  for  supplies.  8.  Let  us  not  kill  these 
men.  9.  Let  us  persuade  the  citizens  to  go  forth.  10.  May 
it  please  ^^  you  to  send  ambassadors  to  Caesar.  11.  Let  the 
enemy  come.     12.  Let  us  make  haste  to  go  home. 

Notes  and  Questions. 
1  See  133,  ^  See  39. 

8  See  20.  *  See  Ln.  LVIII.,  Note  13. 
s  Is  mille  in  this  sentence  an  adjective  or  substantive  ?    See  108. 

6  Sc.  essg.     See  130, 

7  rgi  —  existimavit,  he  thought  that  he  ought  to  look  out  for  supplies. 
^  Introduce  the  translation  of  this  clause  with  accordingly. 

9  See  Example  3.  lo  See  132, 
11  See  Ln.  LXXL,  Note  20.                    12  See  67. 
13  See  Ln.  LXXL,  Example  4. 


LESSON   LXXIII. 

TENSES     OF     THE    SUBJUNCTIVE.. —  SUBJUNCTIVE    IN    FINAL 

CLAUSES. 

135.  Sequence  of  Tenses.  A.  &  G.  58,  9,  10,  Eule  :  A.  &  S. 
258,  A,  B,  L,  1,  2  :  B.  61 ;  311,  Rule  LXX.:  B.  &  M.  lies;  1164: 
G.  216;  510  :   H.  198,  2  ;  480  ;  481,  L,  IL 

136,  Subjunctive  of  Purpose.     A.  &  G.  64,  1,  a  ;  70,  3,  a  : 

A.  &  S.  262 ;  264,  5  :    B.  295,  Rule  LVIII. ;  299,  Rule  LXI.  : 

B.  &  M.  1205,'  1207 :  G.  543-546;  632:  H.  489,  L,  IL  This 
answers  such  questions  as  For  what  purpose  ?  With  what  design  ? 
With  what  aim  ?    To  what  end  ?     Why  ?     What  ? 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  Venit      1  he  conies 

2.  Veniet     \  ^,     ^_     ,  he  will  come 
^    ___   .        [  ut  videat, 

3.  venit  he  has  come 

4.  Venerit  J  he  will  have  come 


TO  SEE,  IN  ORDER 
TO  SEE,  THAT  HE 
MAY  SEE. 


FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN.  115 


TO  SEE,  IN  ORDER 
TO  SEE,  THAT  HE 
MIGHT  SEE. 


5.  Veniebat  -i  Jie  loas  coming 

6.  Venit         I  iit  videret,         h&  came 

7.  Venerat   J  he  had  come 

8.  Ut  consequi  posset  pontem  fecit,  he  made  a  bridge  that  he 

MIGHT   BE   ABLE    to  pUTSUe. 

9.  Postiilavit  ne  Aeduis  bellum  inferret,  he  demanded  that  he 

should  not  make  war  upon  the  Aedui, 

10.  Equitatum  qui  sustineret  impetum  misit,  he  sent  cavalry  to 

withstand  the  attach. 

11.  Ne  oflFenderet  verebatur,  he  was  fearing  that  he  should  offend, 

12.  Ut  socii  venirent  verebatur,  he  was  fearing  that  the  allies 

would  NOT  come. 

Analyze  and  parse* 

1.  Allobrogibus  impgravit,  iit  iis  frumenti  copiam  ftcgrent. 
%.  Caesar  Dumnorigem  monet,  tit  m  reliqimm  tempus^  sus- 
pTciones  vitet.  3.  Nam,  ne  ejus  supplicio^  Divitiaci  animum 
offenderet,  verebatur.  4.  Dumnorigi  persuasit  iit  ideni^  co- 
naretur.  5.  Copias  suas  Caesar  m  proximum  coUem  subdiicit 
equitatumque,  qui  sustineret  hostium  impetum,  misit.  6.  Le- 
gates ad  eum  mittunt  qui  dicant  agros  consiili^  vastandos  esse.^ 
7.  Postiilavit  ne  aut  Aeduis^  aut  eorum  sociis^  bellum  infer- 
ret. 8.  Nonnulli  piidore  adducti,^  iit  timoris  suspTcionem 
vitarent,  remanebant.  9.  Caesar  omnium  ex  conspectu  re- 
motis  equis,^  iit  spem  fiigae  tolleret,  cohortatus^  suos^^  proe- 
lium  commisit.  10.  Caesar  ad  Ariovistum  legatos  misit,  qui 
ab  eo  postiilarent,  iiti  aliquem^^  locum  medium  utrlusque^^ 
coUoquio^^  dlcgret.  11.  Castella  community  quo^^  facilius,  si 
se  invito  ^^  transire  conarentur,  prohibere  possit. 

Write  in  liatin.^^ 

1.  I  shall  give  orders  to  the  Gauls  to  furnish  us  with  a 
supply  of  corn.  2.  He  had  given  orders  to  tlie  Sequani  to 
furnish  a  supply  of  corn  to  the  soldiers.     3.  "We  shall  advise 


116  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

him  ^"^  to  avoid  suspicions  in  the  future.^  4.  We  have  ad- 
vised Cassius  to  avoid  suspicions  in  the  future.  5.  We  advised 
Cassius  to  avoid  suspicions  in  the  future.  6.  Caesar  was 
fearing  that  Dumnorix  would  not  avoid  suspicions  in  the  fu- 
ture. 7.  We  shall  send  cavalry  to  withstand  the  attack  of 
the  Gauls.  8.  Caesar,  after  removing  his  horse^  out  of  sight, 
urged  his  men  to  fight  bravely.  9.  He  demanded  that  they 
should  not  make  war  either  upon  us  or  upon  our  allies. 
10.  We  shall  fortify  the  place  that^^  we  may  be  able  to  more 
easily  withstand  an  attack. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  in  reliqnum  tempus,  in  the  future  ;  lit.,  into  the  remaining  time. 

2  See  79, 

2  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  13  ;  where  would  idem  be  made  ? 

4  See  131,  6  See  130  and  62. 

6  See  €7.  7  See  Ln.  LXIIL,  Ex.  3. 

8  See  122  and  Examples.  ^  See  Ln.  LXIIL,  Ex.  2. 

10  See  Ln.  LXV.,  Note  1.  "  How  declined  ?    See  116,  a. 

12  medium  utriusque,  midway  between  both;  uterque  is  declined  like 
Titer.   {24) 

13  See  39. 

1*  quo  is  preferred  to  nt  when  its  clause  contains  a  comparative* 

15  se  invito,  against  his  will ;  see  122  ;  lit.,  he  unwilling. 

16  In  writing  these  imitate  carefully  the  preceding  Latin  sentences. 

17  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2. 


LESSON   LXXIV. 

USE  OF  THE  DATIVE  {continued), 

137*   Dative  of  the  Person  possessing,     A.  &  G.  51,  3  :   A. 

&  S.  226  :  B.  243,  Rule  XXXL:   B.  &  M.  821:  G.  349 :   H.  387. 
138.    Two  natives.    A.  &  G.  51,  5  :   A.  &  S.  227,  Rem.  3  :   B. 
246,  Rule  XXXIV.:   B.  &  M.  848:   G.  350  :   H.  390,  I.,  IL 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  117 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Est  mihi  iiS7)  domi  pSter,  I  have  a  father  at  home;  lit., 

a  father  is  to  me  at  home, 

2.  Sex  viro  (187)  filii  fuerunt,  a  MAN  had  six  sons. 

3.  Haec  mihi  (188)  sunt  ciirae,  these  (things)  are  A  care  to  me  ; 

lit.,  these  (things)  are  for  a  care  to  me. 

4.  Tertiam  aciem  nostris  subsidio  misit,  he  sent  the  third  line 

AS   A  RELIEF   TO   OUR  (mEN). 

5.  Novissimis  praesidio  erant,  they  were  A  protection  to  the 

HINDMOST. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Mihi  est  amicus;  tibi  sunt  plurimi  amici.  2.  Magni 
pedes  sunt  meo  fratri  sed  caput  parvum.  3.  Erit  consiili 
magnus  exercitus.  4.  Imperatori  fuerunt  milites  multi  et^ 
fortes.  5.  Virtus  est  viro  honori.  6.  Dixit  haec  sTbi  esse 
curae.  7.  Quinque  cohortes  castris  praesidio  rellquit.  8.  Le- 
gato ^  imperavit  lit  quinque  cohortes  castris  praesidio  relin- 
queret.^  9.  Magno  iisui  nostris  fuit.  10.  Nam  equTtatui/ 
quem^  auxilio  Caesari  Aedui  miserant^  Dumnorix  praeerat. 
11.  Gallis  magno  ad  pugnam^  eraf^  impedimento,  quod  non 
satis  commode  pugnare  poterant.  12.  Boii  et  Tulingi,  qui 
hominum  milibus^  circTter  quindecim  agmen  hostium  claude- 
bant  et  novissimis^  praesidio  erant,  ex  itinere^^  nostros  circum- 
venere.^^  13.  His  rebus^^  cognitis  Caesar  Gallorum  animos 
verbis  ^^  confirmavit  poUicitusque  est  sibi  eam  rem  curae  fiitu- 
ram.^^  14.  xiriovistus  dixit  amicTtiam  populi  Eomani  sibi 
ornamento  et  praesidio  non  detrimento  esse^^  oportere.-^® 

Write  in  Latin. 

1.  My  friend  has  four  sons.  2.  The  lieutenant  had  many 
soldiers.  3.  He  will  leave  two  legions  as  a  protection  to  the 
camp.  4.  The  cavalry^  which  the  lieutenant  sent,  was  a  great 
protection  to  the  rear.     5.  It  was  a  great  hindrance  to  us  in 


118  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

battle  that  we  could  ^"^  not  figlit  with  sufficient  ease.  6.  He 
will  order  the  lieutenant ^  to  send^^  soldiers  as  a  relief  to  our 
men.  7.  He  ordered  the  lieutenant  to  send  soldiers  as  a  relief 
to  our  men.  8.  The  consul  ought ^^  to  send  soldiers  as  a 
relief  to  us. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  VI.,  Note  5.  2  ggg  132. 

3  Why  is  the  Subjunctive  used  ?  {136)   Why  the  Imperfect  Tense  ?  (i3^) 
What  question  does  ut  —  relinqu^ret  answer  ?  {186) 

4  See  67, 

s  quern  ;  why  is  the  Masculine  Singular  used  ?    Why  the  Accusative  ? 
6  ad  pugnam,  in  battle. 

■^  The  subject  of  Srat  is  the  substantive  clause  quod  —  pbterant. 
^  Is  milibus  used  as  a  noun  or  as  an  adjective  ?  {108)]  see  also  54* 
9  nSvissimis,  to  the  hindmost ;  lit.,  to  the  newest. 

10  ex  itinere,  on  the  march. 

11  What  is  the  other  ending  of  the  Perfect  Indicative  Active  3d  Plural  ? 

12  See  122.  13  See  S4. 
1*  Sc.  ess6.                                                  15  See  129. 

16  See  128  and  Ex.  8.  17  See  Ln.  XXVIII. ,  Ex.  2. 

1^  See  136. 


LESSON   LXXV. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  IN  CONSECUTIVE  CLAUSES. 

139.  Subjunctive  of  Hesiilt.  A.  &  G.  65,  1,  6,  2  ;  70,  4,  a  : 
A.  &  S.  262,  Rem.  3 ;  264,  1,  6,  7  :  B.  296,  Rule  LIX.  ;  297,  Rule 
LX.;  301,  Rule  LXIL:  B.  &  M.  1218- 1220:  G.  553-558;  551, 
1,  2  :   H.  489  ;  495,  2  ;  498 ;  500. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Tantus  timor  exercXtum  occtipavit  ut  omnium  mentes 
perturbaret,  such  fear  seized  the  army  that  it  dIoTURBED 
the  minds  of  all. 


rmST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  119 

2.  Dixit  non  se  tain  barbarum  essS  iit  non  sciret,  he  said  he 

was  not  so  uncivilized  as  not  to  know. 

3.  Fiebat  iit  minus  late  vagarentur,  it  happened  THAT  THEY 

ROAMED  ABOUT  less  extensively. 

4.  Retineri  non  poterant  quin  tela  conjicSrent,  they  could  not 

he  prevented  from  hurling  weapons. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Milites  numero^  tarn  multi  erant,  iit  agmini^  novissimo 
magno  praesidio^  essent.^  2.  His  rebus*  fiebat^  ut  et  minus 
late  vagarentur  et  minus  ^cile  f  Tnitimis  bellum  inferre  possent. 

3.  Ariovistus  dixit  non  se  tarn  barbarum  esse^  iit  non  scTret 
bello^  Allobrogum  proximo  Aeduos  Eomanis  auxilium  non 
tulisse.  4.  Tantus  siibito  timor  omnem  exercTtum  occiipavit, 
lit  non  mediocriter  omnium  mentes*^  amimosque  perturbaret. 
5.  Mons  autem  altissimus  impendebat^  iit^  fticTle  perpauci 
prohibere  possent.  6.  Divico  respondit :  Ita^  Helvetios  a 
majoribus  suis  institutos  esse/^  liti  obsides  accipere^  non  dare, 
consuerint.^^  7.  Ita  dies^^  circiter  quindecim  iter  fecerunt, 
liti  inter  novissimum  hostium  agmen  et  nostrum  primum^^  sex 
milia  passuum  interessent.  8.  Ipse  autem  Ariovistus  tantos 
sTbi^*  spiritus,  tantam  arrogantiam  sumpserat,  iit  ferendus^^ 
non  videretur.  9.  Germani  retineri  non  poterant  quiii  in 
nostros  tela  conjicerent. 

Write  in  ILatin. 

1.  Such  fear  seized  the  men  that  they  all  fled.  2.  Such  fear 
seizes  the  men  that  they  all  flee.  3.  We  are  so  many  in  num- 
ber i  that  we  can  easily  keep  their ^^  army  from  the  march.^^^ 

4.  For  these  reasons*  it  happened  that  they  easily  kept  our 
army  from  the  march.i^  5.  For  these  reasons  it  happens  that 
they  make  war  upon  their  neighbors.  6.  They  marched  in 
such  a  manner  that  four  miles  intervened  between  their  rear 
and   our  van.^^       7.    This   man  assumes  ^^    such  lofty  airs 


120  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

that  he  does  not  seem  endurable.^^  8.  The  lieutenant  as- 
sumed such  lofty  airs  that  he  did  not  seem  endurable.^^ 
9.  The  Komans  could  not  be  prevented  from  making  ^^  war 
upon  their  neighbors. 

Notes  and  Questions. 
1  See  124.  2  See  138. 

3  Why  the  Imperfect  ?  (135) 

4  Ms  rebus, /or  these  reasons;  see  79, 

6  What  is  the  subject  of  fiebat  ?  ^  gge  111. 

^  How  do  mens  and  animus  differ  in  signification  ?    See  Gen.  Vy. 

8  iit,  so  that.  ^  ita  modifies  institutes  essS. 

10  institutes  essS  is  object  of  respondit.  {52) 

11  See  A.  &  G.  30,  6,  a  :   A.  &  S.  162,  7 :   B.  95,  d  :   B.  &  M.  315:   G. 
151, 1 :    H.  234. 

12  See  93.  13  primum,  so.  agmen  ;  render  van. 
1*  See  39. 

15  fgrendus,  endurable  ;  lit.  {one)  to  he  endured. 

16  See  Ln.  XLIII.,  Note  6.  i^  See  Ln.  LVIII.,  Note  2. 
18  See  Example  4.  i^  to  assume^  sibi  sumSre. 


LESSON   LXXVI. 

USE  OF  THE  GENITIVE. 

140.  Genitive  with  Adjectives.  A.  &  G.  50,  3,  b  :  A.  &  S. 
213 :   B.  234,  Rule  XXIII.:   B.  &  M.  765.-    G.  373  :   H.  399. 

141.  Genitive  in  :Predicate.  A.  &  G.  50,  1,  c :  A.  &  S. 
211,  Rem.  8,  (1)-  (3)  :  B.  230,  Rem.  1 :  B.  &  M.  780:  G.  365 : 
H.  401. 

142.  Genitive  with  certain  Verbs.     A.  &  G.  50,  4,  a  :   A.  & 

S.  216 :  B.  235,  Rule  XXI Y.:  B.  &  M.  788:  G.  375 :  H.  406,  II. 

EXAMPLES. 
1.    Qui  rei  (140)  militaris  peritissimus  habebatur,  ivho  was 
considered  very  skilful  in  military  science. 


EIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  121 

2.  Bellandi  {140)  cupidi,  desirous  of  carrying  on  war. 

3.  Judicium  imperatoris  {14=1)  est,   the  decision  is   THE   gen- 

eral's ;   or,    belongs  to  the  general. 

4.  Gallia  est  popiili  (141)  Romani,  Gaul  belongs  TO  the  Ronuin 

people. 

5.  Reminiseatur  pristinae  virtutis  (142)  Helvetiorum,  let  him 

recollect  the  former  valor  of  the  Helvetii. 

6.  Veteris  contiimeliae  (142)  oblivisci  vult,  he  is  willing  to 

forget  the  old  insult. 

Analyze  and  parse* 

1.  Legatus  belli  peritus^  liabetur.  2.  Legatns  nititur  iit 
belli  peritus  f  lat.^  8.  Nitebatur  tit  rei  militaris  peritissimus 
fieret.^  4.  Publius  Considius^  qui  rei  militaris  peritissimus 
habebatur  et^  in  exercitu  Luci  Sullae  et  postea  in  Marci  Crassi* 
fuerat^  ctim  exploratoribus  praemittitur.  5.  Ariovistus  dixit 
se  n5n  tarn  impentum  esse  rerum^  ut  non  sclret^  Aeduos  aux- 
ilio"^  populi  Eomani  non  usos  esse.^  6.  MilTtes  hortabor,  ut 
gloriae  semper  memores  sint.  7.  Nos  monuit  ut  virtutis 
semper  memores  essemus.  8.  Qua  de  causa^  homines  bel- 
landi ^^  cupidi  magno  dolore  afficiebantur.  9.  Dlcit  ipsum 
esse  Dumnorigem  cupidum  no  varum  rerum.  10.  Dicunt  de 
summa  belli ^^  judicium  imperatoris  esse^^  g^  existimavisse.^2 
11.  Neque  jiidicat  Galliam  potius  esse  Ariovisti  quam  popiili 
Eomani.  12.  Militum  est  fortiter  pugnare ;  ^^  imperatoris  est 
imperare.  13.  Divico  Caesarem  hortatur  tit  remmiscatur  et^* 
veteris  incommodi  populi  Eomani  et  pristinae  virtutis  Helve- 
tiorum. 14.  Caesar  recentium  injuriarum  oblivisci  non  vult.^^ 
15.  Omnis  contumeliae  obliviscamur. 

Write  in  Latin. 

1.  I  am  not  considered  very  skilful  in  war.^^  2.  I  sliall 
strive  to  become^  skilful  in  war.  3.  This  lieutenant,  who 
had  been  in  Sulla's  army  and  afterwards  in  Caesar's  and  was 


122  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

considered  skilful  in  battle^  was  sent  forward  with  soldiers. 

4.  These    soldiers   are  very  desirous  of  carrying   on  war.^^ 

5.  The  decision  concerning  the  general  managements^  of  affairs 
belongs s-"  to  the  consul.  6.  This  house  is  Caesar^s.  7.  We 
ought  to  forget  insults.^^     8.  Let  us  forget  all  wrongs. 

Notes  and  Questions. 
1  See  64,  2  See  126  and  136. 

8  Why  Imperfect  ?   {135) 

4  in  Marci  Crassi,  sc.  exercitu  ;  translate,  in  that  of  Marcus  Crassus. 

^  et  connects  habebatur  and  faerat.        ^  See  139  and  Example  2. 

7  See  104,  8  USDS  essS  depends  upon  sciret. 

9  qua  de  causa,  for  this  reason. 

1*^  bellandi  is  a  Gerund  ;  parse  it  like  a  noun. 

11  de  summa  belli,  concerning  tlie  general  management  of  the  war. 

12  esse  depends  upon  existimavisse  ;  existimavisse  upon  dicunt. 

13  See  129,  i*  See  Ln.  LXL,  Note  3. 
15  See  125,                                                   16  See  140, 

17  See  Ex.  3.  is  See  142. 


5^^' 


LESSON   LXXVII. 

CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES. 

14.3.  A.  &  G.  59,  1,  a,  5,  2,  a  -  c  :  A.  &  S.  261,  1,  2  :  B.  305,  a, 
1-3;  306,  Rule  LXVL:  B.  &  M.  1259-1208:  G.  590;  591; 
596-599:    H.  503  ;  507  -  510. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Si  vincit,  laetatur,  if  he  is  conquering,  he  is  rejoicing. 

2.  Si  vincet,  laetabitur,  if  he  conquers  (shall  conquer),  he  will 
I  rejoice. 

I  3.   Si  vTcerit,  laetabitur,  if  he  conquers  (shall  have  conquered),  he 
ivill  rejoice. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  123 

4.  Si  vincat,  laetetur,  if  he  should  conquer,  he  would  rejoice. 

5.  Si  vinceret,  laetaretur,  if  he   were  conquering^  he  would  he 
rejoicing. 

6.  Si  vicisset,  laetatus  esset,  if  he  had  conquered^  he  would  Juive 
^  rejoiced. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Si  pugnatj  vincit.  2.  Si  pugnabit,  vincet.  3.  Si  pugna- 
verit^  vincet.  4.  Si  pugnet^  vincat.  5.  Si  pugnaret,  vinceret. 
6.  Si  pugnavisset^  vicisset.  7.  Si  Helvetii  Allobrogibus^ 
satisfacient,  cum  iis  pacem  faciam.  8.  Si  Helvetii  Allobro- 
gibus  satisfaciant^  cum  iis  pacem  faciam.  9.  Caesar  dicit  si 
Helvetii  Allobrogibus  satisfaciant^  sese  cum  iis  pacem  esse 
factiirum.^  10.  Si  quid^  vultis/^  revertimini.^  11.  Si  pacem 
jjopulus  Romanus  cum  Helvetiis  faciet^  in  earn  partem  ibunt^^ 
Helvetii  iibi  eos  esse  volueris.^  12.  Sin  bello^  persequi"^  per- 
se verabis^^  remmiscere^  et  veteris  incommodi^  populi  Eomani 
et  pristinae  virtutis  Helvetiorum.  13.  Si  veteris  contumeliae 
oblivisci  vellem,^^  num^^  etiam  recentium  injuriarum  memo- 
riam  depdnere"^  possem?  14.  Si  id  fiet,  provinciae^^  pericu- 
losum  erit.  15.  Caesar  dicit  si  nemo^^  sequatur,  se  cum  sola 
decima  legione  itiirum  esse.^^ 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  If  he  is  satisfying  the  Aedui/  he  is  rejoicing.  2.  If  he 
satisfies  the  Aedui,  he  will  rejoice.  3.  If  he  should  satisfy 
the  Aedui,  he  would  rejoice.  4.  If  he  were  satisfying  the 
Aedui,  he  would  be  rejoicing.  5.  If  he  had  satisfied  the  Aedui, 
he  would  have  rejoiced.  6.  If  you  wish  anything,^  aslc.  7.  If 
they  make  peace  with  us,  we  shall  go  into  that  part  wliere  they 
wish^  us  to  be.  8.  But  if  they  persist  in  pursuing^  us  with 
war/  let  them  recall  to  mind^^  our  former  valor.^  9.  If  we 
were  willing  to  forget  the  old  misfortune,  could  we  also  get 
rid  of  the  remembrance  of  recent  insults  ? 


124  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  132,  2  essS  factumm  =  facturum  essS. 

8  See  116  and  Ex.  6.  *  See  47. 

6  What  does  the  Future  Perfect  Tense  denote  ?  {42) 
6  See  54,  "^  See  69, 

8  persSqui  persevere,  I  persist  in  pursuing. 

9  See  14;?.  ^^  See  l;?5. 

11  See  126, 

12  What  answer  is  implied  ?    See  Ln.  LXL,  Note  1. 

13  See  86, 

1*  The  Genitive  and  Ablative  of  nemo  are  rare  :  these  cases  are  supplied 
by  nullius  and  nuUo  (from  nuUus,  24). 
15  See  134. 


LESSON   LXXVIII. 

USE  OF  THE  ABLATIVE. 

14:4.   Ablative  depressing  Measure  {Degree)  of  inference, 

A.  &  G.  54,  6,e:    A.  &  S.  256,  Rem.  16  :    B.  262,  Rule  XLVII.  : 

B.  &  M.  929:    G.  400  :   H.  418. 

144,  a.  Ablative  of  Quality,  A.  &  G.  54,  7,  a  :  A.  &  S.  211, 
Rem.  6  :  B.  263,  Rule  XLVIII.:  B.  &  M.  888:  G.  402 :  H.  428. 
This  is  called  sometimes  the  Ablative  of  Characteristic,  sometimes  tJie 
Descriptive  Ablative. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Alterum  iter  multo  {144)  expeditius  erat,  the  other  route 

ivas  MUCH  more  passable, 

2.  Maturius  paulo  {144)  domum  contendit,  he  hastens  home  A 

LITTLE  sooner. 

3.  Ipsum  Dumnorigem,  summa  audacia  {144,  a),   Dumnorix 

himself,  (a  man)  of  the  greatest  boldness. 

4.  Summa   humianitate   {144,  a)  adolescens,  a  youth  OF  THE 

HIGHEST   CULTURE. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  125 


Analyze  and  parse. 


1.  Caesar  multo  gravius  queritiir.^  2.  Multo  major  aiacri- 
tas  exercitui^  injecta  est.  3.  Alteram  iter  per  provinciam 
nostram  erat,  multo  facilius  atque  expeditius,  propterea  quod 
inter  fines  Helvetiorum  et  AUobrogum^  qui  nuper  pacati  erant, 
Ehodanus  fluit.  4.  Caesar  una  aestate^  duobus  maximis 
bellis*  confectis  mattirius  paulo,  quam  tempus  anni  postulabat, 
in  hiberna  in^  Sequanos  exercitum  deduxit.  5.  Post  ejus 
mortem  nihilo  minas  Helvetii  id^  quod  constituerant/  facere 
conantur^  tit  e  finibus  suis  exeant.''  6.  Eeliquum  spatium 
mons  continet  magna  altitudine^  ita^  tit  radices^  montis  ex 
utraque  parte^  ripae^^  fluminis  contingant.^^  7.  Galli  ingenti 
magnitudine  corporum  Germanos^^^  incredibili  virtuti  atque 
exercitatione  in  armis  esse^^  praedicabant.  8.  Commodissi- 
mum  visum  est^^  Caium  Yalerium  Procillum,  summa  virtu te 
et  hiimanitate  adolescentem^  ad  eum  mittere.  9.  Eeperit 
ipsum  esse  Dumnorigem,  summa  audacia^  magna  apud  plebem 
propter  liberalitatem  gratia^  cupidum^^  rerum^^  no  varum. 


Write  in  tiatin. 

1.  He  censures  the  soldiers  much  more  severely.  2.  He 
censured  me  a  little  more  severely  than  the  remaining  soldiers. 
3.  The  route  through  onr  province  is  much  more  practicable 
than  through  the  territory  of  the  Sequani.  4.  The  lieutenant 
led  his  army  into  winter- quarters  among  ^  the  Aedui  a  little 
sooner  than  the  time  of  year  demanded.  5.  We  shall  none 
the  less  attempt  to  do  that  which  we  have  resolved  (to  do). 
6.  Caius  is  a  youth  of  extraordinary  valor.  7.  We  have  seen 
mountains  of  great  height.  8.  It  seemed^^  most  suitable  to 
send  to  him  Titus,  a  youth  of  extraordinary  practice  in 
arms. 


126  FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

Notes. 

1  See  103.  2  See  67. 

3  See  111*  *  See  122. 

fi  in,  amo7ig.  ^  constituerant,  sc.  facSre. 

■^  tit  —  exeant  is  an  appositive  to  id  ;  for  the  mood,  see  1S9  ;  translate, 
to  go  forth, 

8  See  34.  ^  ex  utraque  parte,  on  each  side. 

10  See  32.  "  See  139. 

12  See  S3.  13  See  52, 

14  What  is  the  subject  of  visum  est  ?  (129) 

15  See  64.  16  See  140. 


LESSON    LXXIX. 

CONCESSIVE  CLAUSES. 

143.  A.  &  G.  61,  2  :  A.  &  S.  263,  2  :  B.  292,  ^,  Rule  LVI.  ; 
303,  d,  Rule  LXIV.:  B.  &  M.  1281-1284:  G.  605-609:  H. 
514;  515,  L-IIL 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Quum  pugnatum  sit,  although  they  fought ;  lit.,  it  was  fought. 

2.  Licet  victoria  glorietur,  although  he  glories  in  victory. 

3.  Quamvis  carebat  nomine,  although  he  was  without  the  name. 

4.  Etsi  videbat,  tamen  non  piitabat,  although  he  saw,  yet  he  did 

not  think. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Quum  fortiter  pugnent,  tamen  non  Vincent.  2.  Quum 
Sequani  Eomanis^  satisfecerint,  tamen  legatus  pacem  cum  iis 
non  facit.  3.  Quiim  ea^  ita  sint,  tamen^  si  obsides  ab  iis  sibi 
dentur,^  cum  iis  pacem  ^ciat.^  4.  Nam  hoc  toto  proelio/ 
quum  ab  li5ra  septima  ad  vesperum  pugnatum  sit/  aversum 
hostem  videre  nemo  potuit.  5.  Licet  ^  me  hortetur^  non  pug- 
nabo.     6.  Licet  miles  vulne  rat  us  sit^  tamen  laetatur.     7.  Li- 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  127 

* 

cet  Helvetii  sua  victoria"^  glorientur,  tamen  iter  fticient  non 
per  nostram  proviiiciam.  8.  Erat  digiiitate^  regia,  quamvis 
carebat  nomine.^  9.  Quamvis  sint  sub  aqua^  sub  aqua  male- 
dicere  tentant.  10.  Caesar^  etsi  prope  exacta  jam  aestas  erat, 
tamen  eo^^  exercitum  adduxit.  11.  Nam  etsi  sine  ullo 
perTculo  legionis^^  delectae  cum  equitatu  proelium  fore^^ 
videbat,  tamen  committendum^^  non  putabat.  12.  Ita  dies 
circiter  quindecim  iter  fecerunt,  iiti  inter  novissimum  liostium 
agmen  et  nostrum  primum  non  amplius  quinis^^  aut  seuis 
milibus-^^  passuum  iiiteresset.^^ 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Although  they  fought  bravely,  yet  they  did  not  conquer. 
2.  Although  these  things  are  so,  yet  we  shall  make  peace  Avith 
them.  3.  No  one  fled  in  this  whole  battle,  although  they 
fought  from  the  fifth  hour  till  sunset.  4.  We  cannot  see  the 
mountain,  although  it  is  of  great  height.^  6.  The  lieutenant 
did  not  lead  his  army  into  winter- quarters,  although  the  sum- 
mer was  almost  gone.  6.  He  thinks  that  he  ought  to  begin ^^ 
battle,  although  he  sees  that  it  will  not  be  without  danger  to 
the  legions. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

I  See  132.  ^  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  13. 

8  See  Ln.  LXXYIL,  Ex.  4.  What  is  the  force  of  this  conditional 
clause?   {143) 

4  See  111.  ^  See  Ex.  1. 

6  licet  is  properly  an  Impersonal  Verb  {128\  Present  Tense,  with  ilt 
(that)  omitted  ;  hence  it  is  followed  only  by  the  Present  and  Perfect  Sub- 
junctive. {135)    What  is  the  literal  translation  ? 

7  See  79.  ^  See  144,  a. 

9  See  Ex.  3.  i"^  e6,  thither. 

II  A.  &  G.  50,  3 :  A.  &  S.  211,  Kem.  2,  last  part:  B.  233,  Rule  XXII.: 
B.  &  M.  746:    G.  361,  2  :    H.  396,  II. 

12  fore  =  fiiturum  esse.   {62) 

13  committendum,  sc.  esse  ;  see  130. 
1*  quinis,  etc.,  than  Jive,  etc.  each  day. 

15  See  133,  ^^  See  139. 


128  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

LESSON   LXXX. 

USE   OF  THE  ABLATIVE  {continued), 

146.  Ablative  of  JPrice.  A.  &  G.  54,  8  :  A.  &  S.  252  :  B.  258, 
Rule  XLIIL,  c :  B.&M,  884:  G.  404 :  H.  416.  This  answers 
such  questions  as  Foi'  how  much  ?     At  what  price  ? 

147.  Ablative  of  IHstance.  A.  &  G.  55,  2,  &  :  A.  &  S.  236  : 
B.  262,  Rule  XLYII.  :  B.  &  M.  958:  G.  335,  Remark  I  :  H. 
378,  2.     This  answers  the  question,  How  far  ? 

148.  Ablative  tvitU  Adjectives.  A.  &  G.  54,  3,  a  :  A.  &  S. 
244:  B.  261,  Rule  XLYL,  a  :  B.  &  M.  919:  G.  373,  Remarks 
1-4:   H.  419,  IV. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Domum  duobus  talentis  {146)  emit,  he  bought  a  house  FOR 

TWO   TALENTS. 

2.  Oppidum  parvo  pretio  {14=6)  vendidit,  he  sold  the  town  AT  A 

SMALL   PRICE. 

3.  Milibus  (147)  passuum  quattuor  et  viginti  absunt,  they  are 

TWENTY-FOUR   MILES    distant, 

4.  Dignus  est  majoribus  {148),  he  is  worthy  OF  (his)  ancestors. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Hic^  mercede  pueros  et  puellas  docet.  2.  VigintT  ta- 
lentis unam  orationem  Isocrates  vendidit.  3.  Vendidit  hie 
auro  patriam.  4.  Victoria  nobis ^  multo  sanguine  stetit.^ 
5.  Vereor  ne  victoria  iis  multo  sanguine  stet.^  6.  Quum  Eo- 
mani   vicerint,^    tamen   victoria   iis   multo    sanguine    stetit. 

7.  Septimo  die  ab  exploratoribus  certior  factus^  est  Ariovisti 
copias"^  a  nostris^  milibus  passuum  quattuor  et  viginti  abesse.^ 

8.  Hie  locus  aequo  fere  spatio  ab  castris  Ariovisti  et  Caesaris 
aberat.  9.  Legionem  Caesar^  quam  equis^^  devexerat^  passi- 
bus   ducentis   ab   eo  tiimulo  constituit.      10.    Item  equites 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  129 

Ariovisti  pari  intervallo  constiterunt.^^  11.  Eodem  die  castra 
promovit  et  mllibus  passuum  sex  a  Caesaris  castris  sub  monte 
consedit.  12.  Hi  pueri  patribus  indigni  sunt.  13.  Hie  im- 
perator  immortalitate  dignus  est.  14.  Licet ^^  In  milites 
fortissimi  sint,  tamen  majoribus  indigni  sunt.  15.  Puerum 
hortemur  iit  majoribus  dignus  sit.^^  16.  Nulla  vox  est  ab  iis 
audita  populi  Eomani  majestate  et  superioribus  victoriis  in- 
digna. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  This  man^  will  teach  for  wages.  2.  I  shall  sell  my 
house  at  a  small  price.  3.  He  is  by  no  means  rich^  although 
he  sells ^  houses  at  a  large  price.  4.  I  fear  that  I  shall  not 
sell^  mj  house  at  a  large  price.  5.  We  are  about  fifteen  miles 
from  the  city.  6.  We  shall  station  the  third  legion  three 
hundred  paces  from  the  hill.  7.  He  will  station  his  cavalry  at 
nearly  an  equal  distance  from  the  same  place.  8.  We  shall 
move  forward  our  camp  on  the  same  day,  and  encamp  at  the 
foot  of  a  mountain  ten  miles  from  Geneva.  9.  I  fear  that 
these  girls  are  not  worthy  of  their  mother.  10.  Let  us  urge 
the  soldiers  to  be^^  worthy  of  their  country. 


Notes. 

1  See  Ln.  LYIII.,  Note  13.  2  gee  39. 

s  See  Gen.  Vy.  under  st8.  *  See  Ln.  XLVL,  Note  5. 

5  See  145.  ^  See  Ln.  LXVIIL,  Ex.  2. 

7  See  S3.  ^  So.  cdpiis. 

9  abessS  depends  upon  the  idea  of  saying  contained  in  ab  —  factus  eat, 
he  was  informed  by  scouts  thaty  etc.,  i.  e.  who  said  that,  etc. 
10  equis,  on  horseback  ;  see  S4.  ^^  See  consistS,  Gen.  Vy. 

12  See  Ln.  LXXIX.,  Note  6.  ^^  See  136, 


130  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

LESSON   LXXXI. 
CAUSAL  CLAUSES. 

149.  A.  &  G.  62,  2,  e  ;  63,  1  -  4  :  A.  &  S.  263,  5  ;  264,  8  ; 
266,  3:  B.  302,  Eule  LXIII.:  B.  &  M.  1250;  1251;  1255: 
G.  538  -  541 ;  58T;  636  :  H.  518,  L,  IL  ;  519,  1  ;  520,  L,  II. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Quiiin  impetus  sustinere  non  possent,  alteri  se  in  montem 

receperunt,  since  they  could  not  withstand  the  attacks,  one 
party  withdrew  upon  the  mountain. 

2.  Caesar  injuriam  faciebat  qui  vectigalia  deteriSra  faceret, 

Caesar  loas  doing  wrong  because  he  was  making  the  revenues 
decrease. 

3.  Aedui  questi  sunt  quod  Harudes  fines  eorum  popiilaren- 

tur,  the  Aedui  complained  because  (as  they  said)  the  Harudes 
were  laying  waste  their  territory. 

4.  Quod  a  Bibracte  SbSrat,  rei  frCinientariae  prospiciendum 

existimavit,  because  he  was  distant  from  Bibracte,  he  thought 
that  he  must  look  out  for  supplies. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Perfacile  est,  quiim  virtute^  omnibus  praestetis,  totius 
Galliae  imperio^  potiri.^  2.  Orgetorix  dixit  perfacile  esse, 
quurn  virtute  ommbus  praestarent,  totius  Galliae  imperio 
potiri.  3.  Quum  magna  ex  parte*  eorum  precibus^  adductus 
bellum  susceperit,  queritur.  4.  Caesari  quiim  id  nunciatum 
esset,  matiirat  ab  urbe  proficisci.  5.  Diiitius^  quum  nos- 
trorum'^  impetus  sustinere  non  possent,  alteri  se,  tit  coeperant,^ 
in  montem  receperunt,  alteri  ad  impedimenta  et  carros  suos  se 
contulerunt.  6.  In  fines  Lingonum  die  quarto  pervenerunt 
quum  propter  vulnera  milTtum  nostri  triduum  morati  eos 
sequi  non  potuissent.     7.  Ariovistus  dixit  magnam  Caesarem 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  131 

injuriam  facere  qui  suo  adventu  vectlgalia  deteriora^  ftlcSret. 
8.  Graviter  eos  accusat  quod  ab  iis  non  sublevetur.  9.  Mul- 
to^^  etiam  gravius  quod  sit  destitutus  queritur.  10.  Propter 
frlgora^  quod  Gallia  sub  septemtrionibus  posTta  est/^  frumeuta 
m  agris  matura  non  erant.  11.  Eo  autem  frumento,^  quod^^ 
flumine  Arare  navibus^^  subvexerat,  propterea  minus  uti^* 
poterat^  quod  iter  ab  Arare  Helvetii  averterant^  a  quibus  disce- 
dere  nolebat.^^  12.  Quod  a  Bibracte^  oppido  Aeduorum 
longe  maximo  et  copiosissimo^  non  amplius  milibus^^  passuum 
octodecim  aberat,  rei  frumentariae  prospiciendum  ^^  existima- 
vit :  iter  ab  Helvetiis  avertit  ac  Bibracte^^  Ire  contendit. 

Write  in  Liatin. 

1.  Since  we  excel  the  Romans  in  valor,  it  will  be  very  easy 
to  get  possession  of  their  government.  2.  Since  they  fight 
more  bravely  than  the  Gauls  ^^  they  will  easily  conquer.  3.  We 
are  fleeing,  since  we  cannot  longer  withstand  their  attacks. 
4.  Since  they  cannot  longer  withstand  the  attack  of  the  enemy, 
one  party  withdraws  upon  a  mountain,  the  other  betakes  itself 
to  the  baggage.  5.  He  complained  because  (as  he  said)  he 
could  not  use  the  corn.  6.  He  complains  because  (as  he 
says)  he  has  sold  his  house  at  a  small  price.^^  7.  Because 
Germany  is  placed  towards  the  north  the  cold  there  is  great. 
8.  We  shall  march  through  Geneva  at  sunset/^  because  we 
are  not  more  than  twenty  miles  distant. 

Notes  and  Quesiions. 

1  See  124,  2  See  104. 

3  See  129,  *  magna  ex  parte,  in  great  part. 

5  See  79,  ^  Dititius  modifies  sustinfire. 

7  The  Possessive  Pronouns,  like  the  Demonstrative,  are  often  used  sQb- 
stantively.     See  Ln.  LYIIL,  Notes  1  and  13. 


8  What  kind  of  a  verb  is  coepgrant  ?   {127)  '  "    TTj.  -^^^^ 

9  See  Example  2.  ^'  See  144,  tHT  ^"^ 


132                           FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

11  Of  what  does  quod  —  posita  est  express  the  cause  ? 

12  See  115  and  34.  i^  See  54, 
1*  See  69,  1^  See  125, 

16  See  133,  i^  See  Example  4. 

18  See  105,  19  rA«?i  j5Ae  (?az^Z5,  quam  Galli. 

2^  See  146,  21  See  m. 


LESSON   LXXXII. 

TEMPORAL  CLAUSES. 

150.  A.  &  G.  62,  2,  6  -  rZ :  A.  &  S.  263,  3-5,  Rem.  2 :  B.  292, 
d,  1-3,  Rule  LVI.;  304,  1-3,  Rule  LXV.  :  B.  &  M.  12S7 ; 
1288;  1241;  1244:  G.  570;  571;  574;  576;  579;  580;  581: 
H.  518,  II.,  1 ;  522,  L,  II. ;  523,  L,  IL 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Quum    legati    mitterentur,    Ariovistus    postiilavit,    when 

ambassadors  icere  sent,  Ariovistus  demanded. 

2.  Priusquam  quidquam  conaretur  Divitiacum  vocat,i  before 

he  attempted  anything  he  summoned  Divitiacus. 

3.  Dum   haec   geruntur   Caesari   nunciatum   est,  while   these 

things  were  taking  place  it  was  reported  to  Caesar. 

4.  N5n  exspectanduni  sibi  statuit  dum  pervenirent,  he  decided 

that  he  ought  not  to  wait  until  they  should  arrive. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Diu  quum  esset  pugnatum,  impedlmentis  castrisque^ 
nostri^  potiti  sunt.  2.  Quum  tiidui  viam*  processisset^  nun- 
ciatum est^  ei  Ariovistum  cum  suis  omnibus  c5piis  contendere. 
3.  Hie  pagus  unus^  quum  domo^  exisset  patrum  nostrorum 
memoria/  Lucium  Cassium  consulem  interfecerat  et  ejus  exer- 
citum  sub  jugum  miserat.  4.  Quum^^  hostium  acies  a  smis- 
tro  cornu^  pulsa^  atque  in  fugam  conversa  esset^  a  dextro 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  133 

cornu  veliementer  multitudine  suorum?  nostram  flciem  premc- 
bant.  5.  Itaque  priusquam  quidquam  conaretur  Divitiacum 
ad  se  vocari  jiibet.^  6.  Postquam  id  aiiimum  advertit  copias 
suas  Caesar  in  proxTmum  collem  subducit.  7.  Eo  postquam 
Caesar  pervenit  obsides^  anna,  servos  ^^  poposcit.  8.  Dum 
haec  in  colloquio  geruntur,^^  Caesari  nunciatum  est^  equites 
Ariovisti  lapides  telaque^'^  in  nostros  conjicere.  9.  TSmen,  fit 
spatium  intercedere  posset/^  dum  milites,  quos  imperaverat, 
convemrent,  legatis  respondit  diem  se  ad  deliberandum^* 
sumpturum.^^  10.  Quibus^^  rebus  adductus  Caesar  non  ex- 
spectandum^'''  sibi  statuit,  dum,  omnibus  fortunis^^  sociorum 
consumptis,  in  Santonos  Helvetii  pervemrent. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  When  ambassadors  were  sent  to  Caesar,  he  demanded 
corn  of  them.^^  2.  When  they  had  proceeded  a  three  days' 
march/  they  pitched  (their)  camp.  3.  Before  they  attempted 
to  set  out  they  summoned  a  council.  4.  After  the  general 
arrived  in  the  territory  of  the  Aedui  he  demanded  corn,  wagons, 
and^^  horses.  5.  Although  we  had  routed  the  enemy's  hne 
on  the  right  wing,  on  the  left  he  was  pressing  furiously  npon 
us.     6.  While  the  troops   are   assembling  we  are  waiting. 

7.  We   shall  remain  in  the  city  until  the  troops  assemble. 

8.  Influenced  by  these^^  affairs,  we  decided  that  we  ought" 
not  to  wait  until  the  enemy  should  lay  waste  our  fields. 


Notes. 

1  See  A.  &  G.  58,  2,  d'.   A.  &  S.  145,  L,  3:    B.  58:   B.  &  M.  1082: 
G.  220:    H.  467,  III. 

2  See  Ln.  XXIII.,  Note  2.  »  See  Ln.  LXXXI.,  Note  7. 
*  See  109, 

5  What  is  the  subject  of  nunciatum  est  ?  {129) 

6  See  107,  ^  See  111. 

8  a  sinistro  cornu,  on  the  left  wing,     ®  pulsa,  sc.  esset. 


134  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

10  "When  several  nouns  follow  each  other  in  the  same  construction,  the 
Latin  language  either  omits  the  conjunction  altogether,  or  repeats  it :  e.  g. 
either  obsides,  arma,  servos  ;  or  obsides  et  arma  et  servos  ;  isot  obsides, 
arma  et  servos. 

11  A.  &  G.  58,  2,  e:  A.  &  S.  359,  (1.),  (c):  G.  2^0,  Remark: 
H.  467,  4. 

12  An  enclitic  throws  its  accent  back  upon  the  final  syllable  of  the  word 
to  which  it  is  attached  :  telSque. 

13  See  136,  i^  ad  deliberandum,  for  deliberating. 

15  sumpturum,  sc.  esse. 

16  The  Latin  often  employs  a  relative  where  the  English  prefers  a  demon- 
strative :  quae  res,  these  affairs. 

17  exspectandum,  sc.  ess6.    See  130  and  131 

18  See  122.  19  See  71  and  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2. 
20  See  14S. 

LESSON   LXXXIII. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  IN  INDIRECT  QUESTIONS. 

ISl*  The  Indirect  Question.  A.  &  G.  67,  2  and  Remark  : 
A.  &  S.  265  and  Note  2  :  B.  294,  a,  Rule  LVII.:  B.  &  M.  1182: 
G.  454 ;  469 :  H.  524 ;  525. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Quid  sui  consilii  sit  ostendit,  he  shows  what  his  plan  is. 

2.  Causa  quae  esset  quaesiit,  he  asked  what  the  cause  was. 

3.  Ariovisto  mirum  visum  est  quid  in  Gallia  CaesSri  negotii 

esset,  Ariovisttis  wondered  what  business  Caesar  Imd  in  Gaul. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Qualis  esset  natiira  montis,  qui^  cognoseerent^^  misit. 

2.  Dlcit   intelligere   sese   quanto   id   cum    periculo    fecerit. 

3.  Ex  quo  judicari  potest/  quantum  habeat  in  se  boni^  con- 
stantia.  4.  Dumnorigi  custodes  ponit/  ui,  quae  agat^  quibus- 
cum^  loquatur^  scire  possit.  5.  Ariovistus  dixit  sibi  mirum 
Tideri/  quid  in  sua  Gallia,  quam  bello^  vicisset/  aut  Caesari^^ 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  135 

aut  ornnmo  popiilo  Eomano^^  negoti^  esset.  6.  riuinen  est 
Arar^  quod  per  fines  Aeduorum  et  Sequanorum  m  Eliodunum 
influit  incredibili  lenitate^  ita  tit  oculis,  in  utram  partem  ^^  fluat, 
judicari  non  possit.  7.  Postero  die  castra  ex  eo  loco  movent. 
Idem^^  facit  Caesar^  equitatumque  omnem^  ad  niimerum  quat- 
tuor  milium,  quem  ex  omni  provincia  et  Aeduis  atque  eorum 
sociis  coactum  habebat,^^  praemittit,  qui  videant,^  quas  in 
partes  liostes  iter  faciant.  8.  Caesar  veliementer  eos  incusavit 
quod,  aut  quam  in  partem  aut  quo  consilio^*  ducerentur,^^ 
sibi  quaerendum^^  aut  cdgitandum  piitarent.^'^  9.  Caesar  dixit 
de  quarta  vigilia  se  castra  moturum,  tit  quam  primum  intelli- 
gere  posset,  utriim  aptid  eos  ptidor  atque  officium,  an  timor 
valeret.  10.  Qutim  ex  captivis  quaereret  Caesar,  quam  ob 
rem  Ariovistus  proelio^  non  decertaret,  hanc  reperiebat  cau- 
sam. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Caesar  asked  in  what  direction  the  river  flowed.     2.  We 
shall  send  (men)  to  ascertain^  in  what  direction  the  river  flows. 

3.  It  cannot  be  determined  in  what  direction  the  river  flows. 

4.  Labienus  sent  forward  the  cavalry  to  see  in  what  direction 
the  enemy  had  fled.  '5.  Liscus  censures  them  severely  because 
(as  he  says)  they  think  ^^  they  ought  to  ask^®  in  what  direction 
they  are  to  be  led.  6.  We  shall  break  up  camp  in  the  first 
watch,  that  we  may  be  able  to  know  as  soon  as  possible  whether 
our  soldiers  are  brave  or  cowardly.  7.  We  shall  place  guards 
over  him,^  that  we  may  know  with^  whom  he  speaks.  8.  The 
general  placed  guards  over  the  soldiers,  that  he  might  be  able 
to  ascertain  what  they  were  doing. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  quid  sui  consili,  what  his  plan;  lit.,  whut  of  his  plan.     See  A.  &  G. 
50,  2  :  A.  &  S.  21'^:  B.  2^7,  Rule  XVIL:  B.  k  M.  771:  G.  366;  371. 

II.  31)6/111. 


136  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

2  qui,  sc.  viros  as  antecedent.  ^  See  136  and  Ex.  10. 

4  What  is  the  subject  of  potest  ? 

s  Dumnorigi  —  ponit,  he  places  guards  over  (lit.  for)  Dumnorix, 

6  See  Ln.  LIX.,  Note  1. 

7  sibi  —  videri,  he  wondered;  lit.,  it  seeined  to  him  wonderful;  for  sibi, 
see  39. 

8  bello,  in  war;  see  54, 

9  vicisset,  translate  by  the  Indicative. 

10  See  137, 

11  in  utram  partem,  in  which  direction. 

12  How  does  idem  differ  in  meaning  from  idem  ? 

13  coactum  babebat,  he  had  collected, 

14  See  79,  i^  ducSrentur,  they  were  to  he  led. 
16  quaerendum,  sc.  essS :  see  130*      i"^  See  149  and  Ex.  3. 


LESSON   LXXXIV. 

ORATIO  OBLIQUA.  —  INDIRECT  DISCOURSE. 

152.  A.  &  G.  67,  Eemark,  and  1 :  A.  &  S.  266,  Note,  and  2  : 
B.  316;  317,  Rule  LXXIV.:  B.  &  M.  1295;  1296:  G.  651-653: 
H.  528;  530,1.,  IL  ;  531. 

EXAMPLE. 

Oratio   Recta,   Direct  Dis-  Oratio  Obliqua,  Lidirect  Dis- 

course, course. 

Ob  earn  Ldcfitus  est  Divitidcus :  6b  earn 

rem     ex     cTvitate     profugi     et  rem  se  ex  civitate  profugissc  et 

Romam      veni,      quod      neque  Romam    venisse,    quod    neque 

jurejiirando     neque     obsidibus  jurejurando     neque     obsidibus 

ienebar.  teneretur. 

I  fled  from  Divitiacus  said:  he  fled  from 
the  state  and  came  to  Rome  for  the  state  and  came  to  Rome  for 
this  reason,  because  I  was  re-  this  reason,  because  he  was  re- 
strained neither  by  an  oath  nor  strained  neither  by  an  oath  nor 
by  hostages.  by  hostages. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


137 


Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Divico  respondit :  Ita  Helvetios  a  majoribus  suis  iustt- 
tutos  esse^  uti  obsides  accipere,^  non  dare  consueriiit^ ;  ejus 
rei  populum  Eomanum  esse  testem.  2.  Legati  dixeruut  scse 
habere  quasdam  res^  quas  ex  communi  consensu  ab  eo  pete  re 
vellent.  3.  Locutus  est  pr5  his  Divitiacus  Aeduus  :  Galliae 
totius  factiones  esse  duas :  harum^  alterius*  principatum  te- 
nere  Aeduos^  alterius  Arvernos.  4.  Dixit  horum^  primo  cir- 
citer  milia  quindecim  EAienum  transisse  :  posteaquam  agros 
et  cultum  et  copias^  Gallorum  homines  feri  acbarbari  adamas- 
sent^  tradnctos^  plures:^^  nunc  esse  m  Gallia  ad  centum  et 
vTginti  milium  niimerum.  5.  Dixit  cum  his  Aeduos  eorumque 
clientes  semel  atque  iteriim  armis*^  contendisse;  magnam  cala- 
mitatem  pulsos^  accepisse^  omnem  nobilitatem^  omnem  sena- 
tum^  omnem  equitatum^  amisisse.  6.  Ammadvertit  Caesar 
unos  ex  omnibus  Sequanos  nihil  earum  rerum^  facere,  quas 
ceteri  facerent,  sed  tristes  capite^^  demisso  terram  intueri. 


Notes. 

1  See  69. 

2  See  139  and  Ln.  LXXV.,  Note  11. 

8  See  Ln.  LXXXIIL,  Note  1. 

*  alterius  modifies  factionis  understood. 
5  copias,  wealth. 
7  See  S4. 

9  See  Ln.  LXXXIL,  Note  10. 
11  plus  is  declined  as  follows  : 

■  JV^om.  plus, 
Ge7i.    pluris, 

Sing.  -  Dat.   ■  Pltjr. 

Ace,    plus, 

■  AhL    


6  traductos,  sc.  essS. 
8  See  pello. 
10  See  122. 


M.  andF, 

'  plures, 
pliirium, 
pluribus, 
plures, 

.  pluribus. 


plura, 

plurium, 

pliiribus, 

plura, 

pluribus. 


138 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 


LESSON    LXXXV. 
INDIRECT  DISCOURSE  {continued). 


EXAMPLE. 


Direct  Discourse. 


Si 
pacem  populus  Eomanus  cum 
Helvetiis  iaciet,  in  earn  partem. 
Ihunt  atque  ibi  einint  Helve- 
tii,  iibi  eos  tu  constitu- 
i^ris  atque  esse  volugrts ;  siu 
bello  persequi  perseveraftfs,  re- 
miniscerc  et  veteris  incom- 
mocli  populi  Romani  et  pristmae 
virtutis  Helvetiorum. 


If  the  Roman  people 
sJuill  make  peace  with  the 
Helvetii,  the  Helvetii  will  go 
into  that  part  and  stay  where 
you  sluill  have  determined  and 
wished  that  they  should  be  ; 
but  if  you  sluill  persist  in 
continuing  war,  recollect  the 
old  misfortune  of  the  Roman 
people  and  former  valor  of  the 
Helvetii. 


Indirect  Discourse. 


Is  itd  cum  Caesdre  egit:  Si 
pacem  populus  Romanus  cum 
Helvetiis  facere*,  in  eam  partem 
Ituros  atque  ibi  fUturos  Helve- 
tios,  ubi  eos  Caesar  constitu- 
isset  atque  esse  yolwisset ;  siu 
bello  persequi  perse  veraref,  re- 
minisce refttr  et  veteris  incom- 
modi  populi  Romani  et  pristinae 
virtiitis  Helvetiorum. 

He  treated  with  Caesar  as  fol- 
lows: If  the  Roman  people 
should  make  peace  with  the 
Helvetii,  the  Helvetii  would  go 
into  that  part  and  stay  where 
Caesar  shouldheive  determined 
and  wished  that  they  should  be ; 
but  if  he  should  persist  in  con- 
tinuing war,  let  him  recollect 
the  old  misfortune  of  the  Roman 
people  and  former  valor  of  the 
Helvetii. 


Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Ariovistus  multa^  praedicavit :  Transisse  Ehenum  sese 
non  sua  sponte,^  sed  rogatum^  et  arcessitum^  aGallis;  non 
sine  magna  spe  magnisque  praemiis  domum  propinquosque 
reliquisse  :  sedes  habere^  in  Gallia  ab  ipsis^  concessas^^  obsTdes 
ipsorum^  voluntate'^  datos;    stTpendium  capere^  jure"^  belli, 


PIUST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  139 

quod^  victores  victis^  imponere  consuerint.^^  2.  His  Caesar 
ita  respondit :  Eo^^  sibi  mmiis  dubitatioiiis^^  dari,  quod  eas 
res,  quas  legati  Helvetii  commemorassent,^^  memoria^^  tencret, 
atque  eo^^  gravius  ferre,  quo^^  minus  merito"^  po^uli  Eomani 
accidissent :  qui  si^^  alicujus  injuriae^^  sibi^^  conscius  fuisset, 
non  fuisse  difficile  cavere^^  ;  sed  eo^^  deceptum,^^  quod  neque 
commissum  ^^  a  se  intelligeret,  quare  timeret,  neque  sine  causa 
timendum^^  putaret. 

Noies. 

1  A.  &  G.  47,  4,  5  :  A.  &  S.  *205,  Rem.  7,  (2) :  B.  269:  B.  &  M.  658: 
G.  195,  Remark  2  :   H.  441. 

2  See  79.  8  See  121  and  Exs.  3  and  4. 
4  habere,  capgre,  sc.  se.  ^  ipsis,  sc.  Gallis. 

6  concessas,  from  concede  ;  ipsorum,  their  own. 

7  The  Ablative  of  Cause  often  designates  that  in  accordance  with  which 
anything  is  done  :  jure,  in  accordance  with  the  law, 

8  See  115. 

9  A.  &  G.  47,  3  :  A.  &  S.  205,  Rem.  7:  B.  269:  B.  &  M.  658:  G. 
195,  Remark  1 :  H.  441,  1 ;  this  rule  includes  Participles  and  Pronouns: 
for  the  case  of  victis,  see  67. 

10  See  Ln.  LXXV.,  Note  11.  ^^  eo,/or  this  reason, 

12  See  Ln.  LXXXIIL,  Note  1.  ^^  See  Gen.  Vy.  under  eo. 

iiquisi,  ^/;^(?.  is  See  140. 

16  See  86;  translate,  0^1  his  own  part. 

17  See  129.  ^^  deceptum,  sc.  essS  s6. 

19  commissum,  sc.  essS  aliquid. 

20  timendum,  sc.  sibi  essg,  and  see  130. 

21  See  54. 


LESSON   LXXXVI. 

INDIRECT  DISCOURSE  {continued). 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Caesar  replies :  The  Eomans  have  been  so  trained  up  by 
their    fathers  that  they  do  not  give^  hostages.     2.  He  in- 


140  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

forms  Caesar  (that)  the  Helvetii  are  marching  through  the 
province  because  they  have  no  other  way.  3.  He  says  (that) 
the  Aquitani  are  hemmed  in  by  the  Pyrenees^  which  separate 
Aquitania  from  Spain.  4.  We  shall  say  many^  (things)  : 
(that)  we  did  not  cross  the  Rhone  of  our  own  free  wdll^  but 
because^  we  had  been  invited^  by  the  Sequani ;  we  did  not 
set  out  from  home ^  without  great  rewards;  we  have  among 
the  Helvetii  large  possessions^  granted  to  us  with  their  own^ 
consent;^  we  levied  tribute  on  the  conquered*^  in  accord- 
ance with  the  law^  of  war.  5.  You  said  (that)  you  remem- 
bered those  things  which  the  Sequani  had  called  to  mind; 
that  you  had  been  deceived  for  this  reason/  that^^  you  had 
neither  done  anything  for  which  ^^  you  should  fear^  nor  did  you 
think  (that)  you  ought  to  fear^^  without  a  reason. 

Notes. 
1  See  139.  2  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  1. 

3  See  121  and  Ex.  3.  *  See  107. 

^  their  own,  ipsdrnm.  ^  gee  79, 

7  See  67  and  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  9. 

8  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  7. 

^  for  this  reason,  eo.  i'^  that,  qn5d. 

11 /or  which,  quarS.  12  ggg  ^^q  ^u^  jj^^^ 


LESSON   LXXXVII. 

THE  GERUND. 

153.   The  Gemind.    A.  &  G.  73,  1  :   A.  &  S.  275,  L  :   B.  324 : 
B.  &  M.  1319,'  1321:    G.  426;  427:   H.  559;  560. 

EXAMPLES. 
1.   Hostibus  pugnandi  potestatem  fecit,  he  gave  the  enemy  an 
opportunity  for  fighting. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  141 

2.  Bellandi  cfipidi,  fond  OF  carrying  on  war. 

3.  Diem  ad  deliberandum  sumet,  he  will  take  a  day  for  delib- 

erating. 

4.  Reperiebat  in  quaerendo,  he  found  on  inquiring. 

5.  Stiidium  pugnandi,  a  desire  FOR  fighting. 

Analyze  and  parse.^ 

1.  Qua  de  causa  homines  bellandi^  ciipidi  magno  dolore^ 
afficiebantur.  2.  His  rebus  adducti  et  aactoritate  OrgetorTgis 
permoti,  constituerunt  ea,  quae  ad  proficiscendum  pertTiierent,^ 
comparare.  3.  Caesar  legatis  respondit^  diem  se  ad  deliber- 
andum sumpturum.^  4.  Eeperiebat  m  quaerendo  Caesar  !nT- 
tium  ejus  fugae  factum^  a  Dumnorige  atque  ejus  equitibus. 

5.  Caesar  Divitiacum  consolatus  rogat^  flnem  orandi  facial.^ 

6.  Ariovistus^  quuin  neque  aditum  neque  causam  postiilandi 
justam  haberet,"^  iTberalitate^  senatus  ea  praemia  consecutus 
est.  7.  Caesar  loquendi  finem  facit  seque  ad  suos^  recTpit, 
suisque  imperavit  ne  quod^^  omnino  telum  in  hostes  rejTcerent. 
8.  Multo^^  major  alacritas  studiumque  pugnandi  inajus  exer- 
citui  injectum  est.  9.  Proximo  die  Caesar  aciem  instruxit 
hostibusque^2  pugnandi  potestatem  fecit.^^  10.  Ita  nostri^ 
acriterin  hostes  signo^^  dato  impetum  fecerunt,  tit  spatium 
pila  in  hostes  conjiciendi  non  dSretur.^^ 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  He  says  the  Eomans  were  fond  of  carrying  on  war. 
2.  We  shall  take  ten  days  for  deliberating.  3.  We  shall  ask 
them  to  make«  an  end  of  entreating.  4.  A  much  greater  de- 
sire for  carrying  on  war  was  infused  into  all  of  us.^^  ^  5.  They 
gave  us  an  opportunity  for  strengthening  peace  with  them. 
6.  We  shall  give  them  an  opportunity  for  strengthening  peace 
and  friendship  ^dth  us.  7.  You  will  find  on  inquiring  (that) 
we  do  not  easily  keep  the  enemy  from  our  towns.     8.  Tliey 


142  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

said  you  would  find  on  inquiring  (that)  tliej  do  not  easily  keep 
the  enemy  from  their  cities.  9.  We  made  an  end  of  speaking 
and  betook  ourselves  to  our  (friends).  10.  Although  we  had 
no  just  cause  for  askings  we  obtained  many  things  ^^  by  reason 
of  your  generosity.^ 

Notes. 

1  Parse  the  Gerunds  like  nouns.  2  g^e  140, 

8  A.  &  G.  54,  7,  J  :  A.  &  S.  247,  2  :  B.  259,  Rule  XLIV.  :  B.  &  M.  873: 
G.  401:    H.  414,  3. 

4  A.  &  G.  65,  2  :  A.  &  S.  264,  1,  {a.) :  B.  301:  B.  &  M.  1218:  G.  633: 

H.  500,  2,  second  part. 
^  essS  is  often  omitted  from  the  compound  forms  of  the  Infinitive. 

6  See  136  and  Ln.  XXXVIII. ,  Note  3 ;   iit,  as  here,  is  sometimes 
omitted. 

7  See  145.  8  See  79. 

9  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  9.  lo  gee  ii6,  second  part, 
^1  See  144.  12  gee  39. 

13  See  Example  1.  i^  See  122  and  Ex.  2,  h. 

IS  See  139,  16  all  of  us,  omnibus  nobis ;  see  67, 

1"  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  1. 


LESSON   LXXXVIII. 

THE  GERUNDIVE. 

154.   The  Gerundive.     A.  &  G.  73,  2  :   A.  &  S.  2T5,  IL:   B. 
325,  Rule  LXXVL:  B.  &  M.  1322:  G.  428:  H.  562. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Ad  minuendam  gratiam,  for  DIMINISHING  popularity. 

2.  Ad  eas  res  conficiendas  Orgetorix  deligitur,   Orgetorix  is 

chosen  to  execute  these  plans. 

3.  Speni  regni  obtinendi,  the  hope  OF  OBTAINING  the  sovereignty. 

4.  Data  f  acultate  itmeris  f  aciendi^  if  an  opfportnnity  for  inarching 

should  be  granted. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  U3 

Analyze,  and  parse. 

1.  Qmbus  opibus^  ac  nervis  non  solum  ad  mmucndam^ 
gratiam/  sed  paerie  ad  perniciem  suam  uteretur.*  2.  Ipse  tii 
citeriorem  Galliam  ad  conventus  agendos  profectus  est.  3.  Ad 
eas  res  conf  iciendas  biennium  sibi  satis  esse  duxerunt.  4.  In 
Gallia  ab  his^  qui  ad  conducendos  liomines  facultates  liiibe- 
bant,  regna  occupabantur.  5.  Ea,  quae  ad  effcmmandos 
aminos  pertinent^  important.  6.  Decima  legio  se  esse  Sd  bel- 
lum  gerendum  paratissimam  confirmavit.  7.  Ariovistus  dixit 
oinnes  Galliae  civitates  ad  se  oppugnandum  venisse.  8.  Fru- 
mentum  omne^  praeterqnam  quod  secum  portaturi  erant/  com- 
burunt^  tit  dornum^  reditionis  spe"^  sublata^  paratiores  Sd 
omnia  perTciila  subeunda  essent.  9.  Liscus  dicit  si  quid  ac- 
cidat^  Eomanis,  summam  in  spem^^  per  Helvetios  regni  obti- 
nendi  Dumnorigem  venire.  10.  Hac  oratione  liabita^^  summa 
alacritas  et  cupiditas  belli  gerendi  innata  est.  11.  Neque 
homines  inimico  animo/^  data  facultate  per  provinciam  itiueris 
faciendi,  temperaturos^^  ab  injuria  et  maleficio  existimavit. 
12.  Hoc  proelio  facto  reliquas  copias  Helvetiorum  ut  consequi 
posset,^*  pontem  in  Arare  faciendum  curat ^^  atque  M  excer- 
citum  traducit. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  We  consider  two  days  sufficient  for  collecting  the  men. 
2.  They  thought  five  days  were  sufficient  for  destroying  the 
city.  3.  We  entertain^^  the  highest  hope  of  establishing 
friendship  with  all.  4.  He  says  he  entertains  the  highest 
hope  of  establishing  friendship  with  the  Gauls  if  anything 
happens^  to  us.  5.  An  opportunity  for  marcliing  througli 
entire  Gaul  was  granted  the  Romans.  6.  A  ve^y  great  desire 
for  obtaining  the  sovereignty  was  infused  into  Dumnorix. 
7.  Let  us  not  import ^^  those  things  which  tend  to  enervate  the 
mind.     8.  Let  us  do  that  which  tends  to  strengthen  peace 


144  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

with  all  men.  9.  Caesar  said  that  entire  Germany  had  come 
to  attack  him.  10.  We  shall  burn  up  our  villages^  that  we 
may  be  more  ready  to  endure  all  perils. 

Notes. 

1  See  104, 

2  Trauslate  the  Gerundives  like  Gerunds  (see  Ex.  1) ;  parse  them  like 
adjectives. 

3  gratiam,  so.  suam. 

4  utSretur,  translate  by  the  Indicative. 
6  See  Ln.  LXX.,  Ex.  2. 

6  See  105 ;    dSmuni  limits  the  idea  of  motion  in  the  verbal  noun 
rSditidnis. 

7  See  122.  ^  From  tollo. 

9  accidat,  translate  by  the  Indicative ;  why  is  it  in  the  Subjunctive  ? 
{t5l) 

10  in  spem  vSnio,  /  entertain  the  liope. 

11  See  Ln.  LXIV.,  Note  2.  12  ggg  144,  a. 
13  See  Ln.  LXXXVIL,  Note  5.  "  See  136. 

15  pontem  —  curat,  he  attends  to  huilding  a  bridge  over  the  Sadne;  lit., 
he  cares  for  a  bridge  to  be  built,  etc.     How  is  Sadne  pronounced  ? 

16  See  134. 


LESSON   LXXXIX. 

THE  SUPINE. 

155.  The  Supine.  A.  &  G.  74,  1-2  :  A.  &  S.  276,  L-IIL: 
B.  326,  Rules  LXXVII.  and  LXXVIIL :  B.  &  M.  1360;  1365: 
G.  435-437:   H.  567-570. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.   Legates  mittunt  rogatum  auxilium,  they  send  legates  TO  ask 
FOR  aid. 


2.   Perf^ile  factu^  very  easy  to  do. 


riRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  145 


Analyze  and  parse. 


1.  Aedui^  quum  se  suaque^  ab  iis  defendere  non  possent,^ 
legates  ad  Caesarem  mittunt  rogatiiin  aaxilium.  2.  Bello 
Helvetiomm  confecto  totius  fere^Galliae  legati^  principes^  ci- 
vitatum^  ad  Caesarem  gratulatum  convenemnt.  3.  Legati 
ab  Aeduis  et  a  TrevTris  veniebant ;  Aedui^  questum  quod 
Harudes^  qui  nuper  m  Galliam  transportati  essent,^  fines 
eorum  popularentur^ ;  sese  ne  obsidibus  quTdem  datis  pacem 
Ariovisti  redimere  potuisse.  4.  Divitiacus  dixit  ob  earn  rem 
se  ex  civitate  profugisse  et  Eomam^  ad  senatum  venisse  auxt- 
lium  postulatiim,  quod  solus  neque  jurejurando  neque  obsidi- 
bus teneretur.  5.  Liscus  dicit  Dumnorigem  ipsum  ex  Ilel- 
vetiis  uxorem  habere,  sororem  ex  matre'''  et  propinquas  suas 
nuptum  in  alias  civitates  coUocasse.  6.  Hostis^  est  uxor  in- 
vita^  quae  ad  virum  nuptum  datur.  7.  Perfacile  factu  esse 
illis  probat  conata  perficere,  propterea  quod  ipse  suae  cIvTtatis 
imperium  obtenturus  esset.^^ 

Write  in  ILatin. 

1.  We  have  sent  legates  to  the  general  to  ask  for  troops. 
2.  We  shall  send  a  legate  to  you  to  ask  for  aid.  3.  Since  Ave 
cannot  2  defend  ourselves  and  our  possessions  ^^  from  the 
enemy,  we  shall  send  legates  to  Geneva^  to  ask  for  aid. 
4.  We  shall  go  to  the  consuls  to  congratulate  (them),  5.  Let 
us  go  to  the  praetor  to  congratulate  (him).  6.  Ambassadors 
came  from  all  the  states ;  the  Gauls  to  complain  because  the 
Germans  had  crossed^  the  Ehine  to  attack ^^  their  towns; 
(saying  that)  not  even  after  a  pledgees  j^ad  been  given 
were  they  able  to  establish  peace.  7.  You  are  attempting 
that  which  is  not  very  easy  to  do.  8.  He  shows  (that)  to^ 
march  through  the  enemy^s  territory  is  (a  thing)  not  ej) 
to  do. 


146  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Notes. 

1  See  A.  &  G.  4,  2,  c  :    A.  &  S.  15,  2  :    B.  24,  Exc.  3  :    B.  &  M.  21: 
G.  14,  Remark  1 :  H.  25,  3,  1). 

2  See  149.  3  See  25. 
*  Aedui,  sc.  veniebant. 

6  See  A.  &  G.  66,  2  :   A.  &  S.  266:   B.  310,  RuLE  LXIX.:    B.  &  M. 
1291:    G.  666:    H.  527. 

6  See  105. 

7  sororem  ex  matre,  his  lialf-sistcr.      ^  See  64. 
9  invita,  against  her  will ;  it  modifies  quae. 

10  See  Ln.  LXX.  and  149.  "  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  1. 

12  See  155.  13  gee  122. 


LESSON   XC. 

THE  ROMAN  CALENDAR.  —  ABBREVIATIONS. 

IM.  The  Calendar.  A.  «fe  G.  84,  I  -  3,  a  -  c  :  A.  &  S.  326, 
(l.)-(6.):  B.  3T4,  a-c:  B.  &  M.  1524-1537:  G.  Appendix, 
page  371:   H.  TOT -710. 

157.  Abbreviations.  A.  &  G.  15,  1-4:  A.  &  S.  328:  B.  373: 
B.  &  M.  1538-1542:    H.  719;  720. 

VOCABULARY. 

Januarius,  S,  iim,  (Jan.)  ofJanimry, 

Februarius,  a,  um,  (Febr.)  of  February. 

Martius,  a,  um,  (Mart.)  of  March, 

Aprilis,  e,  (Apr.)  of  April, 

Maius,  a,  um,  (Mai.)  of  May, 

Junius,  a,  um,  (Jun.)  of  June, 

Quin tills,  e,  (Quint.)  of  July. 

Sextilis,  e,  (Sext.)  of  August. 

September,  bris,  bre,  (Sept.)  of  September. 

October,  bris,  bre,  (Oct.)  of  October. 

November,  bris,  bre,  (Nov.)  of  November. 

December,  bris,  bre,  (Dec.)  of  December. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  147 

Kalendae,  artim,  (KaL)  f.  pL,    Calends;  the  first  day  of  the  Roman 

month. 
Nouae,  arum,  (Non.)  f.  pi..        Nones;  the  7th  of  March,  May,  July, 

and  October,  and  the  5th  of  the 

other  months. 
Idus,  uiim,  (Id.)  f.  pi..  Ides;  the  15th  of  March,  May,  July, 

and  October,  and  the  13th  of  the 

other  months. 
pridie,  (pr.  or  prid.)  adv.,  the  daij  before. 

Pronounce  the  abbreviated  words  as  if  they  were  printed  In  full. 

1.  Genevam  Kalendis^  ipsis  Novembnbus^  occupfibit. 
2.  Qui  dies  erit  a.  d.  VI.  Kal.  Nov.^  (ante  diem  sextum  Kil- 
lendas  Novembres).  3.  C*  Julius  Caesar  Idibus  Martiis 
occlsus  est.  4.  M.  TuUius  Cicero  a.  d.  III.  Non.  Jan.  nfitus 
est.  5.  P.  ScTpio  a.  d.  XVII.  Kal.  Mai.  mortuus  est.  6.  Ap. 
Claudius  a.  d.  VI.  Non.  Apr.  in  senatu  locutus  est.  7.  "K. 
Gracchus  Nonis  Juniis  Eoma^  profectus  est.  8.  M.  Manllius 
ad  Eomam  profectus  est  a.  d.  VI.  Id.  Sext.  9.  Multa  verba 
oratores  faciunt  a.  d.  IV.  Non.  Quint.  10.  C.  Caesar  prid. 
N5n.^  Febr.  castra  movit.  11.  Dixi  ego  m  senatu  caedem  t8 
contulisse^  princTpum  m  a.  d.  V.  Kal.  Nov.  VI.  Caedem 
principum  contulisti  ex  a.  d.  V.  Kal.  Dec.  Sd  pr.  KSl.^  Jan. 
13.  T.  Labienus  prid.  Id.^  Sept.  hostes  siiperavit.  14.  Is 
dies  erat  a.  d.  V.  Kal.  Apr.  L.  Pisone  A.  Gabinio  consiilTbus.* 
15.  Si  quid  vellent,  ad  Id.  Apr.  reverterentur.  16.  Horum 
est  nemo  qui  nesciat^  te  prid.  Kal.^  Jan.  stetisse  In  comTtio 
cum  telo. 

Imitate  in  Abbreviations  the  preceding  Latin  exercises. 

1.  Caius  Cassius  was  bom  on  the  31st  of  October.  2.  Mar- 
cus Flaccus  died  on  the  4th  of  May.  3.  Caius  Gracchus  was 
killed  on  the  25th  of  January.  4.  Titus  Labienus  set  out 
from  Geneva  on  the  15th  of  July.     5.  Tiberius  Gmcchus  will 


148  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

break  up  camp  on  the  12th  of  February.  6.  Lucius  Piso  was 
elected  on  the  1st  of  December.  7.  That  day  was  the  16th  of 
Aprils  when  Lucius  Cassius  and  Appius  Claudius  were  con- 
suls.^ 8.  If  you  wish  anything^  return  on  the  13th  of  June. 
9.  He  put  ofiF  the  murder  of  the  consuls  to  the  30th  of  No- 
vember. 10.  There  was  no  one  of  these  who  did  not  know^ 
that  you  stood  in  the  Comitium  on  the  20th  of  August. 


Notes. 

1  See  111. 

2  The  Latin  names  of  months  are  adjectives. 

3  Such  an  expression  as  antS  diem  sextum  KSlendas  NSvembres  is 
treated  as  a  single  word;  hence  it  is  often  used  like  an  Ablative  of  Time, 
as  in  sentence  4 ;  like  a  Predicate  Substantive,  as  in  sentence  2 ;  or  it  is 
governed  by  the  prepositions  in,  ex,  and  rarely  by  Sd,  as  in  sentences  11 
and  12. 

4  Caius :  Latin  pronunciation,  Kdh-yoos  ;  English  pronunciation,  Kd-yus, 
6  See  107. 

6  See  A.  &  G.  56,  2,  a  :  A.  &  S.  238,  1,  (h.)  :  B.  &  M.  1010:  H.  437, 1. 
■^  From  confgro.  8  ggg  ^22. 

9  A.  &  G.  65,  2  :  A.  &  S.  264,  7 :  B.  301,  5  :  B.  &  M.  1218:  G.  634: 
H.  501,  I. 


LESSON    XCI. 

GENERAL  EXERCISE. 

"  EXAMPLES. 

1.  prima  luce,  at  daybreak,  at  earliest  dawn. 

2.  multo  die,  late  in  the  day. 

3.  prima  nocte,  in  the  first  part  of  the  night 

4.  ad  multam  noctem,  till  late  at  night. 

5.  pridie  ejus  diei,  on  the  day  hefore. 

6.  postridie  ejus  diei,  on  tliefollomng  day. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  U.9 

Translate  and  parse. 

1.  Prima  luce,^  quum  summus  mons  a  T.  Labieno  tenere- 
tur,2  ipse  ab  hostium  castris  non  longius  mille  et  quingentis 
passibus^  abesset^  Considius  equo^  admisso  ad  eum  accurrit, 
dlcit  montem^  quern  a  Labieno  occupari  voluerit/  ab  hosttbus 
teneri.  2.  Multo  denique  die  per  exploratores  Caesar  cog- 
novit et  montem  a  suis  teneri  et  Helvetios  castra  movisse  et 
Considium  timore  perterritum,  quod  n5n  vidisset^  pro  viso  stbi 
renunciasse.^  3.  Circiter  hommum'^  milia  sex  prima  nocte  e 
castris  Helvetiorum  egressi  ad  Ehenum  f  Tnesque  Germanorum 
contenderunt.  4.  Ad  multam  noctem  etiam  ad  impedimenta 
pugnatum  est,  propterea  quod  pr5  vallo  carros  objecerant. 
5.  Colloquendi^  Caesari  causa  visa  non  est,  et  eo^  magis,  quod 
pridie  ejus  diei^^  Germani  retineri  non  poterant,  quin^^  in 
nostros  tela  conjicerent.^^  6.  Postrldie  ejus  diei^^  praeter 
castra  Caesaris  suas  copias  traduxit  et  milibus^^  passuum  duo- 
bus  ultra  eum  castra  fecit.  7.  Postrldie  ejus  diei  Caesar 
praesidium  utrisque  castris,  quod  satis  esse  visum  est^  reli- 
quit. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  The  cavalry  hastened  to  the  city  at  Ml  speed^^^  and 
pitched  their  camp  at  daybreak  not  farther  than  nine  miles 
from  ours.  2.  We  ascertained  late  in  the  day  that  the  top  of 
the  mountain  was  held  by  the  Sequani.  3.  We  set  out  on 
the  day  before  at  earliest  dawn,  hastened  at  full  speed,  and 
arrived  at  sunset  in  the  vicinity  of  Geneva.  4.  They  set  out 
in  the  first  part  of  the  night  and  arrived  in  the  territory  of  the 
Gauls  on  the  following  day  at  earliest  dawn.  5.  We  stayed 
at  home  on  the  fourth  of  July  till  late  at  night.  6.  The  reason 
for  holding  a  conference^  does  not  seem  good  to  us,  and  the 
more  9  because  the  Romans  cannot  be  restrained  from  hurling  ^^ 
missiles  upon  our  men.  7.  We  shall  leave  for  both  camps  a 
garrison  which  will  seem  to  be  sufficient. 


150  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  What  is  the  literal  meaning  of  prima  Itice  ?  Why  is  the  Ablative  nsed? 

2  Why  is  the  Subjunctive  used  ?    See  A.  &  G.  62,  2,  ^> :  A.  &  S.  iJ63,  5, 
Kem.  2 :  B.  304,  Kule  LXY.  :  B.  &  M.  1244 :  G.  581,  II. :  H.  518,  II.,  1. 

3  See  133, 

*  See  122  ;  what  is  the  literal  meaning  of  equo  admisso  ? 
^  What  mood  is  voluerit  ?    Why  is  that  mood  used  in  this  clause  ? 
See  152. 
eSeeLN.  LXXV.,  Note  11. 
7  See  Ln.  LXXXIII.,  Note  1.  8  See  152. 

9  eo  magis,  the  more;  for  eo,  see  79. 

10  See  A.  &  G.  50,  4,  c,  Remark  :  A.  &  S.  212,  Rem.  4,  Note  6  :  B.  & 
M.  1005:    H.  411,  2. 

11  quin  —  conjicerent,  fronn  hurling  ;  why  is  the  Imperfect  used  ?  See 
135;  why  is  the  Subjunctive  used  ?  See  A.  &  G.  65,  1,  &  :  A.  &  S.  262, 
Rem.  10  :   B.  297,  Rule  LX.:   B.  &  M.  1218:   G.  551:   H.  498. 

12  See  147. 

13  at  full  speedy  Squis  admissis  ;  why  the  Plural  ? 


LESSON   XCII. 

GENERAL  EXERCISE. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  plus  posse,  to  he  more  powerful, 

2.  plurimum  posse,  to  he  the  most  powerful^  or  to  he  very  powerful, 

3.  ei  gratlas  agere,  to  thank  him. 

4.  nobis  est  in  animo  iter  facere,  we  intend  to  mxirch. 

5.  latere  aperto,  on  the  unprotected  flank, 

6.  ex  equis,  on  horseback. 

7.  memoria  tenere,  to  remember, 

8.  maximis  potest  itineribus,  hy  the  longest  possible  marches. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  151 

Translate  and  parse. 

1.  Liscus  dicit  esse  nonnuUos^  qui  privatim  plus^  pos- 
sint^  quam  ipsi  magistratus.  2.  Non  erat  diibium,  quin  totlus 
Galliae  plurimum^  Helvetii  possent.^  3.  Damnorix  gratia  et 
largltione  apud  Sequaiios  plurimum  poterat.  4.  DivitiScus 
dixit  eos^  qui  et  sua  virtute  et  popiili  Eomani  hospitio  atquS 
amlcitia  plurimum  ante  in  Gallia  potuissent^^  coactos  esse* 
Sequanis^  obsides  dare.  5.  Decima  legio  per  tribunes  mlK- 
tum  ei  gratias  egit.  6.  Caesari  renunciatur^  Helvetiis'^  esse 
in  animo  per  agrum  Sequanorum  et  Aeduorum  iter  in  San- 
tonum  fines  facere.  7.  Helvetii  legates  ad  eum  mittunt^  qui 
dlcerent^  sibi  esse  in  animo  sine  ullo  maleficio  iter  per  pro- 
vinciam  facere.  8.  Pars  aperto  latere ^^  legiones  circumvS- 
nire  coepit.^^  9.  Capto  monte^^  Boii  et  Tulingi  nostros  latere 
aperto  agressi  circumvenlre  coeperunt.  10.  Ariovistus,  ex 
equis  lit  coUoquerentur  ^^  et  praeter  se  denos  tit  ad  colloquium 
adducerent^^^  postulavit.  11.  Eorum  una  pars^  quam  Gallos 
obtinere  dictum  est/*  attingit  ab^^  Sequanis  et  Helvetiis  flu- 
men  Ehenum.  12.  Id^^  hoc  facilius  eis  persuasit,  quod  un- 
dique  loci  natura  Helvetii  continentur.  13.  Moribus^^  suis 
Orgetorigem  ex  vinculis^^  causam  dlcere  coegerunt;  damna- 
tum^^poenam  sequi  oportebat.^o  ^t  igni  cremaretur.  14.  Cae- 
sar, quod  memoria'^i  tenebat^^  L.  Cassium  consulem  occisum 
exercitumque  ejus  ab  Helvetiis  pulsum^^  et  sub  jiigum  mis- 
sum,23  concedendum^*  n5n  piitabat.  15.  Caesari  quum  id^^ 
nunciatum  esset/^  eos  per  provinciam  nostram  iter  fiicere 
c6nari,27  maturat  ab  urbe  proficisci  et  quam  maximis  potest 
itineribus^i  in  Galliam  ulteriorem  contendit  et  ad  Genevam 
pervenit.  16.  Itaque  re^^  frumentaria  quam  celerrime  potuit 
comparata  magnis  itineribus  ad  Ariovistum  contendit. 
17.  Liscus  dicit  Dumnorigem  complures  annos^s  portoria 
reliquaque'^9  omnia  Aeduorum  vectigalia  parvo  pr(3tio  redempta 
habere/^  propterea  quod  illo^^  licente  contra  liceri  audeat*^ 
nemo. 


15^  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  A.  &  G.  53,  3  :  A.  &  S.  333,  (3.)  :  B.  323,  Rule  XIII.:  B.  &  M. 
728:   G.  331,  Remarks  2  and  3  :    H.  380. 

2  Why  is  the  Subjunctive  used  in  this  clause  ?     See  152* 
8  Why  the  Subjunctive  ?    See  Ln.  XCL,  Note  11. 

4  From  cogo.  ^  See  39. 

6  What  is  the  subject  of  rSnunciatur  ?  What  is  it  that  is  reported  to 
Caesar  ? 

■^  See  137 ;  what  is  it  that  the  Helvetii  intend  (have  in  mind)  to  do? 
What  then  is  the  subject  of  esse  ? 

8  See  Ln.  LXXXIL,  Note  1. 

^  See  130  and  Example  10  ;  what  question  does  qni  dicSrent  answer  ? 

10  latSre  is  an  Ablative  of  Place,  answering  the  question  Where  ? 

11  What  kind  of  a  verb  is  coepit  ?     See  127, 

12  See  122.  13  See  136  and  Example  9. 
1*  What  is  the  subject  of  dictum  est  ? 

1^  ab,  on  the  side  of. 

16  id  —  qu6d,  he  persuaded  them  to  this  the  more  easily,  because;  lit.,  he 
persiutded  this  to  them,  etc. ;  for  hoc,  see  79, 
1'  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  7. 

18  ex  vinculis,  in  chains  ;  what  is  its  literal  meaning  ? 

19  damnatum,  if  condemned;  see  121;  it  modifies  eilm  understood,  the 
object  of  sSqui. 

2D  What  kind  of  a  verb  is  5portebat  ?  See  128 ;  what  is  its  subject  ? 
See  Ln.  LXIX.,  Examples  6  and  7. 

21  See  54, 

22  What  kind  of  a  clause  is  quod  —  tSngbat  ?  See  149  ;  what  is  the 
object  of  t^nebat  ? 

23  See  Ln.  LXXXVIL,  Note  5. 

24  concedendum,  sc.  essS  ;  translate,  that  it  ought  to  he  granted, 

25  To  what  does  id  refer  ?     What  had  been  reported  to  Caesar  ? 

26  See  Ln.  XCL,  Note  2.  27  conari  is  in  apposition  with  id. 
28  See  93*  29  See  Ln.  LXXXIX.,  Note  1. 

3^  rSdempta  habere,  had  bought  up. 

31  What  kind  of  a  verb  is  audeat  ?  See  A.  &  G.  35,  2  :  A.  &  S.  143,  2 : 
B.  110,  a:   B.  &  M.  312:   G.  183:   H.  371,  3. 


SELECTIONS  FOR  READING. 


I.    FABLES. 

!•    The  Mouse  and  the  Kite. 

Milvius  laqueis  irretltus  musculum  exoravit^  ut  eum,  corro- 
sis  plagis^  liberaret.  Quo  facto,  milvius  liberatus  murem 
arripuit  et  devoravit. 

Haec  fabula  ostendit,  quam  gratiam  mali  pro  beneficiis  red- 
dere  soleant. 

».    The  Kid  and  the  Wolf. 

Haedus,  stans  in  tecto  domus^  lupo  praetereunti  maledixit. 
Cui  lupus,  Non  tu,  inquit,  sed  tectum  mihi  malerUcit, 
Saepe  locus  et  tempus  homines  timidos  audaces  reddit. 


S.    The  Crane  and  the  Peacock. 

Pavo,  coram  grue  pennas  suas  explicans,  Quanta  esty  inquit, 
formosttas  mea  et  tua  deforrmtas  !  At  grus  evolans,  Et  quanta 
est,  inquit,  levttas  mea  et  tua  tardUas  ! 

Monet  haec  fabula,  ne  ob  aliquod  bonum,  quod  nobis  natura 
tribuit,  alios  contemnamus,  quibus  natura  alia  et  fortasse  ma- 
jora  dedit. 


154  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 


4.    The  Goat  and  the  Wolf. 


Lupus  capram  in  alta  rupe  stantem  conspicatus^,  Cur  non, 
inquit^  relinquis  nuda  ilia  et  sterilia  loca,  et  hue  desceiidis  in 
herbulos  campos,  qui  tibi  laetum  pabulum  offerunt  ?  Cui 
respondit  capra  :  Mihi  nou  est  in  ammo  didcia  tutis  praepo- 
nere. 

5,    The  Dog  in  the  Manger. 

Canis  jacebat  in  praesepi  bovesque  latrando  a  pabiilo 
arcebat.  Cui  unus  bourn,  Quanta  ista,  inquit,  invidia  est, 
quod  non  pater  is  ut  eo  cibo  vescdmur,  quern  tu  ipse  capere  nee 
velis  nee  possis  ! 

Haec  fabiila  invidiae  indolem  declarat. 


6.    The  Fox  and  the  Lion. 

Vulpes,  quae  nunquam  leonem  viderat,  quum  ei  forte  occur- 
risset,  ita  est  perternta^  ut  paene  moreretur  formidine.  Eun- 
dem  conspicata  iterum,  timuit  quidem,  sed  nequaquam,  ut 
antea.  Tertio  ilH  obviam  facta^  ausa  est  etiam  propius  acce- 
dere  eumque  alloqui. 

7.    The  Oxen. 

In  eodem  prato  pascebantur  tres  boves  in  maxima  concordia, 
et  sic  ab  omni  ferarum  incursione  tuti  erant.  Sed  dissidio 
inter  illos  orto,  singuli  a  feris  petiti  et  laniati  sunt. 

Fabula  docet  quantum  boni  sit  in  concordia. 

8.    The  Ass  in  the  Lion's  Skin. 

Asmus,  pelle  leonis  indutus,  territabat  homines  et  bestias 
tamquam  leo  esset.     Sed  forte,  dum  se  celerius  movet,  aures 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  155 

eminebantj    mide   agnitus   in   pistrmum   abductus   est,   ubi 
poenas  petulantiae  dedit. 

Haec  fabula  stolidos  notat,  qui  immeritis  honoribus  supe^- 
biant. 

9.    The  Golden  Egg. 

Mulier  quaedanri  habebat  gallmam,  quae  ei  quotidie  ovum 
pariebat  aureum.  Plinc  suspicari  coepit,  illam  auri  massam 
intus  celare,  et  gallinam  occTdit.  Sed  nihil  in  ea  reperit,  nisi 
quod  in  aliis  gallinis  reperiri  solet.  Itaque  dum  majoribus 
divitiis  inhiabat,  etiam  minores  perdidit. 


lO,    The  Travellers  and  the  Ass. 

Duo  qui  una  iter  faciebant,  asmum  oberrantem  in  solitu- 
dine  conspicati,  accurrunt  laeti,  et  uterque  eum  sibi  vindicfire 
coepit,  quod  eum  prior  conspexisset.  Dum  vero  contendunt 
et  rixantur,  nee  a  verberibus  abstinent,  asinus  aufiigit  et 
neuter  eo  potitur. 


11,    The  Trumpeter. 

Tubicen  ab  hostibus  captus,  Ne  me,  inquit,  inter jicite  ;  nam 
inermis  sum,  neque  quidqiiam  haheo  praeier  hanc  tubam.  At 
hostes,  Propter  hoc  ips2im,  inquiunt,  te  interimemus,  quod,  qmun 
ipse  pug  nandi  sis  imperUus,  alios  ad  pug  nam  incitdre  soles, 

Fabula  docet,  non  solum  malef  icos  esse  puniendos  sed  etiam 
eos,  qui  alios  ad  male  faciendum  irritent. 


12,    Sour  Grapes. 

Vulpes  uvam  in  vite  conspicata  ad  illam  subsiliit  omnium 
virium   suarum   contentione,  si  eam  forte    attingere  posset. 


RSITVi, 


^W 


156  FIRST   LESSONS    IN    LATIN. 

Tandem  defatigata  inani  labore  discedens  dixit :  At  nunc  etiam 
acerbae  sunt,  nee  eas  in  via  rej}ertas  tollerem. 

Haec  fabiila  docet^  multos  ea  contemnere^  quae  se  assequi 
posse  desperent. 

IS.    The  Mice. 

Mures  aliquando  habuerunt  consilium,  quomodo  sibi  a  fele 
caverent.  Multis  aliis  propositis,  omnibus  placuit  ut  ei  tin- 
tinnabulum  annecteretur ;  sic  enim  ipsos  sonitu  admonitos 
earn  fugere  posse.  Sed  quum  jam  inter  mures  quaereretur, 
qui  feli  tintinnabulum  annecteret,  nemo  repertus  est. 

Fab  u  la  docet,  in  suadendo  plurimos  esse  audaces,  sed  in  ipso 
periciilo  timidos. 

14:.    The  Wolf  and  the  Crane. 

In  faucibus  lupi  os  inhaeserat.  Mercede  igitur  conducit 
gruem,  qui  illud  extrahat.  Hoc  grus  longitudine  colli  facile 
effecit.  Quum  autem  mercedem  postularet,  subridens  lupus 
et  dentibus  infrendens,  Num  tibi,  inquit,  parva  merces  videtuT, 
quod  caput  inpolume  ex  lupi  faucibus  extraxisti  ? 


II.    STOEIES  PEOM  EAELY  EOMAN  HISTOEY. 

Saturn. 

1.  Antiquissimis  temporibus  Saturnus  in  Italiam  venisse 
dicTtur.  Ibi  baud  procul  a  Janiciilo  arcem  condidit,  eamque 
Saturniam  appellavit.  Hie  Italos  primus  agriculturam  do- 
cuit. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  167 

Latinus  and  Aeneas. 

2.  Postea  Latinus  in  illis  regionibus  imperavit.  Sub  hoc 
rege  Troja  in  Asia  eversa  est.  Hinc  Aeneas,  Anchisae  filius, 
cum  multis  Trojanis,  quibus  ferrum  Graecorum  pepercerat, 
aufugit  et  in  Italiam  pervenit.  Ibi  Latinus  rex  ei  benigiie 
recepto  filiam  Laviniam  in  matrimonium  dedit.  Aeneas  urbein 
condidit,  quam  in  lionorem  conjugis  Lavinium  appellavit. 

Founding  of  Alba  Longa  by  Ascanius. 

3.  Post  Aeneae  mortem  Ascanius,  Aeneae  filius,  regnum  ac- 
cepit.  Hie  sedem  regni  in  alium  locum  transtiilit,  urbemque 
condidit  in  monte  Albano,  eamque  Albam  Longam  nuncu- 
pavit.  Eum  secutus  est  Silvius,  qui  post  Aeneae  mortem  a 
Lavinia  genitus  erat.  Ejus  posteri  omnes  usque  ad  Romam 
conditam  Albae  regnaverunt. 

Other  Kings  of  Alba. 

4.  TJnus  horum  regum,  Komulus  Silvius,  se  Jove  majorem 
esse  dicebat,  et,  quum  tonaret,  militibus  imperavit,  ut  clypeos 
liastis  percuterent,  dicebatque  liunc  sonum  multo  clariorem 
esse  quam  tonitru.  Fulmine  ictus  et  in  Albanum  lacum 
praecipitatus  est. 

5.  Silvius  Procas,  rex  Alban5rum,  duos  filios  relTquit  Nu- 
mitdrem  et  Amulium.  Horum  minor  natu,  Amulius,  fratri 
optionem  dedit,  utrum  regnum  habere  vellet,  an  bona,  (juae 
pater  reliquisset.  Numitor  paterna  bona  praetiilit ;  Amulius 
regnum  obtinuit. 

Birth  of  Romulus  and  Remus. 

6.  Amulius,  ut  regnum  firmissime  possideret,  Numitoris 
filium  per  insidias  interemit  et  filiam  fratris  Rheam  Silviam 


158  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Vestalem  virgmem  fecit.  Nam  his  Yestae  sacerdotibas  non 
licet  viro  nubere.  Sed  haec  a  Marte  gemiiios  filios  Romulum 
et  Eemum  peperit.  Hoc  quum  Amulius  comperisset,,  matrem 
in  vinciila  conjecit^  pueros  autein  in  Tiberini  abjici  jussit. 

7.  Forte  Tiberis  aqua  ultra  ripam  se  effuderat^  et,  quum 
pueri  in  vado  essent  positi,  aqua  refluens  eos  in  sicco  rellquit. 
Ad  eorum  vagltum  lupa  accurrit,  eosque  uberibus  suis  aluit. 
Quod  videns  Faustulus  quidam,  pastor  illTus  regionis,  pueros 
sustulit  et  uxori  Accae  Laurentiae  nutriendos  dedit. 

Foundation  of  Rome,  B.  C.  753. 

8.  Sic  Eomulus  et  Eemus  pueritiam  inter  pastores  transe- 
genint.  Quum  adolevissent  et  forte  compcrissent  quis  ipso- 
rum  avus,  quae  mater  fuisset,  A'mulium  interfecerunt  et 
Numitori  avo  regnum  restituerunt.  Turn  urbem  condiderunt 
in  monte  Aventino  quam  Eomulus  a  suo  nomine  Eomam  vo- 
cavit.  Haec  quum  moenibus  circumdaretur,  Eemus  occisus 
est;  dum  fratrem  irridens  moenia  transiliebat. 

How  Romulus  increased  the  Number  of  Citizens. 

9.  Eomulus,  ut  civium  numerum  augeret,  asylum  patefecit, 
ad  quod  multi  ex  civitatibus  suis  pulsi  accurrerunt.  Sed 
novae  urbis  civibus  conjuges  deerant.  Festum  itaque  Neptuni 
et  ludos  instituit.  Ad  hos  quum  multi  ex  finitimis  populis 
cum  mulieribus  et  liberis  venissent,  Eomani  inter  ipsos  ludos 
spectantes  virgines  rapuerunt. 

War  with  the  Sabines.  —  Tarpeia. 

10.  Populi  ilii^  quorum  virgines  raptae  erant^  bellum  ad- 
versus  raptores  susceperunt.  Quum  Eomae  aj^propinquarent, 
forte  in  Tarpeiam  virginem  inciderunt,  quae  in  arce  sacra  pro- 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  159 

curabat.  Hanc  rogabant,  ut  viam  in  arcem  monstraret,  elque 
permiserunt,  ut  munus  sibi  posceret.  Ilia  petiit,  ut  sibi 
darent,  quod  in  sinistris  manibus  gererent,  anulos  aureos  et 
armillas  signif  Tcans.  At  hostes  in  arcem  ab  ea  perducti  scutts 
Tarpeiam  obruemnt;  nam  et  ea  in  sinistris  manibus  gere- 
bant. 

Treaty  with  the  Sabines. 

11.  Tum  Eomulus  cum  hoste,  qui  montem  Tarpeium  tene- 
bat^  pugnam  conseruit  in  eo  loco,  ubi  nunc  forum  Romanum 
est.  In  media  caede  raptae  processerunt,  et  hinc  patres  hinc 
conjuges  et  soceros  complectebantur,  et  rogabant,  ut  caedis 
finem  facerent.  Utrique  his  precibus  commoti  sunt.  Eomulus 
foedus  icit  et  Sabinos  in  urbem  recepit. 

Institutions  of  Romulus.  —  His  Death. 

12.  Postea  civitatem  descripsit.  Centum  senatores  legit 
eosque  quum  ob  aetatem  tum  ob  reverentiam  iis  debitam  patres 
appellavit.  Plebera  in  triginta  curias  distribuit,  casque  rap- 
tarum  nominibus  nuncupavit.  Anno  regni  tricesimo  septimo, 
quum  exercitum  lustraret,  inter  tempestatem  ortam  reppiite 
oculis  hominum  subductus  est.  Hinc  alii  eum  a  senatoribus 
interfectum,  alii  ad  deos  sublatum  esse  existimaverunt. 

Reign  of  Numa  Pompilius,  B.  C.  716  -  673. 

13.  Post  Eomiili  mortem  unTus  anni  interregnum  fuit. 
Quo  elapso,  Numa  Pompilius  Curibus,  urbe  in  agro  Sabinorum, 
natus  rex  creatus  est.  Hie  vir  bellum  quidem  nullum  gessit ; 
nee  minus  tamen  civitati  profuit.  Nam  et  leges  dedit,  et 
sacra  plurima  instituit,  ut  populi  barbari  et  bellicosi  mores 
moUiret.     Omnia  autem,  quae  faciebat,  se  nymphae  Egeriae, 


160  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

conjiigis  su9e^  jussu  facere  dicebat.      Morbo  decessit^  quadra- 
gesimo  tertio  imperi  anno. 

Keign  of  Tullus  HostiUus,  B.  C.  673  -  641. 

14.  Numae  successit  Tullus  Hostilius^  cujus  avus  se  in 
bello  adversus  Sablnos  fortem  et  strenuum  virum  praestiterat. 
Rex  creatus  bellum  Albanis  indixit,  idque  trigeminorum  Hora- 
tiomm  et  Curiatiorum  certamine  finivit.  Albam  propter  per- 
fidiam  Metti  Fufeti  diruit.  Quum  triginta  duobus  annis 
regnasset^  fulinine  ictus  cum  domo  sua  arsit. 

Beign  of  Ancus  Marcius,  B.  C.  640-616. 

15.  Post  liunc  Ancus  Marcius,  Numae  ex  filia  nepos,  sus- 
cepit  imperium.  Hie  vir  aequitate  et  religione  avo  similis, 
Latinos  bello  domuit,  urbem  ampliavit,  et  nova  ei  raoenia  cir- 
cumdedit.  Carcerem  primus  aedificavit.  Ad  Tiberis  ostia 
urbem  condidit,  Ostiamque  vocavit.  Vicesimo  quarto  anno 
imperi  morbo  obiit. 

Reign  of  Tarquinius  Priscus,  B.  C.  616  -  578. 

16.  Deinde  regnum  Lucius  Tarquinius  Priscus  accepit, 
Demarati  filius,  qui  tjrannos  patriae  Corintlii  fugiens  in  Etru- 
riam  venerat.  Ipse  Tarquinius,  qui  nomen  ab  urbe  Tarqmniis 
accepit,  aliquando  Eomam  profectus  erat.  Advenienti  aquila 
pileum  abstulit,  et,  postquam  alte  evolaverat,  reposuit.  Hinc 
Tanaquil  conjux,  mulier  auguriorum  perita,  regnum  ei  portendi 
intellexit. 

17.  Quum  Eomse  commoraretur,  Anci  regis  familiaritatem 
consecutus  est,  qui  eum  filidrum  suorum  tutorem  rellquit.  Sed 
is  pupillis  regnum  intercepit.  Senatoribus,  quos  Eomiilus 
creaverat^  centum  alios  addidit,  qui  minorum  gentium  sunt 


FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN.  161 

appellati.  Plura  bella  feliciter  gessit,  nee  paueos  agros  hostt- 
bas  ademptos  urbis  territorio  adjunxit.  Primus  triuiuplians 
urbem  intravit.  Cloacas  fecit;  Capitolium  inchofivit.  Tri- 
cesimo  octavo  imperi  anno  per  Anci  filios^  quibus  regnum 
eripuerat^  occTsus  est. 

Reign  of  Servius  Tullius,  B.  C.  578  -  534. 

18.  Post  Imnc  Servius  Tullius  suscepit  imperium,  genitus 
ex  nobili  femma,  captiva  tamen  et  famula.  Quum  iu  domo 
Tarquini  Prisci  educaretur,  flamma  in  ejus  capTte  visa  est. 
Hoc  prodigio  Tanaquil  ei  summam  dignitatem  portendi  intel- 
lexit,  et  conjugi  persuasit,  ut  eum  sicuti  liberos  suos  edacaret. 
Quum  adolevisset^  rex  ei  filiam  in  matrimonium  dedit. 

19.  Quum  Priscus  Tarquinius  occTsus  esset,  Tanaquil  do 
superiore  parte  domus  populum  allocuta  est,  dicens ;  regent 
grave  quidem  seel  non  leidle  viilnus  accepisse  ;  eum  peih'e,  ut 
populits,  dum  convaliiissefy  Sewio  Tiillio  ohedlreL  Sic  Servius 
regnare  coepit,  sed  bene  imperium  administravit.  Montes  tres 
urbi  adjunxit.  Primus  omnium  censum  ordinavit.  Sub  co 
Eoma  habuit  octoginta  tria  milia  civium  Eomanorum  cum  his, 
qui  in  agris  erant. 

20.  Hie  rex  interfectus  est  scelere  filiae  Tulliae  et  Tarquini 
Superbi,  fili  ejus  regis,  cui  Servius  successerat.  Nam  ab  ipso 
Tarquinio  de  gradibus  curiae  dejectus,  quum  domum  fugeret, 
interfectus  est.  Tullia  in  forum  properavit,  et  prima  conjiigem 
regem  salutavit.  Quum  domum  rediret,  aurlgam  super  patris 
corpus  in  via  jacens  carpentum  agere  jussit. 

Reign  of  Tarquinius  Superbus,  the  last  king  of  Rome, 
B.  C.  534-510. 

21.  Tarquinius  Superbus  cognomen  mortbus  meruit.  Bello 
tamen  strenuus  plures  finitimorum  populorum  vicit.     Tern- 


162  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

plum  Jovis  in  Capitolio  aedificavit.  Postea,  dum  Ardeam 
oppugnabat,  urbem  Lati^  imperium  perdidit.  Nam  quum 
filius  ejus  Lucretiae_,  nobilissimae  femmae^  conjugi  Tarquini 
CoUatini^  vim  fecisset^  haec  se  ipsam  occidit  in  conspectu  mariti, 
patris^  et  amicorum,  postquam  eos  obtestata  fuerat,  nt  lianc 
injuriam  ulciscerentur. 

2^.  Hanc  ob  causam  L.  Brutus^  Collatinns^  aliique  nonnulli 
in  exitium  regis  conjurarunt^  populoque  persuaserunt,  ut  ei 
portas  urbis  clauderet.  Exercitus  quoque^  qui  civitatem  Ar- 
deam cum  rege  oppugnabat^  eum  relTquit.  Fugit  itaque  cum 
uxore  et  liberis  suis.  Ita  Eomae  septem  reges  regnaveruiit 
annos  ducentos  quadraginta  ties. 


NOTES  ON  THE  SELECTIONS  FOR  EEADING. 

The  References  are  mainly  to  the  Sections  of  this  Book. 

I.   FABLES. 

1.  ut  —  liberaret,  see  136  and  Ln.  XXXVIII.,  Note  3.  —  corrosis 
plagis,  hy  gnaiving  the  nets;  see  122.  —  quo,  see  122 ;  what  is  its  ante- 
cedent ?—  ostendit,  what  is  its  object  ?  —  mali,  see  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  9. 
—  soleant,  see  151  and  Lx.  XCII.,  Note  31. 

^,  lupo,  see  132.  —  praetereunti  (praeter  and  eo),  see  126;  translate 
the  Participle  by  a  Relative  Clause.  —  inquit,  see  A.  &  G.  38,  2,  &  :  A.  & 
S.  183,  5 :  B.  Ill,  c,  2  :  B.  &  M.  444;  G.  190  2:  H.  297,  II.,  2.  — 
reddit,  see  A.  &  G.  49,  \  d\  A.  &  S.  209,  Rem.  12,  (2)  :  B.  287,  a  :  B. 
&  M.  64:4:',   G.  281,  Exception  1  :   H.  463,  I. 

S,  explicans,  sj^reading.  —  inquit,  see  note  on  inquit,  Eable  2.  —  ali- 
quod,  see  116,  a.  —  quod,  see  34  and  115.  —  contemnamus,  see  136,  — 
alia,  majora,  see  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  1. 

4.  laetum,  abundant.  —  mihi,  see  137,  —  est,  what  is  its  subject  ?  — 
dulcia,  see  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Xote  1.  —  tutis,  see  67, 

5,  boves,  see  A.  &  G.  11,  III.,  4,  d,  Note  :  A.  &  S.  83,  II.,  Remark  1 ; 
84,  Exc.  1  :   B.  138:  B.  &  M.  123:  G.  80:  H.  66,  —  latrando,  see  153 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  163 

and  54,  —  quod  —  pat6ris,  see  149»  —  cibo,  see  54  and  104,  —  veils,  see 
125  and  Ln.  LXXXIX.,  Note  5. 

6.  occurrisset,  see  A.  &  G.  63,  2,  6  :  A.  &  S.  263,  5,  Rem.  2  :  B.  304, 
Rule  LXY.:  B.  &  M.  1244:  G.  581,  II.:  H.  518,  II.  —  morerfitur,  see 
130.  —  necLuaquam,  antea,  what  do  they  modify  ?  —  obviam  facta,  having 
met;  obviam  is  used  with  the  Dative. —  ausa  est,  see  Ln.  XCII.,  Note  31. 

7.  pascebantur,  what  does  the  Imperfect  Tense  denote  ?  see  36» — boves, 
see  note  on  boves,  Fable  5.  —  petiti,  sc.  sunt.  —  boni,  see  Ln.  LXXXIIL, 
Note  1.  —  sit,  see  151* 

8.  pelle,  see  54,  —  indutus,  having  clothed  himself.  —  esset,  see  A.  &  G. 
61,  1:  A.  &  S.  263,  2:  G.  604:  H.  506.  — movet,  see  Ln.  LXXXIL, 
Note  11.  — unde,  for  vihich  reason^  i.  e.  because  his  ears  stuck  out.  — 
agnitus,  from  agnosco  ;  render  as  if  it  were  agnitus  est,  and  supply  and. 

—  dedit,  suffered.  —  honoribus,  see  79. 

9.  suspicari,  see  69.  —  coepit,  see  127.  —  illam,  why  in  the  Accusa- 
tive ?  why  Feminine  ?  —  quod  is  here  equivalent  to  id  quod  ;  compare  the 
English  ivhatj  equivalent  to  that  ivhich.  —  solet,  see  Ln.  XCII.,  Note  31. 

—  majoribus,  see  84  and  85,  —  divitiis,  see  67.  —  minfires,  what  does  it 
modify  ? 

10.  duo,  see  108  and  Ln.  LXXXY.,  Note  9.  —  accurrunt,  see  Ln. 
LXXXIL,  Note  1.  — laeti,  joyfully ;  see  A.  &  G.  47,  6  :  A.  &  S.  205, 
Rem.  15  :  B.  270,  h  :  B.  &  M.  663:  G.  324,  Remark  6  :  H.  443.— 
prior,  see  note  on  laeti  ;  the  comparative  is  used  when  two  only  are  men- 
tioned. —  conspexisset,  see  149,  —  eo,  see  104, 

11.  tubican,  what  is  its  derivation?  see  Gen.  Vy. — inquit,  see  note 
on  inquit.  Fable  2.  —  interficite,  see  47,  —  inermis,  derivation  ?  see  Gen. 
Vy.  —  propter  hoc  ipsum,  for  this  very  reason;  what  is  the  reason?  — 
pugnandi,  see  153  and  140,  —  sis,  see  145,  —  soles,  see  Ln.  XCII., 
Note  31.  —  esse  puniendos,  see  130,  —  eos,  why  in  the  Accusative?  — 
irritent,  see  A.  &  G.  65,  2  :  A.  &  S.  264,  1.  {a.)  :  B.  301:  B.  &  M. 
1220,  b:    G.  633:    H.  500,  2,  last  part 

12.  vulpes,  see  A.  &  G.  6,  4 :  A.  &  S.  33:  B.  118,  IIL,  Rem.  2: 
B.  &  M.  41:  G.  20,  3  :  H.  43,  3.  —  omnium  —  contentiOne,  with  all  its 
might ;  what  is  the  literal  translation  ?  for  the  Abl.  contentifine,  see  54. 

—  si,  (to  see)  lohethcr.  —  posset,  see  151.  —  repertas,  from  reperio  ;  see 
121.  —  tollerem,  see  143  and  A.  &  G.  60,  1,  a:  A.  &  S.  261,  Rem.  4  : 
B.  305,  third  clause:  G.  594,  2  :  H.  503,  2,  1).  —  quae,  see  34,  — M, 
see  53,  —  desperent,  see  note  on  irritent.  Fable  11. 

13.  quomodo,  {to  see)  by  what  means.  —  sibi,  see  A.  &  G.  51,  2,  ff,  8  : 
A.  k  S.  223:    B.  239:    B.  &  M.  836:   G.  347 1   H.  385,  3.  —  cavfirent, 


164  FIllST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

see  151,  —  aliis,  see  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  1  and  122,  —  placuit,  what  is 
its  subject  ?  —  annecteretur,  see  A.  &  G.  70,  4,  a  :  A.  &  S.  'ZG-Z,  Rem.  3  : 
B.  301,  KuLE  LXll. :  B.  &  M.  1222 :  G.  558 :  H.  495,  2.  —  sic  —  posse  ; 

this  Infinitive  Clause  depends  upon  some  such  expression  as  they  thought, 
they  said. —  quaereretur,  see  note  on  occurrisset,  Fable  6  ;  what  is  the  sub- 
ject of  quaereretur  ?  —  suadendo,  see  153,  —  plurimos,  see  85  and  Ln. 
LXXXV.,  Note  9. 

14,  inhaeserat,  from  inhaereo.  —  mercede,  see  146,  —  extrahat,  see 
136,  —  hoc,  what  was  this  that  the  crane  accomplished  ?  —  postularet,  see 
note  on  occurrisset,  Fable  6.  —  num,  what  answer  is  implied  f  See  Ln. 
LXL,  Note  1.  —  merces,  see  64,  —  videtur,  what  is  its  subject  ?  —  fauci- 
bus,  how  declined  in  the  Singular  ?  in  the  Plural  ?    See  Gen.  Vy. 


n.    STORIES  PROM  EARLY  ROMAN  HISTORY. 

1,  Janiculo,  the  Janiculum  is  a  hill  on  the  west  side  of  the  Tiber  ;  the 
seven  hills  are  on  the  east  side ;  these  are  the  Palatine,  Cajntoline,  Qiiiri' 
nal,  Avcntine,  Coelian,  Usquiline,  and  Viminal.  —  earn  Saturniam,  see  58, 

—  Italos,  agriculturam,  see  71»  —  primus  —  docuit,  ivas  the  first  who 
taught;  see  A.  &  G.  47,  6  :  A.  &  S.  205,  Rem.  15  :  B.  271,  Remark  : 
B.  &  M.  663:   G.  324,  7  :   H.  442,  1. 

2,  in  —  regionibus  ;  what  country  is  meant  ?  —  sub,  in  tJie  reign  of,  — 
Troja,  Troy  is  said  to  have  been  destroyed  in  b.  c.  1184.  —  hinc,  from  this 
place,  i.  e.  from  Troy.  —  Aeneae,  Anchisae,  how  declined  ?  See  A.  &  G. 
9,  8:  A.  &  S.  44:  B.  125:  B.  &  M.  52:  G.  72:  H.  50.  — quibus,  see 
132,  —  Lavinium  was  situated  about  16  miles  south  of  Rome,  three  miles 
from  the  coast. 

S,  Aeneae,  see  note  on  Aeneae  in  preceding  section.  —  trans tulit,  see 
123,  —  Albam  Longam,  Alba  Longa  was  about  16  miles  southeast  of 
Rome,  situated  on  the  western  slope  of  the  Alban  Mount  and  overlooking 
the  Alban  Lake.  —  secutus  est,  succeeded.  —  genitus  erat,  from  gigno.  — 
ad  Romam  conditam,  until  the  founding  of  Rome  ;  what  is  the  literal  trans- 
lation ?  —  Albae,  see  106. 

4,  Jove,  see  133  and  A.  &  G.  11,  III.,  4,  &  :  A.  &  S.  85:  B.  138:  B. 
&  M.  123:  H.  66,  3.— tonaret,  see  128  and  note  on  occurrisset,  Fable  6. 

—  multo,  see  144,  —  tonitru,  what  case?  why?  —  ictus,  sc.  est.  —  Alba- 
num  Lacum,  see  note  on  Albam  Longam  in  section  3. 

5,  minor  natu  =  junior ;  for  natu,  see  124,  —  vellet,  see  125  and  151, 
reliquisset,  see  Ln.  LXXXIX.,  Note  5. 


nnST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  165 

6.  vestalem  virginem,  a  vestal  virgin  was  bound  by  a  vow  of  chastity ; 

if  she  broke  her  vow  she  was  buried  alive.  — licet,  what  is  its  subject? 

viro  nubere,  to  marry ;   for  viro,  see  132 ;  what  does  nubgre  mean  ? 

pepSrit,  from  pario.  —  hoc,  what  was  it  that  Amulius  had  found  out  ? 

7.  essent  positi,  see  A.  &  G.  62,  2,  e  :  A.  &  S.  263,  5  :  B.  302,  1  : 
B.  &  M.  1251:  G.  587:  H.  518,  I.  —  quod,  what  is  its  antecedent  ?  what 
did  a  certain  Faustulus  see  ?  —  regionis,  what  region  is  meant  ?  —  nutrien- 
dos,  to  he  nourished y  modifies  pueros,  and  expresses  the  purpose  of  dedit. 

8.  adolevissent,  from  adolesco ;  see  note  on  occurrisset,  Fable  6.  — 
quis,  see  64,  —  avus,  sc.  fuisset  and  see  151,  —  monte  Aventlno,  Mount 
Aventine,  one  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome.  The  best  authorities  agree  that 
Rome  was  built  at  first  on  the  Palatine,  which  hill  stands  a  short  distance 
northeast  of  the  Aventine. 

9.  civibus,  see  A.  &  G.  51,  Z,  a-.  A.  &  S.  226,  Rem.  2 :  B.  242, 
Rem.  3:  B.  &  M.  820:   H.  386,  2.  —  inter,  in  the  midst  o/.  — ipsos,  very, 

—  spectantes,  translate  by  a  relative  clause. 

10.  Romae,  see  67.  —  in  inciderunt,  they  came  unexpectedly  upon.  — 
quod,  see  note  on  quod.  Fable  9.  —  gererent,  see  Ln.  LXXXIX.,  Note  5. 

—  et  ea,  these  also,  i.  e.  as  well  as  the  rings  and  bracelets. 

11.  Montem  Tarpeium,  the  Tarpeian  mount;  probably  the  Capitoline 
hill.  —  forum  Romanum,  the  Roman  Forum^  an  open  space  in  the  valley 
between  the  Capitoline  and  Palatine,  surrounded  by  temples  and  other 
buildings ;  here  the  Roman  people,  the  Populus  EomanuSy  met  to  transiict 
business.  —  media,  7nidst  of.  —  raptae,  sc.  muli^res.  —  hino  —  hinc,  here 

—  the7'e.  —  utrique,  who  are  meant  ?  —  icit,  compare  the  English  expres- 
sion, strike  a  bargain  ;  the  Romans  were  accustomed  to  offer  a  sacrifice  to 
confirm  a  treaty,  and  hence  this  use  of  ico. 

12.  quum  —  turn,  both  —  and.  —  raptarum,  sc.  muliSrum.  —  inter,  in 
the  midst  of.  —  ortam,  which  had  ariseii.  —  oculis,  see  67.  —  hinc,  i.  e.  by 
reason  of  the  fact  mentioned  in  the  preceding  sentence.  —  alii  —  alii,  some 

—  others.  —  interfectum,  sc.  esse.  —  sublatum  esse  from  tollo. 

13.  quo,  what  is  its  antecedent  ?  —  Curibus,  see  106.  — jussu,  see  79. 
facere,  what  is  its  object  ?  —  morbo  decessit,  i.  e.  Numa  died  a  natural 
death,  which  has  not  always  been  the  lot  of  kings ;  with  decessit  supply 
de  vita. 

14.  praestiterat,  what  does  it  govern  ?  see  58.  —  crefttus,  see  Ln. 
LXIII.  and  Examples.  —  Horatifirum.  The  Horatii  fought  for  Rome,  the 
Curiatii  for  Alba.  The  three  Curiatii  fell,  but  one  of  the  Horatii  survived ; 
this  gave  the  victory  to  the  Romans.  —  Metti  Fuf6ti,  see  17;  for  his 
treachery  he  was  torn  asunder  by  horses  driven  in  opi>osite  directions,  and 
his  city  Alba  razed  to  the  ground.     The  inhabitants  of  Alba  were  removed 


166  FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

to  Rome  and  located  on  the  Coclian  hill ;  this  was  the  origin  of  the  Roman 
Plebs.  —  annis  expresses  duration  of  time ;  what  is  the  more  usual  con- 
struction ?  see  93.  —  arsit,  fr.  ardeo,  ardere,  arsi,  arsum,  hum. 

15,  aequitate,  see  124,  —  avo,  see  86,  —  bello,  see  54.  —  ei,  see  A.  &  G. 
51,  1,  c  :  A.  &  S.  349,  Rem.  3 :  B.  243,  Rem.  3  :  B.  &  M.  859:  G.  348: 
H.  384,  II.,  1.  —  primus,  see  note  on  primus,  section  1,  —  obiit,  see  120 
and  note  on  morbo  decessit,  section  13, 

16,  deinde,  i.  e.  after  the  death  of  Ancus  Marcius.  —  qui  refers  to 
Demarati.  —  advenienti,  sc.  ei  and  see  A.  &  G.  51,  2,  c  :  A.  &  S.  224, 
Rem.  1  :  B.  242,  Rem.  3  :  B.  &  M.  829:  H.  386,  2.  —  abstiilit  from 
aufgro,  auferre,  abstuli,  ablatum,  carry  off;  derived  from  ab  aivay,  off; 
and  fero  carry.  —  auguriorum,  see  140, 

17,  Romae,  see  106,  —  commoraretur,  see  note  on  occurrisset,  Fable  6. 

—  tutorem,  as  guardiani ;  compare  58,  —  pupillis,  see  67,  —  gentium 
modifies  senatores  understood.  —  plura,    several;    how  declined?     See 

Ln.  LXXXIV.,  Note  11. —  ademptos,  from  adimo primus,  see  note  on 

primus,  section  1,  —  Cloacas.  The  main  sewer,  known  as  the  Cloaca  Maxi- 
ma, and  a  branch  running  from  the  Forum  are  still  in  use.  —  Capitolium, 
tJie  Capitol,  signifies  here  the  temple  of  Jupiter  on  the  Cajiitoline.  —  per 
filios,  at  the  instigatimi  of  the  sons  ;  they  hired  assassins  to  murder  liim  : 
a  filiis  would  signify  that  they  killed  him  with  their  own  hands.  —  quibus, 
see  note  on  ei,  section  16, 

IS,  genitus,  from  gigno.  —  captiva,  see  25,  —  domo,  how  declined  ? 
See  97,  —  conjiigi,  see  132  and  Ex.  1.  —  educaret,  see  136, 

19,  domus  ;  this  stood  on  the  Palatine.  —  regem  —  obediret ;  change 
this  to  the  Direct  Discourse  ;  see  152,  —  eum  refers  to  regem.  —  coepit, 

see  127, montes  —  adjunxit.     The  Palatine,  Capitoline,  Quirinal,  and 

Aventine  had  been  previously  occupied.  —  milia,  how  declined  ?  see  108, 

—  civium,  see  Ln.  LXXXIIL,  Note  1. 

20,  scelere,  see  79,  —  filiae,  see  25,  —  curiae.  The  senate-house  stood 
near  the  Forum.  —  domum,  see  105 ;  how  declined  ?  —  prima,  see  note  on 
primus,  section  1,  —  regem,  asking;  compare  58, 

21,  cognomen,  i.  e.  Superbus,  the  Proud.  —  moribus,  see  79,  — bello, 
see  111,  —  plures,  how  declined  ?  see  note  on  plura,  section  17,  —  populo- 
rum,  see  Lx.  LXXXIIL,  Note  1.  —  Templum.  This  temple  had  been 
begun  by  Tarquinius  Priscus  ;  see  section  17,  —  Jovis,  how  declined  ?  see 
note  on  Jove,  section  4,  —  Lucretiae,  see  39,  —  vim,  how  declined  ?  See 
Gex.  Vy.  —  ut  —  ulciscerentur,  see  136  and  Ln.  XXXYIIL,  Note  3. 

22,  in, /or.  ~  conjurarunt,  see  Ln.  LXXV.,  Note  11.  —  populo,  see 
132,  —  ei,  against  him;  see  39,  —  civitatem  =  urbem.  —  Ardea  was 
situated  about  18  miles  south  of  Rome. 


GENERAL  VOCABULARY. 


I.   Latin-English. 


Numerals  and  Pronouns  not  given  in  this  Vocabulary  can  be  found  in  the 
Grammar. 

The  References  are  to  Sections  of  this  book. 

The  English  words  in  small  capitals  are  derived  either  directly  or  indirectly 
"from  the  Latin  words  under  which  they  stand,  or  from  the  same  Root. 

The  parts  in  Parentheses  give  the  derivation  of  the  Latin  words.  For  Ab- 
breviations see  page  xii. 


A.,  abbreviation  of  Aulus,  a  Ro- 
man praenomen. 

ab,  a,  prep.  w.  abl.  from,  mmy 
from ;   hy :   on  the  side  of 

ab-duco,  ducerg,  duxi,  ductum 
(ab  away,  duco  lead),  lead 
away.    Abduct,  abduction. 

ab-jicio,  jicere,  jeci,  jectiim 
(ab  aicay,  doion ;  jacio  cast), 
cast  away  or  down.     Abject. 

abs-tineo,  tinere,  tinifi,  tentiim 
(ab(s)  from,  teneo  keep),  keep 
from,  ABSTAIN.     Abstinence. 

ab-sum,  esse,  fui  (ab  away,  sum 
he)  he  away,  he  absent,  he 
distant. 

ac.  See  atque. 


Acca,  ae,  f.,  Acca  Larentia^  the 
wife  of  Faustulus. 

ac-cedo,  cedSrS,  cessi,  cesstim 
(ad  towards,  cedo  go),  go  to- 
wards, draw  near,  approach; 
assault.    Accede,  accession. 

ac-cido,  cidSrg,  cidi  (ad  xipon, 
cado  fall),  fall  upon,  befall, 
happen.    Accident. 

ac-cipio,  cXpgrg,  cepi,  cepttlm 
(ad  to  one's  self,  capio  take), 
receive,  accept,  take. 

ac-curro,  currgrg,  ctlcurri  and 
curri,  cursum  (ad  to,  curro 
run),  run  to,  hasten  to. 

accuse,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (ad  to, 
causa  a  laiosuit),  accuse,  blames 
censure.     Accusation. 

ac^r,  acr^,  acr6,  sharp.    Acrid. 


168 


ACERBUS  —  AEquITJS 


acerbtts,  a,  um,  sour.  Acerbity. 

acies,  aciei,  f.,  edge;  line,  line 
of  battle ;  army  in  battle-array. 
See  agmen. 

acriter,  acrius,  acerrime,  adv. 
(acer  sharp),  sharply,  fiercely, 
violently. 

ad,  prep.  w.  ace.  to,  towards :  for; 
near;  w.  numerals,  about;  w. 
names  of  towns,  towards,  in  or 
into  the  vicinity  of. 

ad-amo,  are,  avi,  atum  (ad  de- 
noting a  beginning,  amo  love), 
begin  to  love,  acquire  a  liking  for. 

ad-do,  dere,  didi,  ditum  (ad 
to,  beside;  do  put),  add. 

ad-duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductum 

(ad  to,  duco  lead),  lead  to,  lead; 
influence. 

ad-eo,  ire,  ii,  itiim  (ad  to,  eogo), 
go  to.     See  12  G. 

ad-imo,  imere,  emi,  emptum 
(ad  to  one's  self,  emo  take), 
take  away. 

aditiis,  us,  m.  (adeo  go  to),  ap- 
proach, access. 

ad-jungo,  jungerg,  junxi,  junc- 
tum  (ad  to,  jungo  join),  join 
to,  join. 

ad-miuistro,  are,  avi,  atum 
(ad  without  additional  force, 
ministro  serve),  administer, 
manage.         Administration, 

ADMINISTRATOR. 

ad-mitto,  mittere,  misi,  missum 
(ad  to,  milto  let  go),  allow,  ad- 
mit ;  give  the  reins  to ;  equo 
admisso,  at  full  speed.  Ad- 
mission. 


ad-moneo,  monere,  monui, 
monitum  (ad  w.  no  percep- 
tible additional  force,  moneo 
admonish),  ADMONISH,  warn. 
Admonition. 

adolesce,  adolescere,  adolevi, 
adultum  (adoleo  cause  to  grow  , 
up),   grow,   increase,  grow    up. 
Adult. 

ad-sum,  ad-ess e,  af-fui  (ad  near, 
sum  be),  be  near,  be  present; 
assist. 

ad-venio,  venire,  veni,  ventum 
(ad  to,  venio  come),  come  to, 
arrive,  come.    Adventure. 

adventiis,  us,  m.  (advenio  come 
to),  arrival,  approach.  Advent.. 

adversiis  and  adversum,  prep, 
w.  ace.  towards,  against. 

ad-verto,  vertere,  verti,  ver- 
sum  (ad  towards,  verto  turn), 
turn  towards;  id  animum  ad- 
vertSre,  to  turn  the  mind  to- 
icards  it,  to  perceive  it.  Ad- 
vert. 

aedificium,  i,  n.  (aedifico  build), 
building,  edifice. 

aedilico,  are,  avi,  atum  (aedes 
building  for  habitation,  facie 
make),  build.  Edify,  edifica- 
tion. 

Aedui,  orum,  m.  pL,  a  tribe  in 
Central  Gaul. 

aeger,  aegra,  aegriim,  sick. 

Aeneas,  ae,  m.,  a  Trojan  prince, 
son  of  Venus  and  Anchlses. 

aequitas,  atis,  f.  (aequus  fair, 
equitable),  BqviTY,  justice,  mod- 
eration. 


JEqVUS  —  AMICUS 


169 


aequus,     a,     um,     even,     level; 

EQUAL ;  like  ;  fail',  equitable, 
aestas,  atis,  f.,  summer, 
aetas,  atis,  f.,  age, 
af-fero,  af-ferre,  at-tiili,  al-lattim 

(ad  to,   fero   bring),   bring  to, 

carnj  to  ;  offer  ;  carry. 
af-ficio,  ficere,  feci,  fectiim  (ad 

^0,  facio  do),  AFFECT,  injiaence; 

magno  dolore  affici,  to  be  very 

grievously  affected, 
ager,  agri,  m.,  field,  land;  country, 

territory. 
agger,  aggeris,  m.,  mound;  mate- 
rials/or a  mound. 
ag-gredior,  gredi,  gressiis  sum 

(ad  to,  gradior  go),  go  to,  op- 

jiroacli ;  go  against,  attack.    Ag- 

GIIESSIOX,  AGGRESSIVE. 

agmen,  agminis,  n.  (ago  put  in 
inotion),  ariny  on  the  march, 
line  of  march ;  [acies,  army  in 
battle  array ;  exercitus,  a  dis- 
ciplined army"] ;  agmen  novis- 
simum,  the  rear;  primum 
agmen,  the  van, 

ag-nosco,  noscere,  novi,  nitiim 
(ad  denoting  reference,  (g)nos- 
co  know),  recognize  ;  know. 

ago,  agere,  egi,  actum,  put  in 
motion :  had,  drive,  conduct ;  act, 
do,  perform.     Actiox,  agent. 

agricultura,  ae,  f.  (ager  field, 
colo  cultivate),  agriculture. 

alacer,  alacris,  alacrg,  lively, 
cheerful :  eager,  fierce. 

alacritas,  atis,  f.  (alacer  lively), 
liveliness,  eagerness,  zeal,    Alac- 

RITY. 


Alba  or  Alba  LongS,  the  mother 

city  of  Home,  built  by  Ascanius. 
Albaniis,  i,  m.,  an  Alban,  an  in- 
habitant of  Alba, 
aliquando,    adv.   (aliquis    some 

one),  at   some   time,  once^  for- 
merly. 
aliquis,  indef.  pron.  [see  lie,  a], 

some  one,  somebody,  something, 

some;  anyone, anybody, anything^ 

any. 
alius,  alia,  aliiid  [see  24"],  others 

another, 
Allobroges,  um,  m.  pi.,  a  people 

in    the    southeastern    part   of 

Gaul. 
al-16quor,  ISqui,  16cutiis  siim 

(ad  to,  loquor  speak),  speak  tOy 

address. 
alo,  alere,  alui,  alitiim  or  al- 

tiim,  nourish,  feed,  support, 
Alpes,  Alpiiim,  f.  pi.  the  Alps. 
alte,    altiiis,    altissime    (altus 

high,  low),  on  high,  highly ;  loto, 

lowly. 
alter,  altera,  altgriim  [see  ;?4], 

one  of  two,  the  other,  the  second; 

alter  —  aligr,  the  one  —  the 

other. 
altitude,   altitudinis,   f.   (altus 

high,  deep),  height ;  depth ;  alti- 
tude. 
altus,  a,  iim  (alo  nourish),  high, 

lofty:  deep. 
amicitia,  ao,  f.  (amicus  friendly), 

friendship. 
amicus,  a,  um  (amo  love),  loving, 

friendly  :  amicus,  i,  m.  friend. 

Amicable. 


170 


AMITTO  —  ARIOriSTUS 


a-mitto,  mittere,  misi,  missum 
(ab  away,  mitto  let  go),  lose. 

amplio,  are,  avi,  atum  (amplus 
of  large  extent),  enlarge. 

ampliiis,  adv.  more,  farther. 

Amuliiis,  i,  m.,  son  of  Silviiis 
Procas  and  brother  of  Numitor. 

an,  adv.  or. 

Anchises,  ae,  m.,  a  Trojan,  the 
father  of  Aeneas. 

Ancus  Marcius,  i,  m.,  the  fourth 
king  of  Rome. 

angustiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (angus- 
tus  narrow),  narrow  pans,  defile; 
difficulty. 

anira-ad-verto,  vertere,  verti, 
versum  (animus  mind,  adver- 
to  turn  towards),  notice.  Anim- 
advert,  ANIMADVERSION. 

animal,  animalis,  n.,  animal. 
animus,  i,  m.,  mind,  soul;  dh^^posi- 

tion ;  affection ;  feeling,  courage. 

[animus   denotes   the    human 
.    soul,  including  all  its  faculties, 

including  mens;  mens  denotes 

the  thinking,  mental  faculty.] 
an-necto,  nectere,  nexui,  nex- 

iim  (ad  to,  necto  tie,  fasten),  tie 

to,  fasten  to.     Annex. 
annus,  i,  m.,  year.     Annual. 
ante,  prep.  w.  ace,  before;   adv. 

hefare,    previously.      Ante    in 

antecedent,  etc. 
antea,  adv.  (ante  before,  ea  that), 

before,  previously. 
antiquiis,  a,  iim   (ante  before), 

ancient,  old;  of  long  continuance. 

Antique,  antiquated. 
anulils,  i,  m.,  ring.     Annular. 


Ap.,  abbreviation  of  Appius,  a 
Roman  pr^enomen. 

apertiis,  a,  iim  (aperio  uncover), 
uncovered,  unprotected. 

ap-pello,  are,  avi,  atiim  (ad  to, 
pello  bring  one's  self  to  a  per- 
son), address;  name,  call.  Ap- 
peal, appellation. 

ap-propinquo,  are,  avi,  atum 
(ad  to,  propinquo  draw  near), 
draw  near  to,  approach. 

apiid,  prep.  w.  ace,  at,  near,  in 
pi'esence  of,  among. 

aqua,  ae,  f.,  icater.     Aqueduct. 

aquiia,  ae,  f.,  eagle. 

Aquileia,  ae,  f.,  a  town  at  the 
head  of  the  Adriatic  Sea. 

Aquitani,  orum,  m.  pi.,  inhabi- 
tants of  Aquitania. 

Aquitania,  ae,  f.,  the  southwest- 
ern division  of  Gaul. 

Arar,  Araris,  ace.  Ararim,  m., 
the  Saone  [pronounced  SOne'],  a 
river  in  Gaul,  tributary  to  the 
Rhone. 

arcesso,  arcessere,  arcessivi, 
arcessitum,  invite,  summon, 

arceo,  arcere,  arcui,  drive  away; 
ivard  off,  keep  from;  restrain. 

Ardea,  ae,  f.,  a  city  of  Latium, 
capital  of  the  Rutuli. 

arma,  orum,  n.  pi.,  arms,  iceap- 
ons. 

armilla,  ae,  f.,  bracelet  or  ring, 
worn  on  the  left  arm  by  sol- 
diers as  a  reward  for  valor. 

Ariovistus,  i,  m.,  a  powerful 
German  king  in  the  time  of 
Caesar. 


JRRIPIO  —  BELGAE 


171 


ar-ripio,  ripere,  ripui,  reptum 
(ad  upon.,  rapio  seize),  seize 
upon. 

arrogantia,  ae,  f.  (arrogans  as- 

Sliming) f  haughtiness,  insolence, 

ARROGANCE. 

Arverni,  orum,  m.  pi.,  a  people 
in  the  eastern  part  of  Aqui- 
tania. 

arx,  arcis,  f.,  citadel,  fortress, 

Ascanius,  i,  m.,  son  of  Aeneas. 

Asia,  ae,  f.,  Asia. 

asinus,  i,  in.,  an  ass. 

as-sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum 
(ad  with  no  perceptible  addi- 
tional force,  sequor  follow),  fol- 
low ;  overtake  ;  obtain. 

asylum,  i,  n.  asylum. 

at,  conj.  hut. 

at-tingo,  tingere,  tigi,  tactum 
(ad  against,  tango  touch),  touch 
against,  border  upon;  touch, 
reach. 

atque,  ac,  conj.  (ad  in  addition, 
que  and),  and  also,  and. 

auctoritas,  atis,  f.  (auctor  pro- 
ducer), AUTHORITY,  influence. 

audacia,  ae,  f.  (audax  bold), 
boldtiess,  AUDACITY. 

audaciter  or  audacter,  audaci- 
us,  audacissime,  adv.  (audax 
bold),  boldly,  courageoushj. 

audax,  gen.  audacis  (audeo 
dare),  hold,  daring,  AUDACIOUS. 

audeo,  audere,  ausus  sum  [see 
Ln.  XCIL,  Note  31],  dare,  ven- 
ture. 

audio,  ire,  ivi,  itiim,  hear.  Au- 
dit,  AUDITOR,   AUDIENCE. 


au-fugio,  fiiggrg,  fugi,  fiigltiim 
(ab  away,  fugio  Jlee),  fee  away, 
escape  ;  flee. 

augeo,  augerg,  auxi,  auctiim, 
increase,  augment. 

augiirium,  i,  n.  (auguror  fr.  au- 
gur diviner),  augury,  divina- 
tion. 

aureus,  a,  iim  (aurum  gold), 
golden. 

auriga,  ae,  m.  (aurea  bridle,  ago 
manage)^  charioteer. 

auris,  auris,  f.  ear.  Auri-cular. 

auriim,  i,  n.,  gold. 

aut,  conj.  or;  aut  —  aut,  either 
—  or. 

autem,  conj.,  hut,  yet,  moreover. 

auxilium,  i,  n.  (augeo  increase) , 
help,  aid;  pi.  auxiliaries. 

Aventinus,  i,  m.,  the  A  ventine. 

aversiis,  a,  iim  (averto  turn 
aivay),  turned  away;  avexsus 
hostis,  a  retreating  enemy. 

a-verto,  verterg,  verti,  versiim 
(ab  away,  verto  turn),  turn 
away,  turn  aside,  avert.  Aver- 
sion. 

avus,  i,  m.,  grandfather. 


barbSrtls,  S,  iim,  foreign:  xm- 
civilized;  savage,  rude,  bar- 
barous.   Barbarian. 

beatus,  a,  iim  (beo  bless),  happy. 
Beatific. 

Belgae,  ariim,  m.  pi.,  a  powerful 
people  dwelling  in  Northern 
Gaul. 


17^ 


BELLICOSUS—  CJSSIUS 


belHcosiis,  a,  iim,  icarllke, 

bello,  are,  avi,  atum  (bellum 
?mr),  carry  on  war, 

bellum  i,  n.,  war, 

bene,  adv.,  well^  finely, 

benef  icium,  i,  n.,  kindness,  bene- 
fit.    Beneficial. 

benigne,  adv.  (benignus  kind), 
kindly ;    benignly.     Benign, 

BENIGNANT. 

bestia,  ae,  f.,  beast. 

Bibracte,  is,  n.,  the  chief  town  of 
the  Aedui. 

biennium,  i,  n.  (bis  twice,  annus 
year),  two  years.    Biennial. 

Boil,  oriim,  ra.  pi.,  the  Boii  [pro- 
nounced Bb-yl],  a  nomadic  peo- 
ple dwelling  chiefly  in  Gaul, 
Italy,  and  Germany. 

b6nus,  a,  iim,  good,  friendly ;  b6- 
niim,  i,  n.  a  good  thing,  an  ad- 
vantage; b5na,  orum,  n.  pi., 
goods,  an  estate, 

bos,  bovis,  m.  and  f.,  ox,  coiv, 

brSvis,  brSve,  short,  brief. 

Brutus,  i,  m.  (brutus  stupid),  L, 
Junius  Brutus,  the  deliverer  of 
Rome  from  regal  dominion. 


C,  abbreviation  of  Caiiis  [pro- 
nounced Ca-yus^,  a  Roman 
praenomen. 

caedes,  caedis,  f.  (caedo  kill), 
murder,  slaughter,  carnage, 

caedo,  caedere,  cecidi,  cae- 
siim,  cut,  cut  down;  kill,  mur- 


der, -cide  in  parri-cide, 
matri-cide,  etc. 

Caesar,  Caesaris,m.,  Caius  Julius 
Caesar,  a  distinguished  Roman 
general,  orator,  statesman,  and 
author. 

Caius  Valerius  Procillus,  a  dis- 
tinguished Gaul,  friend  of  Cae- 
sar. 

calamitas,  atis,  f.,  calamity, 
disaster,  misfortune. 

campiis,  i,  m.,  plain,  field ;  Cam- 
pus, the  Campus  Martius,  a 
grassy  plain  just  outside  the 
walls  of  Rome  on  which  the 
people  assembled  for  elections, 
military  drills,  and  games. 

canis,  canis,  m.  and  f.,  dog. 

capio,  caper e,  cepi,  captiim, 
take,  capture. 

Capitolium,  i,  n.  (caput  head), 
THE  Capitol,  the  temple  of  Ju- 
piter on  the  Capitoline  hill  at 
Rome;  the  Capitoline  hill,  in- 
cluding both  temple  and  cifadel. 

capra,  ae,  f.,  a  she- goat, 

captiviis,  a,  um  (capio  capture), 
captive;  captiviis,  i,  m.,  a 
captive,  a  prisoner, 

capiit,  capitis,  n.,  head.  Oc- 
ciput. 

career,  carceris,  m.,  prison,  In- 
carcer-ate. 

careo,  carere,  carui,  caritiim, 
he  icithout,  lack. 

carpentlim,  i,  n.,  chariot. 

carrus,  i,  m.,  cart,  wagon. 

carus,  a,  um,  dear,  helored. 

Cassiiis,  i,  m.,  a  Roman  name. 


CASTELLUM—  COGITO 


178 


castelliim,  i,  n.  (castrum  aforti- 
Jied  place),  castl,k,  fort,  strong- 
hold. 

Casticiis,  i,  m.,  a  chief  of  the 
Sequani. 

castrum,  i,  n.,  fort,  castle;  pi. 
camp, 

causa,  ae,  f.,  cause,  reason,  mo- 
tioe;  causa,  for  the  sake  of, 
when  following  a  Genitive ; 
causam  dicere,  to  plead  one's 
cause. 

caveo,  cavere,  cavi,  cautiim, 
he  on  one's  guard.     Cautious. 

eeler,  celeris,  celere  (cello  im- 
pel), swift,  speedy.     Celerity. 

celeriter,  celerius,  celerrime, 
adv.  (celer  swift),  swiftly,  quick- 
ly, immediately, 

celo,  are,  avi,  atum,  conceal, 
hide. 

census,  us,  m.  (censeo  assess, 
register),  census. 

Centrones,  iim,  m.  pi.,  a  tribe  in 
Southeastern  Gaul. 

centum,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  hun- 
dred. 

certamen,  certaminis,  n.  (certo 
contend),  contest;  battle. 

certiis,  a,  iim  (cemo  determine), 
CERTAIN,  sure ;  Caesarem 
certiorem  facere,  to  inform 
Caesar. 

ceteri,  ae,  a,  adj.  pi.,  the  rest. 

cibiis,  i,  m.,food, 

cingo,  cingere,  cinxi,  cinctiim, 
surround,  encircle.     Cincture. 

circiter,  adv.  (circus  circle), 
about,  near. 


circiim,  prep.  w.  ace.  (circus 
circle),  around;  near,  in  the  en' 
virons  of  Circum-  is  a  prefix 
in  many  English  words;   e.  g. 

CIRCUM-FERENCE,  CIRCUM- 

NAVIGATE. 

circum-do,  darg,  dgdi,  dStiim 
(circum  around,  do  put),  put 
around,  surround, 

circum-vgnio,  venirg,  veni, 
ventiim  (circum  around,  ve- 
nio  come),  come  around^  sur^ 
round;  circumvent. 

citerior,  citeriiis  [see  85],  hither. 

citra,  prep.  w.  ace,  this  side  of. 

civis,  civis,  m.  and  f.,  citizen. 
Civil. 

civitas,  atis,  f.  (civis  citizen),  a 
body  of  citizens,  a  state;  citizen- 
ship. 

clariis,  a,  iim,  clear  ;  famous. 

claudo,  clauderg,  clausi,  clau- 
siim,  close ^  enclose,  shut;  agmen 
claudere,  to  bring  up  the  rear, 
In-clude,  ex-clude. 

cliens,  clientis,  m.  and  f.,  (clu- 
ens  fr.  clueo  hear),  client, 
vassal. 

clipeus  or  clypeiis,  i,  m.,  shield. 

cloaca,  ae,  f.,  drain,  sewer;  Clo- 
aca maxima,  the  great  sewer 
in  Rome,  constructed  by  Tar- 
quinius  Priscus. 

coepi,  coepissg  [see  i;87],  have 
begun,  began. 

cogito,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (cum  de- 
noting completeness,  agito  wei(/h 
in  the  mind),  consider^  reflect 
upon.     Cogitate. 


174 


COGNOMEN—  COIBIUNIO 


cognomen,  cognominis,  n.  (cum 
denoting  similarity,  (g)nomen 
name),  a  surname. 

co-gnosco,  gnoscere,  gnovi, 
gnitum  (cum  denoting  com- 
pleteness, (g)nosco  know),  know 
completely;  find  out,  ascertain, 
learn,  discover.     Cognitiox. 

cogo,  cogere,  coegi,  coactum 
(cum  together,  ago  drive),  drive 
or  lead  together,  collect ;  compel. 
Cogent. 

cohors,  cohortis,  f .,  cohort,  the 
tenth  part  of  a  legion. 

co-hortor,  ari,  atiis  sum  (cum 
intensive,  hortor  urge),  exhort, 
encourage. 

Collatiniis,  i,  m.,  cognomen  of  L. 
Tarquinius. 

collis,  coUis,  m.,  a  hill. 

col-16co,  are,  avi,  atum  (cum 
denoting  completeness,  loco 
place),  lay, put, place;  nuptum 
—  coUocare,  to  give  in  mar- 
riage. Collocate,  colloca- 
tion. 

coll6quium,  i,  n.  (colloquor 
speak  together),  conference,  inter- 
view.    Colloquy. 

col-16quor,  16 qui,  16cutus  siim 
(cum  with,  loquor  speak),  speak 
with,  hold  a  conference. 

coUum,  i,  n.,  neck. 

colo,  colere,  colui,  cultum, 
dwell :  till,  cultivate  ;  ho7ior. 

com-buro,  burere,  bussi,  bus- 
tiim  (cum  denoting  complete- 
ness, (b)uro  burn),  burn  up. 
Combustion. 


comitium,  i,  n.  (cum  together,  eo 
go),  the  comitium,  a  place  where 
the  Romans  assembled  to  vote. 

commeatus,  us,  m.  (commeo 
come  and  go),  supplies,  provi- 
sions. 

com-memoro,  are,  avi,  atum 
(cum  intensive,  memoro  remind 
of),  call  to  mind;  relate.  Com- 
memoration. 

com-meo,  are,  avi,  atiim  (cum 
denoting  frequency,  meo  go), 
come  and  go,  resort;  ad  Bel- 
gas  commeare,  to  visit  the  Bel- 
gae. 

com-mitto,  mittere,  misi,  mis- 
sum  (cum  tog  ether, ^juitio  cause 
to  go),  join;  begin;  commit. 
Commission. 

commode,  adv.  (commodus 
advantageous),  advantageously^ 
fitly,  conveniently;  satis  com- 
m5de,  conveniently  enough,  with 
sufficient  ease. 

commodus,  a,  um  (cum  denot- 
ing completeness,  modus  meas- 
ure), advantageous,  suitable,  fit. 
Commodious. 

com-m5ror,  ari,  atiis  siim  (cum 
denoting  completeness,  moror 
tarry),  stop ;  reside,  stay  at ;  re- 
main. 

com-moveo,  mbvere,  movi, 
motiim  (cum  intensive,  moveo 
move),  move,  affect,  excite,  dis- 
turb, stir  up,  induce.  Commo- 
tion. 

com-miinio,  miinire,  miinivi 
and  miinii,   miinitum    (cum 


C03t MUNIS  ~  CONOR 


175 


denoting  completeness^  munio 
forlifij)^  fortify  on  all  sides. 

communis,  commune  (cum  to- 
gether, munis  serving),  com- 
mon. 

com-paro,  are,  avi,  atum  (cum 
intensive,  'psiro  prepare),  prepare 
with  zeal,  make  ready. 

com-perio,  perire,  pSri,  per- 
tum,  leai^n,  discover. 

com-plector,  plecti,  plexus 
sum  (cum  with,  plector  en- 
ticine  one's  self),  embrace. 

complures,  complura  (rarely 
compluria),  gen.  compluri- 
um,  adj.  pi.  (cum  together,  plu- 
res  several)  ^several  together,  very 
many. 

com-porto,  are,  avi,  atiim  (cum 
together,  porto  bring),  bring  to- 
gether, collect.     Comport. 

conatum,  i,  n.  (conor  to  attempt), 
an  attempt. 

con-cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  cessiim 
(cum  denoting  completeness,  ce- 
de yield),  grant;  concede. 
Concession. 

concilio,  are,  avi,  atiim  (con- 
cilium a  calling  together),  bring 
together;  ivin,  conciliate. 

concilium,  i,  n.  (cum  together, 
calo  call),  council,  assembly. 

Concordia,  ae,  f.  (concors  fr. 
cum  denoting  similarity,  cor 
heart),  concord,  harmony. 

con-curro,  currere,  cucurri  and 
curri,  cursiim  (cum  together, 
curro  run),  rush  together;  has- 
ten.    Concurrent. 


conditio,  conditionts,  f.  (condo 

put  together),  cOxNDition. 

condo,  condgrg,  condidi,  con- 
ditum  (cum  together,  do  jnit), 
found,  build. 

con-duco,  ducgrg,  duxi,  duc- 
tum  (cum  together,  duco  lead), 
lead  together,  collect ;  hire;  con- 
duce. 

con-fero,  ferrg,  tuli,  col-latfim 
(cum  together,  fero  bring),  bring 
together,  collect;  put  off;  con- 
fer; se  conferre,  to  betake 
07ie's  self.  Conference,  col- 
late, collation. 

con-ficio,  ficerg,  feci,  fectiim 
(cum  denoting  completeness,  fa- 
cio  make),  execute,  accomplish, 
finish.     Confection. 

con-firmo,  are,  avi,  atum  (cum 
denoting  completeness,  Annus 
firm),  establish,  strengthen,  con- 
firm; encourage;  assert.  Con- 
firmation. 

con-jicio,  jicerS,  jeci,  jecttim 
(cum  intensive,  jacio  throw), 
hurl.     Conjecture. 

conjuratio,  conjurationis,  f. 
(conjuro  swear  together),  con- 
spiracy. 

con-juro,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (cum 
together,  jure  swear),  swear  to- 
gether; conspire.     Conjure. 

conjux,  conjiigis,  ni.  and  f. 
(conjungo  fr.  cum  together, 
jungo  join),  spouse,  husband, 
wife. 

Conor,  ari,  atils  siim,  attempt,  try. 
Conative. 


176 


CONSCIUS—  CONTRA 


consciiis,  a,  um  (cum  withj  scio 
knoiv),  CONSCIOUS. 

con-sensus,  us,  m.  (consentio 
think  together) J  agreement,  con- 
sent. 

con-sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum 
(cum  denoting  completeness^  se- 
quoT folio w),  follow  after,  folio iv; 
gain:  obtain.     Consequent. 

con-sero,  serere,  serui,  sertum 
(cum  together,  sero  join),  join 
together,  Join;  pugnam  con- 
serere,  to  join  battle,  to  fight. 

Considiiis,  i,  m.,  Publius  Consi- 
dins,  an  officer  in  Caesar*s  army. 

con-sido,  sidere,  sedi,  sessiiin 
(cum  together,  side  sit  down), 
sit  down  together,  encamp. 

consilium,  i,  n.,  deliberation, 
counsel,  plan,  design. 

con-sisto,  sistere,  stiti,  stitum 
(cum  denoting  completeness, 
sisto  place  one's  self),  take  a 
stand;  keep  a  position;  halt. 
Consist,  consistent. 

con-solor,  ari,  atiis  sum  (cum 
intensive,  soloT  comfort),  comfort 
greatly,  console  ;  encourage, 
cheer. 

conspectus,  us,  m.  (conspicio 
look  at),  sight^  view,  presence. 

con-spicio,  spicere,  spexi,  spec- 
ttim  (cum  denoting  complete- 
ness, specie  look),  behold,  see. 

conspicor,  ari,  atiis  sum  (con- 
spicio), behold,  see. 

constantia,  ae,  f.  (constans 
standing  firm),  firmness,  stead- 
fastness, constancy. 

con-stituo,  stituere,  stitui,  sti- 


tutum  (cum  denoting  complete- 
ness, statue  cause  to  stand),  re- 
solve, determine;  establish, station. 
Constitute,  constituent. 

consuesco,  consuescere,  con- 
suevi,  consuetum,  become  ac- 
customed, be  wont. 

consiil,  consillis,  m.  (akin  to 
censule  consult),  consul;  one 
of  the  two  chief  magistrates  at 
Rome,  chosen  annually. 

con-siimo,  siimere,  sumpsi, 
sumptiim  (cum  denoting  com- 
ple'eness,  sumo  take),  consume, 
icaste,  destroy.     Consumption. 

con-temno,  temnere,  tempsi, 
temptum,  despise,  contemn. 
Contempt. 

con-tendo,  tenders,  tendi,  ten- 
tiim  (cum  denoting  complete- 
ness, tendo  stretch),  hasten, 
march  in  haste;  contend,  dispute, 
fight;  w.  inf.  proceed,  set  out 
eagerly. 

contentio,  contention's,  f .  (con- 
tendo  contend),  contention, 
strife. 

con-tineo,  tmere,  tinui,  tentiim 
(cum  together,  teneo  hold),  hold 
together;  encompass,  hem  in, 
bound  ;  occupy,  restrain.  Con- 
tent, continent. 

continenter,  adv.  (continens 
hanging  together),  continually, 
icithout  cessation. 

con-tingo,  tingere,  tigi,  tactum 
(cum  denoting  completeness, 
tange  touch),  touch  on  all  sides  ; 
touch,  border  upon.     Contact. 

contra,  prep.  w.  ace,  against. 


CONWMELIA  —  CUSTOS 


177 


contumelia,  ae,f.  (cum  intensive, 
tumeo  swell),  insult,  abuse;  dis- 
c/race.    Contumely. 

con-valesco,  valescere,  valui 
(cum  denoting  coynpleteness,  va- 
lesco  grow  ^strong),  regain  health, 
recover.     Convalescent. 

con-venio,  venire,  veni,  ven- 
tiim  (cum  together, yenio  come), 
come  together,  assemble;  con- 
vene.    Convention. 

conventus,  us,  m.  (convenio 
come  together),  court ;  conven- 
tum  agere,  to  hold  a  court, 

con-verto,  vertere,  verti,  ver- 
sum  (cum  denoting  complete- 
ness, verto  turn),  turn  about, 
change;  in  fugam  convertere, 
to  put  to  flight.  Convert,  con- 
version. 

con-v6co,  are,  avi,  atum  (cum 
together,  voce  call),  call  together, 
summon,  convoke.  Convoca- 
tion. 

copia,  ae,  f.  (cum  denoting  com- 
pleteness, ops  means  of  any  kind), 
plenty,  abundance,  supply ;  num- 
ber;  ^\.,  forces,  troops;  liches. 

copiosus,  a,  urn  (copia  ple7ity, 
osus  full  of),  wealthy,  well-sup- 
plied;  COPIOUS. 

coram,  prep.  w.  abl.,  in  the  pres- 
ence of;  before:  adv.,  openly. 

Corinthus,  i,  f.,  Corinth,  a  city  in 
Greece. 

corpus,      corporis,     n.,     body; 

CORPSE. 

cornu,  us,  n.,  horn;  loing,  flank 
of  an  army. 


cor-rodo,  rodgrS,  rosi,  rostim 

(cum  denoting  completeness,  ro- 
do  gnaw),  gnaw  to  pieces,  gnaw; 

CORRODE. 

Crassus,  M.  Licinius  Crassus,  a 
celebrated  Roman. 

crgmo,  arg,  avi,  atiim,  burn. 
Cremation. 

creo,  are,  avi,  atum,  create, 
elect,  choose,  appoint.  Crea- 
tion. 

crus,  cruris,  n.,  leg, 

cultus,   lis,   m.    (cole  cultivate), 

CULTURE. 

cum,  prep.w.abl.,ut7^,  togethermih, 

cupiditas,  atis,  f.  (cupidus  de- 
si?^ous),  desire,  ivish,  longing; 
eagerness,  enthsuiasm;  cupid- 
ity. 

cupidus,  a,  um,  (cupio  desire), 
desirous,  fond. 

cupio,  cupere,  ctipivi  and  ciipii, 
cupittim,  desire, 

ciir,  interrog.  adv.,  whyf  where- 
fore ? 

ciir  a,  ae,  f.  (quaere  seek),  care. 

Cures,  Curium,  f.  pi,  chief  towa 
of  the  Sabines. 

curia,  ae,  f.,  curia  or  tvard;  senate- 
house. 

Curiatii,  oriim,  m.  pi.,  the  name 
of  an  Alban  tribe.  Three  brotli- 
ers  belonging  to  this  tribe  fought 
with  the  Horatii. 

euro,  ar6,  avi,  atiim  (cura  core), 
care  for,  attend  to,  cause  some- 
thing to  be  done.     Curate. 

custos.custodis,  m.  and  f.,  guards 
watch.     Custodian. 


178 


DJ3IN0  —  BESTITUO 


damno,  are,  avi,  atum  (dam- 
num jye?ia%),  CONDEMN. 

de,  prep.  w.  abl.,  down  from^  from ; 
of;  abouty  concerning :  for, 

dea,  ae,  f.  [see  11],  goddess. 

debeo,  ere,  ui,  itum  (de  from, 
habeo  hare),  owe. 

de-cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  cessum 
(de  away,  cedo  go),  go  away, 
depart,  retire. 

de-certo,  are,  avi,  atum  (de 
intensive,  certo  contend),  fght, 
contend. 

decimiis,  a,  um  (decem  ten), 
tenth. 

de-cipio,  cipere,  cepi,  ceptum 
(de  intensice,  capio  ensnare), 
DECEIVE.    Deception. 

declare,  are,  avi,  atiini,  show, 
declare. 

de-duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductiim 
(de  down,  away,  duco  lead), 
lead  down  or  away,  withdraw, 
lead.     Deduce,  deduct,  etc. 

de-fatigo,  are,  avi,  atum  (de 
denoting  completeness,  fatigo 
weary) ,  weary  completely,  fatigue. 

de-fendo,  fend^re,  fendi,  fen- 

Siim,    DEFEND. 

deformitas,  atis,  f.,  deformity, 

ugliness. 
deinde,  adv.,  then,  after  that. 
de-jicio,   jicere,    jeci,   jectum 

(de  down,  jacio  throw),  throw  or 

cast  down.     Dejection. 
delectus,  a,  um  (deligo  choose), 

chosen. 


deleo,  delere,  delevi,  deletum 

destroy.     Deleterious. 

de-libero,  are,  avi,  atum  (de 
denoting  completeness,  libro 
iceigh  in  one's  mind),  weigh  well 
in  mind,  deliberate.  Delib- 
eration. 

de-ligo,  ligere,  legi,  lectum  (de 
apart,  lego  gather),  select,  choose, 

Demaratiis,  i,  m.,  a  Corinthian, 
father  of  Tarquinius  Priscus. 

de-mitto,  mittere,  misi,  mis- 
stim  (de  doivn,  mitto  let  go), 
let  go  down;  capite  demisso, 
with  bowed  head. 

de-monstro,  arS,  avi,  atum  (de 
intensive,  monstro  shoio)^  point 
out,  show,  demonstrate;  de- 
clare.   Demonstration. 

deni,  ae,  a,  num.  adj.  pi.,  ten  each, 

deniquS,  adv.,  at  last,  finally. 

dens,  dentis,  m.,  tooth.  Dental. 

de-p6no,  ponere,  pbsui,  p5si- 
tiim  (de  down,  pono  put),  put 
down,  lay  aside,  get  rid  of.  De- 
posit, deponent. 

de-scendo,  scendere,  scendi, 
scensiim  (de  down,  scando  go), 

DESCEND. 

de-scribo,  scribere,  scripsi, 
scriptiim,  describe  ;  divide. 
Description. 

de-signo,  are,  avi,  atum  (de 
intensive,  signo  mark),  desig- 
nate, describe,  mean. 

de-spero,  are,  avi,  atum  (de 
denoting  negation,  spero  hope) 
despair.     Desperation. 

de-stituo,  stituere,  stitui,  stitii- 


DESVM  —  BOMUS 


179 


turn    (de   aicay,   statuo  put), 
forsake,  abandon.     Destitute, 

DESTITUTION. 

de-siim,  de-esse,  de-fui  (de 
away,  sum  he),  he  wanting, 

deterior,  deteriiis  [see  85'], 
ivorse. 

detrimentum,  i,  n.  (detero  fr. 
de  away,  tero  ruh),  loss ;  dam- 
age, injury ;  detriment.  Det- 
rimental. 

deiis,  i,  m.  [see  20],  god;  deity. 

de-veho,  vehere,  vexi,  vectiim 
(de  away,  veho  carry),  carry 
away,  hring. 

de-v6ro,  are,  avi,  atiim  (de 
down,  voro  swallow),  devour, 
eat  up. 

dexter,  dextra,  dextriim,  right ; 
dextra  (so.  manu  hand),  on 
the  right.     Dexterous. 

dico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictum,  say, 
tell,  speak ;  appoint ;  call,  name ; 
causam  dicere,  to  plead  one's 
cause.     Dictum. 

dies,  diei,  m.,  day. 

dif-fero,  dif-ferre,  dis-tuli,  di- 
latiim  (dis  in  different  direc- 
tions, fero  carry),  carry  different 
ways ;  put  off;  differ. 

difficilis,  e  (dis  negative,  facilis 
easy),  difficult;  impractica- 
hle. 

dignitas,  atis,  f.  (dignus  worthy), 
dignity,  rank;  honor,  office. 

digniis,  a,  iim,  icorthy.  Dignify. 

di-mitto,  mittere,  misi,  missum 
(dis  hither  and  thither^  mitto 
send),  dismiss. 


di-ruo,  rugrg,  rui,  ruttlra   (dis 

asunder, ruo  hurl  down), destroy; 

overthrow;  raze. 
dis,  m.  and  f.;  dite,  n.;  gen.  ditis 

[ditiSr,  ditissimiis],  rich. 
dis-cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  cessttm 

(dis  away,  cedo  go),  go  away, 

depart,  leave. 
dissidiiim,  i,  n.  (dissideo  fr.  dis 

apart,  sedeo  sit),  dissension. 
dis-tribuo,  tribugrg,  tribui,  trl- 

butum  (dis  among  several,  tri- 

buo  give),  distribute,  divide. 
ditio,  ditionis,  f .,  dominion,  poiver. 
dill,   diutiiis,  diiitissime,  adv., 

a  long  time. 
dives,  gen.  divitis,  adj.,  rich, 
Divico,  onis,  m.,  a  distinguished 

man  among  the  Helvetii. 
di-vido,    vidgrg,    vidi,    visum 

(dis  asunder,  root  vid  separate), 

divide;  separate.  Division. 
Divitiacus,  i,  m.,  a  chief  of  the 

Aedui. 
divitiae,  ariim,  f.  pi.  (dives  rich), 

riches,  ivealth. 
do,  dare,  dedi,  datiim,  give. 
doceo,  dbcere,  dbcui,  doctiim 

teach,  instruct;   infonn.     Doc- 
tor. 
d616r,   dSloris,  m.   (doleo  feel 

pain),    grief,     sorrow,     trouble. 

Dolorous. 
dSltis,  i,  m.,  fraud,  deceit,  strata- 
gem. 
d6mo,   arg,  d6mui,   dbmltiim, 

subdue,  conquer. 
d5mtis,  lis  and  i  [see  ©7],  house: 

dbmi,  at  home;  ddmiUn, /tome, 


*^'of  mn' 


180 


DUBITATIO  —  ETIA3I 


homeward;  d6mo,  from  home. 
Dome. 

diibitatio,  onis,  f.  (dublto  waver 
in  opinion),  doubt,  hesitation. 

diibius,  a,  um,  doubtful.  Dubi- 
ous. 

diicenti,  ae,  a,  num.  adj.  pi.  (duo 
twOf  centum  hundred),  two  hun- 
dred, 

duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductiim, 
lead,  draw;  suppose,  consider; 
put  off.     Duct,  aqueduct. 

dulcis,  dulcS,  sweet,  pleasant. 
Dulcet. 

dum,  conj.j  while,  as  long  as;  un- 
til. 

Dumnbrix,  Dumnbrigis,  m.,  one 
of  the  Aedui. 

du6,  ae,  6,  num.  adj.  [see  i08'\, 
two. 

dux,  diicis,  m.  and  f.,  leader, 
guide;  commander,  general. 

E. 

ediico,  are,  avi,  atum  (educo 
bring  up  a  child),  educate. 
Educatiox. 

e-duoo,  ducere,  duxi,  ductum 
(ex  out,  duco  lead),  lead  out, 
lead  forth.   Educe,  eductiox. 

efEemino,  are,  avi,  atum  (ex 
denoting  change  of  nature,  fe- 
mina  woman),  enervate.  Ef- 
feminate. 

ef-ficio,  ficere,  feci,  fectum 
(ex  out,  facio  make),  effect, 
accomplish. 

ef-fundo,  fundere,  fudi,  fusiiui 


(ex  out,  fundo  pour),  pour  out^ 

ocerfow.     Effusiox. 
Egeria,  ae,  f.,  a  nymph,  celebrated 

in  Roman  mythology  as  the  wife 

and  instructress  of  Numa. 
ego,  pers.  pron.  [see  112'],  I. 
e-gredior,  gredi,  gressus  sum 

(ex   out,  gradior  go),  go  out, 

depart.     Egress. 
e-labor,  labi,  lapsus  sum  (ex 

out,    labor    slip),    glide    away, 

escape.     Elapse. 
e-mineo,  minere,  minui  (ex  out, 

mineo  jut),  rise  above ;  appear. 

Eminent. 
emo,  emere,  emi,  emptiim,  buy, 

purchase. 
e-nuncio,   arg,   avi,   atiim   (ex 

out  o/  a  place,  nuncio  carry  a 

report),  divulge,  report. 
eo,  ire,  ivi,  itiim  [see  126],  go. 
eo,    adv.,    to    that    place,   thither, 

there ;  eo  —  quo,  the  —  the. 
gques,  equitis,  m.  (equus  horse, 

eo  go),  rider,  horseman;  cavalry- 
man ;  pL,  cavalry. 
equester,  tris,  trg  (eques  horse- 
man), of  horsemen,  of  cavalry. 

Equestrian. 
equitatus,  us,  m.  (equito  to  be  a 

horseman),  cavalry. 
equiis,  i,  m.,  horse. 
e-ripio,   ripgrg,   ripui,   reptum 

(ex   out,  rapio  tear),  tear  out 

or  from,  take  from. 
St,  conj.,  and,  even;  gt  —  et,  both 

—  and. 
gtiam,  conj.  (et-jam),  and  also, 

also,  even. 


ETSI  —  FACVLTAS 


181 


et-si,  conj.,  even  if^  although. 

Etruria,  ae,f.,  a  country  of  Italy, 
modern  Tuscany. 

e-verto,  vertere,  verti,  versiim 
(ex  out,  verto  turn),  turn  out; 
overturn,  destroy. 

e-v61o,  are,  avi,  atiim  (ex  out, 
volofly),  fly  out,  fly  away. 

ex,  e,  prep.  w.  abl.  [see  Ln.  IV., 
Vy.,  1],  out  of,  from  among; 
from;  of 

exempliim,  i,  n.  (eximo  fr.  ex 
out,  emo  take)^  Example. 

ex-eo,  ire,  ii,  itiini  (ex  o^it,  eo 
go),  go  out,  go  forth,  depart; 
pass.,  he  gone. 

exercitatio,  onis,  f.  (exercito 
to  exercise),  practice. 

exercitiis,  us,  m.  (exerceo  exer- 
cise), army.     See  agmen. 

ex-igo,  igere,  egi,  actum  (ex 
out,  ago  drive),  drive  out,  lead 
out,  spend;  aestas  exacta  est, 
the  summer  is  gone.  Exac- 
tion. 

existimo,  are,  avi,  atiim,  think, 
suppose;  believe,  imagine. 

exitiiim,  i,  n.  (exeo  go  out),  de- 
struction, ruin. 

ex-oro,  are,  avi,  atum  (ex 
eflectually,  oro  entreat),  move  by 
entreaty ;  obtain  by  entreaty. 

expgditus,  a,  iim  (expedio  fr. 
ex  away  from,  pes  foot),  unin- 
cumbered, passable.  Expp:diti- 
ous. 

ex-plico,  are,  avi,  atum  (ex  out, 
plico  fold),  unfold,  explain, 
spread.     Explication. 


exploratSr,   orfe,   m.    (explore 

explore),  spy,  scout. 

ex-pugno,  are,  avi,  atiim  (ex 
effectualhj,  pngnoflght),  take  by 
assault;  storm,  capture. 

ex-specto,  ar6,  avi,  attlm  (ex 
very  much,  specto  look  for), 
EXPECT,  long  for;  wait.  Ex- 
pectation. 

extra,  prep.  w.  ace,  without, 
beyond. 

ex-traho,  traherg,  trasd,  trac- 
tiim  (ex  out,  traho  draw),  dram 
out,  extract.     Extraction. 

extremiis,  a,  iim  [see  S5],  fur- 
thermost, most  distant,  extreme. 

ex-iiro,  urgrS,  ussi,  ustiim  (ex 
entirely,  uro  burn),  burn  up. 

P. 

fabiila,  ae,  f.  (fari  to  speak), 
skyry,  fable. 

facilS,  faciliiis,  facillime,  adv. 
(facilis  easij),  easily,  readily, 
without  difficulty. 

facilXs,  facilg  (facie  do,  ills  de- 
noting capability),  easy,  practi- 
cable.    Facile. 

facio,  facerg,  feci,  factiim,  do, 
make ;  incite,  furnish  ;  iter  fa- 
cgre,  to  march,  to  journey. 

factio,  factionis,  f.  (facio  take 
part  with  one),  faction,  politi- 
cal party. 

factiim,  i,  n.  (facio  do),  deed,  act, 

facultas,  atls,  f.  (facilis  which 
see),  ability,  opportunity.  Fac- 
ulty. 


182 


FAMILIA  —  FRATER 


familia,  ae,  f.  (famulus  servant), 

household,  family. 
familiaritas,  atis,  f.  (familiaris 

intimate),    intimacy,    friendship, 

FAMILIARITY. 

famiila,  ae,  f.,  maldj  maid-ser- 
vant. 

fauce,  abl.,  f.  sing.,  throat;  fau- 
ces, fauciiiin,  f.  pi.,  throat. 

Fausttiliis,  i,  m.,  the  shepherd 
by  whom  Romulus  and  Remus 
were  brought  up. 

faveo,  favere,  favi,  fautum,  fa- 
vor, show  favor. 

feles  and  felis,  felis,  f.,  cat. 
Feline. 

feliciter,  adv.  (felix  happy),  hap- 
pily, successfully, 

felix,  gen.  felicis,  adj.  (feo  pro- 
duce), happy,  fortunate.  Fe- 
licitous. 

femina,  ae,  £.,  female^  woman. 
Feminine. 

fSre,  adv.,  almost,  nearly, 

fgro,  ferrg,  tiili,  latilin,  bear, 
bring,  carry;   endure. 

fSrus,  a,  um,  wild,  uncultivated; 
fgrS,  ae,  f.,  wild  beast. 

ferriim,  i,  n.,  iron ;  sword. 

festtim,  i,  n.,  feast. 

fides,  fidgi,  f.  (Mo  trust),  faith, 
confidence ;  pledge,  promise ; 
protection.     Fidelity. 

filia,  ae,   f.  [see  11],  daughter, 

filiiis,  i,   m.,  son. 

finio,  finirg,  finivi,  finitiini 
(finis  end),  end,  finish. 

finis,  finis,  m.,  end,  limit,  boun- 
dary;  pi.,  territory.     Final. 


finitimiis,  a,  iim  (finis  boun- 
dary), neighboring;  finitimi, 
ortim,  m.  pi.,  neighbors. 

fio,  fieri,  factiis  siim  [see  126], 
be  made;  become;  occur,  hap- 
pen. 

firmiter,  adv.  (finnus^rm),/rm- 
ly,  securely. 

flagito,  arS,  avi,  atiim,  demand. 

flamma,  ae,  f.,  flame. 

fleo,  flere,  flevi,  fletiim,  weep, 

flens,  gen.  flentis,  weeping. 

flos,  floris,  m.,  flower.     Floral. 

fliimgn,  fliiminis,  n.  (fluo  flow), 
river, 

fluo,  fluSrg,  fluxi,  fluxtim,  flow. 
Fluent,  fluency. 

f5dio,  f5dgrg,  fossi,  fossum, 
dig.    Fossil. 

foediis,  foederis,  n.,  league^ 
treaty.     Federal. 

formido,  formidinis,  £.,  fear, 
terror. 

form5sitas,  atis,  £.,  beauty, 

fortassS,  adv.  (fors  chance),  per- 
haps. 

fortg,  adv.  (fors  chance),  acci- 
dentally, by  chance, 

fortis,  forts,  brave,  bold,  coura- 
geous, valiant ;  strong. 

fortitSr,  forties,  fortissime,  adv. 
(fortis  brave),  bravely,  valiantly. 

fortuna,  ae,  f.,  fortune. 

fSriini,  i,  n.,  market-place;  fo- 
rum ;  court  of  justice. 

fossa,  ae,  f.  (fodio  dig),  ditch, 
trench. 

fratgr,  fratris,  m.,  brother.  Fra- 
ternal. 


FRIGUS—GRVS 


183 


frigtis,  frigbris,  n.,  cold,  frost. 

frumentariiis,  a,  iim  (frumen- 
tum  corn),  of  corn ;  res  f ru- 
in entaria,  supplies. 

frumentum,  i,  n.,  corn,  grain. 

fruor,  frui,  fructiis  stim,  enjoy 
[see  J04]. 

fuga,  ae,  L,  flight. 

fugio,  fiigere,  fugi,  m^it^m,  flee; 
escape.     Fugitive. 

fulmgn,  fulminis,  n.  (fulgeo 
flash),  thunder-holt,  lightning. 
Fulminate. 

funiis,  fungris,  n.,  funeral  proces- 
sion, burial,  funeral. 


G. 

Gabinitis,  i,  m.,  Aulus  Gahinius, 
a  Roman  consul. 

Gallia,  ae,  f.,  Gaul;  it  embraced 
modern  France,  Belgium,  that 
part  of  the  Netherlands  south 
of  the  Rhine,  the  provinces  of 
Germany  west  of  the  Rhine, 
and  a  large  part  of  Switzer- 
land; all  this  was  known  as 
Gallia  ulterior,  farther  Gaul, 
and  as  Gallia  transalpina, 
Gaul  across  the  Alps,  i.  e.  from 
Rome :  the  northern  part  of 
modern  Italy  was  known  as 
Gallia  citerior,  hither  Gaul, 
and  as  Gallia  cisalpma,  Gaul 
this  side  the  Alps,  i.  e.  towards 
Rome. 

gallina,  ae,  f.,  hen. 

Galliis,  i,  m.,  a  Gaul. 


GarumnS,  ae,  f.,  a  river  of  Gaul, 
the  Garonne. 

ggminiis,  a,  iim,  double ;  gemlui 
filii,  Vwin-sons. 

ggngr,  ggngri,  m.,  son-in-law. 

Geneva,  ae,  f.,  a  town  of  the  Al- 
lobroges,  on  Lake  Lemannus, 
modern  Geneva. 

gens,  gentXs,  f.  (gigno  beget), 
nation,  tribe.     Gentile. 

ggniis,  ggngris,  n.,  birth,  kind, 
race, 

Germani,  orum,  m.  pi.,  the 
Germans. 

ggro,  gergrg,  gessi,  gestiim,  bear, 
carry;  carry  on,  wage;  pass. 
happen,  take  place. 

gigno,  gigngrg,  gSnui,  ggnitiim, 
beget ;  bear ;  pass.,  be  born. 

gloria,  ae,  f.,  glory,  renown. 

glorior,  ari,  attis  stlm  (gloria 
glory),  boast,  GLORY. 

grSdiis,  lis,  m.  (gradior  to  step), 
step,  stair.     Grade. 

Graeciis,  S,  tlm,  Grecian, 
Greek. 

gratia,  ae,  f.  (gratus  beloved, 
dear),  favor;  influence,  popu- 
larity ;   GRACE ;   pi.,  thanks. 

gratiilor,  ari,  atiis  siim,  con- 
gratulate. 

gravis,  gravg,  heavy,  burden- 
some;  grievous,  painful,  se- 
vere.    Grief. 

gravitgr,  gravitis,  grSvissIme, 
adv.  (gravis  heavy),  heavily; 
grievously,  severely. 

grus,  gruls,  m.  atd  f.,  crane  (a 
bird). 


184 


HABEO  —  IMPEDIMENWM 


H. 

hibeo,  erS,  ui,  ittim,  have,  hold; 
regard^  consider ;  deliver. 

Harudes,  um,  m.  pL,  a  people  of 
Southern  Germany. 

hast^  ae,  f.,  spear,  lance. 

haud,  adv.,  not  at  all,  by  no 
means. 

haediis  and  hoediis,  i,  m.,  kid,  a 
young  goat. 

Helvetii,  oriim,  m.  pL,  an  an- 
cient people  occupying  a  large 
part  of  the  country  now  called 
Switzerland. 

Helvetiiis,  §.,  um,  of  tlie  Helvetii. 

herbidus,  ^  um  (herba  grass), 
grassy. 

hibernS,  orum,  n.  pi.  (hiems 
winter),  winter-quarters;  [prop- 
erly an  adjective  with  castra 
understood.]     Hibernate. 

hic,  haec,  hoc,  this;  pL,  these 
[see  il5]. 

hic,  adv.  (hic  this),  here,  in  this 
place. 

hiemo,  are,  avi,  atum  (hiems 
winter),  pass  the  icinter. 

hinc,  adv.  (hic  this),  lyence,  from 
this  place. 

Hispani^  ae,  f.,  Spain. 

hSdie,  adv.  (contracted  fr.  hoc 
and  die,  on  this  day),  to-day. 

h6m6,  hbminis,  m.  and  f.,  human 
being^  person,  man.  [See  Ln. 
XXV.,  Note  1.] 

hSnor,  hbnoris,  m.,  honor. 

horS,  ae,  f.,  hour. 

Horatii,  orum,  m.  pi.,  three  Ro- 


man brothers  who  fought  against 
the  Curiatii. 

hortor,  ari,  atiis  siim,  exhort, 
urge.     Hortatory. 

hospitium,  i,  n.  (hospes  guest), 
hospitality.  Hospital,  hos- 
pitable. 

hostis,  hostis,  m.  and  f.,  enemy, 
public  enemy;  [inim.icus  is  a 
personal  enemy."]     Hostile. 

hue,  adv.  (hic  this),  hither,  to  this 
place. 

humanitas,  atis,  f.  (humanus  of 
or  belonging  to  man),  humani- 
ty, refinement,  culture. 

I. 

ibi,  adv.  (is),  there,  in  that  place; 
then. 

ico,  icerS,  ici,  ictiim,  strike; 
foedus  icgre,  to  ratify  or  make 
a  treaty.    Ictus. 

idem,  e^dem,  idem  (is  and  dem. 
suffix  dem),  the  same  [see  113], 

idoneiis,  a,  um^fit,  suitable. 

igitur,  conj.,  therefore. 

ignis,  is,  m.,  fire. 

ille,  ilia,  illiid,  that,  he;  pi.,  thoae, 

immeritiis,  S,  iim  (in  negative, 
meritus  deserving)^  not  deserv- 
ing :  not  deserved. 

immortalis,  immortale  (in  neg- 
ative,  mortalis  mortal),  immor- 
tal. 

immortalitas,  atis,  f.  (immorta- 
lis immortal),  immortality. 

impedimentiim,  T,  n.  (impedio 
fr.  in  in  the  way  of,  pedes /eei), 


niPENLEO  ^  INLULGEO 


185 


hindrance;  pL,  baggage  of  an 
army,  including  beasts  of  bur- 
den and  their  drivers;  [sar- 
cinae  are  packs  carried  by  the 
soldiers.]     Ijmpediment. 

im-pendeo,  pendere,  no  perf. 
nor  sup.  (in  over,  pendeo  hang), 
overhang;  impend. 

imperator,  oris,  m.  (impero 
command),  commander-in-chief, 
general. 

imperitiis,  S,  um  (in  negative, 
peritus  skilled),  unskilled,  in- 
experienced. 

imperifim,  i,  n.  (impero  com- 
mand), command;  government; 
EMPIRE,  supreme  power. 

impero,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (in  upon, 
paro  put),  give  orders,  order; 
command;  rule. 

impetus,  us,  m.,  attack,  assault. 
Impetus. 

im-ploro,  arg,  avi,  atiim,  beseech, 
entreat,  implore. 

im-p6no,  pongrS,  posuT,  p6si- 
tiim  (in  upon,  pono  place), 
place  upon  ;  levy  upon.  Impose, 

IMPOSITION. 

im-porto,  arg,  avT,  atiim  (in 
into,  porto   bring),   bring  into, 

IMPORT. 

in,  prep.  w.  ace  and  abl. ;  w.  ace, 
into,  to,  towards,  against;  w. 
abl.,  in,  on^  upon,  among. 

inanis,  inanS,  empty;  vain,  in- 
effectual. 

incendo,  incendSrS,  incendi, 
incensiim,  set  on  Jire,  burn. 
Incendiary. 


inchoo,  arg,  avi,  5ttim,  begin.  , 

in-cido,  cidgrg,  cidi  (in  into, 
cado  fall),  fall  into  or  upon; 
chance  to  meet  with.  Lncidlnt, 
incidental. 

in-cito,  arg,  avi.  attim  (in  with- 
out additional  force,  cito  put  in 
quick  motion),  instigate,  en- 
courage; incite. 

in-c61o,  c61gre,  c61uT,  cultiim 
(in  in,  colo  dwell),  inhubUy 
dwell. 

incoliimis,  g,  unhurt,  safe. 

incommbdiim,  i,  (incommodus 
fr.  in  negative,  commodus  con- 
venient),  inconvenience,  misfor- 
tune^ defeat. 

incredibilis,  g  (in  negative,  credo 
believe,  bilis  denoting  capabil- 
ity), INCREDIBLE ;  extraordi- 
nary. 

incursio,  onis,  f.  (incurro  fr.  in 
into,  against;  curro  run),  at- 
tack;   INCURSION. 

in-cuso,    arg,    5vi,    atiim    (in 

against,  causa  cause),  censure, 

blame. 
in-dico,   dicgrg,   dixi,  dicttim 

(in  among,  dice  speak),  declare, 

proclaim. 
indigniis,  S,  iim  (in  negative,  dig- 

nus  worthy),  unworthy. 
ind51es,  is,  f.,  dv^position,  nature, 
in-diico,  ducgrg,  duzi,  ducttim 

(in  info,  duco  lead),  lead  into; 

INDUCE. 

indulgeo,  indulggrg,  indulsl, 
indultiim,  favor,  show  favor; 

INDULGE. 


186 


INBUO  —  INTERNECW 


in-duo,  dugrg,  dui,  dutiim,  put 
on^  dress ;  clothe. 

inermis,  S  (in  negative,  arma 
arms),  unarmed ;  defenceless. 

inferior,  inferiiis,  lower.  Infe- 
rior [see  85^. 

in-fero,  in-ferrS,  in-tiili,  11- 
latiim  (in  into,  upon,  feio 
bring),  bring  into  or  upon,  make 
upon.    Infer,  inference. 

in-fluo,  flugrg,  fluxi,  fluxiim  (in 
ifito,  fiViO  flow),  flow  into,  empty. 
Influence,  influx. 

in-frendeo,  frenderg,  gnash  with 
the  teeth. 

ingens,  gen.  ingentis,  vast,  enor- 
mous, large, 

in-haereo,  haererS,  haesT,  hae- 
siim  (in  to,  in;  haereo  6/ic^), 
stick  or  cleace  to  or  in. 

in-hio,  arg,  avi,  attim  (in  for, 
hie  gape),  gape  for,  desire. 

inlmlcus,  5,  um  (in  negative, 
amicus  friendly),  unfriendly, 
hostile  ;  inimical.    See  hostis. 

initium,  i,  n.  (ineo  fr.  in  upon, 
eo  enter),  beginning.     Initial. 

in-jicio,  jicgrg,  jeci,  jectiim  (in 
into,  jacio  throw),  throw  into; 
inspire,  infuse.     Inject. 

injuria  ae,  f.  (injurius  fr.  in 
negative,  jus  right),  injury, 
wrong;  injustice,  damage;  in- 
sult. 

in-nascor,  nasci,  nattis  siim  (in 
in,  nascor  be  born),  spring  up  in. 

inopia,  ae,  f.  (inopes  fr.  in  neg- 
ative, opes  resources),  want, 
scarcity. 


inquam  and  inquio,  defective 
verb,  say. 

insidiae,  ariim,  f.  pi.,  treachery, 
deceit.    Insidious. 

insignis,  insigne  (in  upon,  sig- 
num  mark),  remarkable,  extraor- 
dinary;  insigne,  is,  n.,  sign. 

in-stituo,  stituere,  stitui,  sti- 
tutiini,  appoint,  institute; 
train  up,  instruct. 

institutiim,  I,  n.,  custom ;  insti- 
tution. 

in-struo,  struSre,  stnixi,  stnic- 
tiim  (in  vv^ithout  additional 
force,  struo  arrange),  arrange, 
form,  draw  up.  Instruct,  in- 
structive, INSTRUCTION. 

intel-ligo  (lego),  liggrg,  legi, 
lectiini  (inter  between,  lego 
choose),  understand,  know.  In- 
telligent. 

inter,  prep.  w.  ace,  hetiveen, 
among. 

inter-cedo,  cedSrg,  cessi,  ces- 
stim  (inter  between,  cedo  go), 
intervene.  Intercede,  inter- 
cession. 

inter-cipio,  cipere,  cepi,  cep- 
ttim  (inter  between,  capio  take), 
usurp  :  take  away  fraudulently ; 
intercept. 

inter-ficio,  ficerg,  feci,  fectiim 
(inter  between,  facio  make),  kill, 
slay. 

inter-imo,  imerg,  emi,  emptiini, 
kill,  put  to  death. 

internecio,  onis,  f.  (intem^co 
fr.  inter  completely,  neco  kill), 
slaughter. 


INTERREGNUM—  JURA 


187 


interregnum,  T,  n.  (inter  between, 
regnum  reign),  interregnum. 

inter-sttm,  esse,  fui  (inter  be- 
tween, sum  be),  be  between,  inter- 
vene. 

intervalliim,  T,  n.  (inter  between, 
vallum  rampart),  interval, 
distance. 

intro,  arg,  avT,  atiim,  enter. 

in-tueor,  tueri,  tuitiis  siim  (in 
upon,  at;  tueor  look),  look  at  or 
upon, 

inttis,  adv.,  within, 

invidia,  ae,  f.  (invideo  look 
askance  at),  envy,  hatred. 

invitiis,  a,  iim,  unwilling ;  se  in- 
vito, against  his  will. 

ipse,  ipsa,  ipsiim  [see  IIS],  self; 
himself,  herself,  itself;  very; 
ipse  rex,  the  very  king. 

irretio,  ire,  ivi,  itiim  (in  in,  rete 
net),  entangle,  ensnare, 

ir-rideo,  riderg,  risi,  risiini  (in 
at,  rideo  laugh),  laugh  at,  deride, 

irrito,  are,  avi,  atiim,  provoke, 
incite,  irritate.    Irritation. 

is,  eS,  id,  he,  her,  it;  this;  that 
[see  lis]. 

Isocrates,  is,  m.,  a  celebrated 
Greek  orator  and  rhetorician. 

it^,  adv.  (is),  so,  thus,  in  this  man- 
ner, as  follows. 

Italia,  ae,  £.,  Italy. 

Italiis,  a,  tim,  Italian. 

itS-qug,  conj.,  and  so,  accordingly, 
therefore, 

itSm,  adv.  (is),  in  like  manner, 
likeioise. 

iter,  itingris,  n.  (eo  go).  Journey  ; 


march;  way,  road,  route;  iter 
facSre,  to  march.    Itinerant. 
itgrtim,  adv.  (is),  again,  a  second 
time. 


jSceo,  erg,  ui,  jScitiim,  lie. 
jScio,     j&c6rg,    jeci,    jacttLm, 

throw,  hurl,  cast. 

j&m,  adv.,  noio,  already, 

Janiciiliim,  i,  n.,  a  hill  across  the 
Tiber  from  Rome. 

jiibeo,  jiiberg,  jussi,  jussiim, 
command,  order. 

judiciiim,  i,  n.,  (judex  judge), 
judgment;  trial;  sentence;  de- 
cision.   Judicial. 

judico,  arS,  avi,  atiim  (jus  law, 
dice  point  out),  judge;  deter- 
mine, conclude;  think.  Ad- 
judicate. 

jilgiim,  i,  n.  (jungo  join),  yoke; 
ridge,  summit:  in  war  a  frame 
made  of  two  upright  spears  sup- 
porting a  third  in  a  horizontal 
position,  under  which  a  con- 
quered army  was  made  to  pass 
in  token  of  subjection. 

jumentiim,  i,  n.,  beast  of  burden 
as  a  horse  or  an  ox. 

Juppiter  and  Jiipiter,  J6vis,  m., 
son  of  Saturn,  father  of  gods 
and  king  of  men. 

Jiira,  ae,  m.,  the  Jura,  a  chain  of 
mountains  extending  from  tlio 
Rhine  to  the  Rhone  and  form- 
ing the  western  boundary  of 
Switzerland. 


188 


JUS  —  LIBERO 


jus,  juris,  n.,  riglit^  law.    Jurist. 
jusjurandiim,  jurisjurandi,  n., 

oath  [see  110~\. 
jussu,  m.  abl.  (jubeo  command)^ 

by  command. 
justiis,  a,  iim  (jus  law,  suffix  tus 

^^noiing  fulness),  just,  right, 
jiivo,  jiivare,  juvT,  jutiiin,  help, 

aid,  assist.     Ad-jut  ant. 

L. 

L.,  abbreviation  of  Lucius,  a  Ro- 
man praenomen. 

L^bieniis,  1  m.,  one  of  Caesar*s 
lieutenants  in  the  Gallic  war. 

l^bor,  l^boris,  m.,  labor,  toil. 

lacrim^,  ae,  f.,  tear. 

l^CliS,  us,  m.,  LAKE. 

laetor,   ari,    atiis   stim   (laetns 

joyful),  rejoice,  exult. 
laettis,  S,  iim,  joyful, 
lS.uio,    arg,    avi,    atilin,    tear  in 

pieces. 
l^pis,  l^pidis,  m.,  stone.   Lapid- 
ary. 
ISqueiis,  i,  m.,  noose,  snare. 
Larenti^,  ae,  f.     See  Acca. 
largitio,    onis,   f.    (largior  give 

hountifully),  liberality. 
late,  adv.  (latus  broad),  widely, 

extensively. 
Latintis,  i,  m.,  an  ancient  king  of 

the  Laurentes,  a  people  of  Italy, 
latro,  latronis,  m.,  robber. 
latro,  are,  avi,  atttm,  bark,  bark 

at. 
l^tiis,   lS.teris,    n.,    side;  flank. 

Lateral. 


latiis,  S,  iim,  broad,  ivide ;  large, 
spacious.     Lat-itude. 

Lavini^,  ae,  f.,  daughter  of  Lati- 
nus  and  second  wife  of  Aeneas. 

Laviniiim,  i,  n.,  a  city  in  Italy 
built  by  Aeneas. 

legatio,  onis,*  f.  (lego  send  on 
an  embassy),  embassy.  Lega- 
tion. 

legatiis,  i,  m.  (lego  send  as  a  rep^ 
resentative),  ambassador,  envoy, 
legate;  lieutenant. 

Iggio,  Iggionis,  f.  (lego  levy), 
LEGION,  a  body  of  infantry  va- 
rying in  number  from  4000  to 
6000,  and  generally  accompa- 
nied by  about  300  cavalrymen. 

16go,  Iggerg,  legi,  lecttim, 
choose. 

Lemanniis,  T,  m.,  Lake  Leman  or 
Geneva  in  the  southern  part  of 
Switzerland. 

leo,  leSnis,  m.,  lton. 

letalis,  6  (latum  death;  suffix 
alls,  belonging  to),  fatal,  deadly, 

levitas,  atis,  f.  (levis  smooth), 
smoothness. 

Igvitas,  atis,  f.  (levis  light), 
lightness.     Levity. 

lex,  legis,  f.,  law.     Legal. 

liber,  libgrS,  ITber urn,  free, 

libSralitas,  atis,  f.  (liberalis  fr. 
liber  free),  liberality,  gen- 
erosity. 

libgre,  liberiiis,  adv.  (liber/re^), 
freely,  unreservedly. 

liberi,  orum,  m.  pi.,  children. 

libero,  axe,  avi,  atum  (liber 
free),  to  free,  liberate. 


LICEOR  —  MANEO 


189 


liceor,  licSrT,  licitiis  stim,  hid 

at  an  auction. 

licgt,  licere,  licuit  or  licitiim 
est,  it  is  permitted,  allowed;  one 
may  [see  128  and  Ln.  LXIX., 
Examples  2  -  5]. 

licSt,  although, 

Lingones,  iim,  m.  pi,  a  people 
in  Northeastern  Gaul. 

lingua,  ae,  f.,  tongue;  language. 
Linguist,  lingual. 

Lisciis,  i,  m.,  a  magistrate  among 
the  Aedui. 

littera  and  litSrS,  ae,  f.  (lino 
besmear),  letter  of  the  alpha- 
bet ;  pi.,  letter,  epistle.  Litera- 
ture. 

lociis,  T,  m.  [pi.  loci  and  loca], 
place.    Local,  locality. 

longe,  longiiis,  longissime,  adv. 
(longus  long),  far,  hy  far;  often 
used  to  strengthen  superla- 
tives. 

longissime,  adv.,  very  far. 

longitudo,  inis,  f.  (longus  long), 
length.     Longitude. 

longus,  a,  lim,  long. 

loquor,  loqui,  locutiis  siim, 
speak,  talk.    Loquacious. 

Liicius,  i,  m.,  a  Roman  prae- 
nomen. 

Lucretia,  ae,  f.,  a  Roman  matron, 
wife  of  CoUatinus. 

ludiis,  i,  m.,  play,  game. 

liipa,  ae,  f.,  she-wolf. 

liipiis,  1,  m.,  wolf 

lustro,  arg,  avi,  attim,  revieiu. 

lux,  lucis,  f.  (luceo  shine),  light. 

lyra,  ae,  f.,  lyre. 


M. 

M.,  abbreviation  of  Marcus^  a 
Roman  praenomen. 

M'.,  abbreviation  of  ManiuSy  a 
Roman  praenomen. 

mSgis,  maxime,  adv.,  more,  ra/Aer. 

mSgistratiis,  us,  m.  (magister 
fr.  mag-,  root  of  magnus, 
signifying  to  be  great),  magis- 
trate. 

magnitudo,  inls,  f.  (magnus 
great),  size,  magnitude. 

magniis,  S,  tim,  great,  large,  big, 
mighty.     Magni-. 

majestas  atis,  f.,  majesty, 
dignity. 

majbr,  majiis,  gen.  majorls 
(comp.  of  magnus),  larger, 
greater,  bigger;  majorgs,  ilm, 
m.  pi.,  ancestors.    Major. 

mS16,  pejtis,  pessimg,  adv.,  bad- 
ly, ill,  wickedly. 

m^lS-dico,  dicSrg,  dixi,  dicttim 
(male  ill,  dico  speak),  speak  ill 
of  revile,  rail  at;  [with  dat.] 
Malediction. 

maigficitim,  i,  n.  [maleficus  do- 
ing evil),  mischief,  damage. 

maieficiis,  S,  lim  (male  wicked- 
ly, facio  do),  wicked;  mSlgfl- 
ctis,  i,  m.,  an  evil-doer. 

malo,  mallg,  mSlui  (magis  more, 
volo  be  icilling),  be  more  williug, 
choose  rather,  prefer  [see  J,^5]. 

m^iis,  a,  tim,  bad,  wicked,  evil, 
destructive. 

m&neo,  man6rS,  mansl,  man- 
siim,  stay,  re- main. 


190 


MANBATUM—  JIINOR 


mandattim,  T,  n.  (mando  fr.  ma- 
nus  hand,  do  put;  put  in  one's 
hand),  charge,  order,  command. 
Mandate. 

maiius,  us,  f.,  hand;  force  of 
soldiers.    Manufacture. 

Manius,  i,  m.     See  M'. 

Marciiis,  i,  m.,  a  Roman  name. 

Marcus,  i,  m.     See  M. 

mare,  maris,  n.,  sea. 

marltus,  i,  m.  (marita  wife),  be- 
longing to  a  wife,  husband. 

Mars,  Martis,  m.,  son  of  Jupiter 
and  Juno,  and  god  of  war. 
Martial. 

massa,  ae,  f.,  mass,  lump. 

mat^r,  matris,  f.,  mother  ;  ma- 
tron. 

matrimonium,  i,  n.  (mater 
mother),  marriage;  in  matri- 
monium dare,  to  give  in  mar- 
riage; in  matrimonium  du- 
c6re,  to  marry.    Matrimony. 

Matr5na,  ae,  m.,  a  river  in  Gaul, 
the  modern  Marne. 

mature,  adv.  (maturus  ripe), 
early,  soon. 

maturo,  arS,  avi,  attim,  hasten, 
make  haste. 

maturiis,  a,  iim,  ripe,  mature. 

mediocriter,  adv.  (mediocris  fr. 
medius  denoting  a  middle  state), 
moderately ;  non  mediocriter, 
exceedingly. 

mediiis,  a,  iim,  in  the  middle  or 
midst ;  in  the  middle  of;  middle, 
central. 

mSl,  mellis,  n.,  honey.  Melli- 
fluent. 


mSlibr,  mgliiis,  gen.  mSliorls 
(comp.  of  bonus),  better. 

memini,  meminissS,  remember 
[see  127\ 

mgmor,  gen.  memSris,  mindful 
of,  mindful. 

mSmoria,  ae,  f.  (memor  mind- 
ful of),  memory,  recollection, 
remembrance. 

mens,  mentis,  f.,  mind.  See 
animus.    Mental. 

mensis,  mensis,  m.,  month. 

mercator,  oris,  m.  (mercer  to 
trade),  trader,  merchant. 

merces,  mercedis,  f.,  wages, 
hire,  reward,  price. 

mgreo,  erS,  ui,  ittim,  deserve, 
acquire. 

meritlim,  i,  n.,  desert.    Merit. 

MessalS,  ae,  m.,  a  Roman  name. 

metior,  metirg,  mensiis  stim, 
MEASURE,  deal  out. 

Mettiiis,  i,  m.,  Mettius  Fufetius, 
an  Alban  general,  put  to  death 
by  Tullus  Hostilius. 

meus,  a,  iim,  my,  mine. 

miles,  militis,  m.,  soldier, 

militaris,  g  (miles  soldier,  aris 
belonging  to),  military;  res 
militaris,  military  science, 

mille,  pi.  milia,  miliilm,  thou- 
sand [see  ids']. 

milviiis,  i,  m.,  kite  (a  bird). 

minime  [parve,  miniis,  mini- 
me].  adv.,  least,  by  no  means. 

minimiis,  a,  iim,  least  [see  85^. 

minor,  miniis,  smaller,  less  [see 
85 \  ;  minor  natu,  younger. 


MINUO  —  NEMO 


191 


minuo,  minugrg,  mmui,  mmu- 
tiim,  Di-MiNiSH.  Diminution. 

minus,  adv.  less.     See  minime. 

miror,  ari,  atiis  siim,  ad-mike  ; 
wonder  at. 

miriis,  S,  iim  (miror  wonder  at), 
wonderful. 

miser,  misSra,  miseriim,  wretch- 
ed, pitiable,  lamentable,  miser- 
able. 

mitto,  mitterg,  misi,  missiim, 
send, 

moenia,  moeniiim,  n.  pi.,  walls 
of  a  city. 

mollio,  irg,  ivT,  itiim  (mollis 
soft),  soften,  subdue. 

moneo,  erg,  ui,  itiim,  remind; 
advise,  ad-monish. 

mons,  mentis,  m.,   mountain, 

MOUNT. 

monstro,  arS,  avi,  atiim  (mon- 
strum  a  dicine  omen),  show, 
point  out.     De-monstrate. 

morbus,  i,  m.,  disease.   Morbid. 

mbrior,  mori  and  moriri,  mor- 
tuiis  Slim,  die. 

moror,  ari,  atiis  siim,  tarry,  de- 
lay, hinder. 

mors,  mortis,  f.,  death.  Mortal. 

mos,  moris,  m.,  custom,  manner: 
usage:  pL,  character.    Moral. 

m6veo,  moverS,  movi,  motum, 
MOVE ;  excite :  castra  movere, 
to  break  up  camp. 

miiligr,  muligris,  f.,  ivoman. 

multitudo,     inis,     f.      (multus 

much),    MULTITUDE. 

multiis,  a,  tim,  much,  many  a; 
pi.  many.     Multi-ply. 


munio,  irg,  ivi,  itiim  (moenia 

wall,  rampart),  fortify. 
munitio,  6nis,f.  (munio  >r/i/^), 

fortification.     Munition. 
muniis,  mungris,  n.,  gift^  reward, 

Re-muner-ate. 
mus,  miiris,  m.,  mouse. 
musciiliis,    m.    (mus),    a    Utile 

7nouse, 

N. 

nam,  conj.,ybr. 

nascor,  nasci,  natiis  siim,  be 
born.     Nascent. 

natii,  abl.  sing,  m.,  by  birth;  mi- 
nor natu,  younger, 

natura,  ae,  f.  (nascor  be  born), 

NATURE. 

natiis,  5,  iim  (nascor  be  bom), 

old. 
navis,  navis,  f.,  ship.     Nav-al, 

NAVI-GATE. 

ne,  conj.,  not;  that  not;  that,  lest, 

116,  interrog.  particle ;  is  appended 
to  first  word  of  the  question  and 
asks  for  information. 

n6c.     See  ngqug. 

nSco,  ar6,  avi,  atiim,  I'ill,  put  to 
death. 

nggo,  arg,  avi,  attlm,  deny,  re- 
fuse.    Negation. 

nSgotiiim,  i,  n.  (nee  not,  otium 
leisure),  business;  quid  negS- 
ti?  what  business?  Negoti- 
ate. 

nemo,  neminis,  m.  and  f.  (ne 
not,  homo  a  man),  no  one^  no- 
body. 


192 


NEFOS  —  NUTRIO 


nSpos,  nepotis,  m.,  grandson. 
Nepotism. 

Neptuniis,  i,  m.,  Neptune ,  god  of 
the  sea. 

nequaquam,  adv.,  hy  no  means. 

nSquS,  nee,  conj.,  and  not; 
ngquS  —  nequ^,  neither  — 
nor. 

nerviis,  i,  m.,  nerve,  vigor,  en- 
ergy. 

nescio,  irS,  ivi  and  ii,  itiim  (ne 
not,  scio  know),  not  knoiu. 

neutSr,  neutra,  neutrtim  (ne 
not,  liter  one  or  the  other),  nei- 
ther [see  24:'],    Neuter. 

nihil,  n.  indecl.,  nothing. 

nihilo  miniis,  adv.,  none  the  less, 
nevertheless. 

nihiliini,  i,  n.,  nothing, 

nisi,  conj.  (ne  not,  si  if),  if  not, 
unless,  except. 

nitor,  niti,  nisiis  or  nixus  stim, 
strive,  endeavor. 

nobilis,  nobilg  (nosco  knoio, 
bills  denoting  capability),  well 
known,  noble,  of  high  rank, 

nobilitas,  atis,  f.  (nobilis  noble), 

NOBILITY. 

nolo,  noUS,  n51ui  (non  not,  volo 

willing),  be  unwilling. 
nomSn,  nominis,  n.,  name. 
non,  adv.,  not. 
nonng,  interrog.  particle,  expects 

the  answer  yes. 
non-nulliis,    a,    tim,    some   one; 

nonnullT,  orum,  m.  pi.,  several 

persons. 
NoreiS,  ae,  f.,  a  town  in  Noricum. 
Noriciis,  a,  iim,  of  Noricum,  a 


country  lying  between  the  Up- 
per Danube  and  Eastern  Alps, 

nos,  pers.  pron.,  we  [see  112']. 

noster,  nostra,  nostrum,  our, 
ours. 

noto,  are,  avi,  attim  (nota,  a 
mark),  mark.  Note,  nota- 
tion. 

Novioduniim,  i,  n.,  the  name  of 
several  cities  in  Gaul. 

n6viis,  a,  iim,  new,  strange;  re- 
cent, fresh ;  novae  res,  revolu- 
tion ;  agmen  novissimum,  the 
rear.     Novel. 

nox,  noctis,  f.,  night. 

nubes,  nubis,  f.,  cloud, 

nubo,  nubere,  nupsi,  nupttini, 
veil  herself  for  the  bridegroom, 
marry  [of  a  bride].     Nuptial. 

nudtis,  a,  lim,  naked,  bare;  nude. 

nulliis,  a,  lim  (ne  not,  ullus  any 
one),  no,  none,  not  any  one, 

niim,  whether ;  in  direct  questions 
to  be  omitted  in  translation. 

Ntima,  ae,  m.,  Numa  Pompilius, 
the  second  king  of  Rome. 

niimSriis,  i,  m.,  number. 

Niimitor,  oris,  m.,  father  of 
Rhea  Silvia. 

nunc,  adv.,  now. 

nuncio,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (nuncius 
messenger),  an-nounce,  report. 

nunciipo,  arS,  avi,  atiim,  to  name. 

nunquSm  and  numquam,  adv. 
(ne  not,  unquam  ever),  never. 

nuper,  adv.  (novus  neiv),  newly, 
recently. 

nutrio,  irg,  ivi,  itiim,  nourish. 
Nutrition,  nutriment. 


NYMPHA  —  OFFICIUM 


193 


nymphS,  ae,  f.,  a  nymph;  the 
nyiiiplis  were  demi-goddesses 
inhabiting  the  sea,  rivers,  foun- 
tains, woods,  trees,  and  moun- 
tains. 


6b,  prep.  w.  ace,  on  account  of, 
for, 

obedio,  irg,  ivi,  itiim  (ob  with- 
out any  additional  force,  audio 
listen  to),  listen  to,  obey;  he  sub- 
ject to.     Obedient. 

6b-eo,  ire,  ivi  and  ii,  itiim  (ob 
towards,  eo  go),  die, 

6b-erro,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (ob 
about,  erro  wander),  wander 
about,  wander. 

ob-jicio,  jicgrg,  jeci,  jectttm 
(ob  before,  at;  jacio  throw), 
throw  before,  at,  or  against; 
throio  up.  Object,  objec- 
tion. 

obliviscor,  oblivisci,  oblitiis 
Slim,  forget. 

ob-ruo,  rugrg,  rui,  riitiim  (ob 
without  additional  force,  ruo 
cast  down  with  violence),  over- 
whelm; cover. 

ob-secro,  are,  avi,  atiim  (ob  on 
account  of  sacra  sacrifices),  be- 
seech, implore. 

obses,  obsidis,m.  (obsideo  stay), 
hostage. 

ob-testor,  ari,  atiis  siim  (ob 
with  no  additional  force,  tes- 
tor  bear  witness),  conjure,  he- 
seech. 


ob-tineo,  tingrg,  tinui,  tentiim 
(ob  with  no  additional  force, 
teneo  hold),  hold,  obtain,  pos- 
sess. 

obviSm,  adv.,  in  the  way;  ob- 
viam  irS  or  figri,  to  meet, 

occasiis,  lis,  m.  (occido  fall), 
going  down;  soils  occSsu,  at 
sunset. 

oc-cido,  cidgrg,  cidi,  cistim 
(ob  against,  caedo  cut,  strike), 
Jcilly  slay. 

oc-culto,  arg,  avi,  attim,  hide, 
conceal.     Occult. 

oc-ciipo,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (ob 
with  no  additional  force,  capio 
take),  seize,  take  possession  of, 
OCCUPY.     Occupation. 

oc-curro,  currgrS,  ciicurri  and 
curri,  cursiim  (ob  towards, 
curro  run),  meet.  Occur,  oc- 
currence. 

Oce^iis,  i,  m.,  ocean. 

Ocgliim,  i,  n.,  a  town  in  the  west- 
ern part  of  Cisalpine  Gaul. 

octaviis,  S,  iim,  eighth.   Octave. 

octo-dgcim,  num.  adj.,  eighteen, 

octo-ginta,  num.  adj ,  eighty, 

dctUiis,  i,  m.,  eye.     Oculist, 

odi,  odissg,  hate  (see  l;27]. 

of-fendo,  fendSrS,  fendi,  fen- 
siim,  OFFEND,  wound.  Of- 
fence. 

of-fgro,  of-fgrrg,  ob-tiUi,  ob- 
latiim  (ob  towards,  fero  bring), 
OFFER,  present, 

officium,  1,  n.  (opes  aid,  facio 
render),  service^  duty;  obedience^ 
allegiance.     Office. 


194 


OMNINO  —  PASCOn 


omnino,  adv.  (omnis  all),  alto- 
gether^ at  all. 
omnis,  omnS,  all,  every,  the  whole. 

Omni-science,  omxi-potent, 

omni-present. 
oniis,   onSris,   n.,  load,  hurden ; 

weight;  size.     Onerous. 
6pis,  opSm,  6pg  [nom.,  dat.,  and 

voc.  sing,  not  used ;  pi.  entire]  ; 

pL,  6pes,  opiim,  6pibtis,  etc. ; 

f.,  power ;  means,  resources. 
Sportgt,  oporterg,  oportuit,  it 

behooves,    it    is    necessary,    one 

ought  [see  128  and  Ln.  LXIX., 

Examples  6  -  8], 
oppidiim,    i,    n.,     town,    walled 

town. 
op-pugno,  arg,  avi,   attiin   (ob 

against,   pugno   fight),    attack, 

besiege,  assault. 
optio,    onis,    f.    (opto    choose), 

choice,  OPTION, 
bptis,  6p6ris,  n.,  icork,  labor. 
oratio,  orationis,  f.  (ore  speak), 

speech,  harangue;  oration. 
orator,  oratoris,  m.  (ore  plead), 

orator. 
ordino,  arg,   avi,   atiim    (ordo 

arranging),  arrange,  order. 
Orgetorix,  igis,  m.,  the  noblest 

and  richest  among  the  Helvetii. 
Sriens,  gen.  brientis   (part.  fr. 

orior),  rising.     Orient. 
6rior,    oriri,    ortus    sttm,   rise, 

arise,  begin. 
ornamentum,  i,  n.  (omo  adorn), 

ORNAMENT,  distinction. 
6ro,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (os  mouth), 

beseech,  beg ;  implore,  pray. 


OS,  oris,  n.,  mouth  ;  face.    Oral. 

OS,  ossis,  n.,  bone.     Ossi-fy. 

os-tendo,  tendere,  tendi,  ten- 
tiim  (ob  before,  t^ndo  spread), 
show,  point  out,  exhibit.  Osten- 
sible. 

Ostia,  ae,  f.,  a  town  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Tiber,  built  by  Ancus 
Marcius. 

ostiiim,  i,  n.,  mouth  of  a  river. 

ovtun,  i,  n.,  egg.     Oval. 

P. 

P.,  abbreviation  of  Publius,  a  Ro- 
man praenomen*. 

pabiilatio,  onis,  t,  foraging. 

pabiiliim,  i,  n.  (pasco  feed\ 
food. 

paco,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (pax /)eace), 

PACIFY. 

paeng,  adv.,  almost,  nearly, 
pagiis,  i,  m.,  district,  canton.  . 
par,  gen.  p^is,  equal,  like.    Par. 
paratiis,    S,  iim   (part,  of  pare 

prepare),  pre-pared,  ready. 
parco,    parcgrg,    pgperci    and 

parsi,  parcitiim  and  parsiim 

(parous  spare),  to  spare, 
pario,  pargrg,  pgpgri,  p^itiim 

and  partiim,  bear,  bring  forth ; 

ovum  pargre,  to  lay  an  egg, 
pars,    partis,    f.,   part,    share; 

side ;  direction. 
parviis,    a,    iim   [comp.,  minor, 

superl.,  minimus],  small,  Utile, 

insignificant. 
pascor,  pasci,  pastiis  siXm.j  feed, 

graze. 


FASSUS  —  PEllSUALEO 


195 


passiis,  us,  m.  (pando  stretch  out 
the  feet),  step^  pace  ;  as  a 
measure  of  length,  about  five 
feet. 

pastSr,  pastoris,  m.  (pasco/eec?), 
shepherd.    Pastor. 

p§.te-f^cio,  fScere,  feci,  factum 
(pateo  he  open,  facio  make), 
make  open,  open. 

pS-ter,  patris,  m.,  father. 

paterniis,  a,  um  (pater  father), 

PATERNAL, 

potior,  pati,  passiis  siim,  let^ 
allow;  suffer.  Passion,  pas- 
sive. 

p atria,  ae,  f.  (pater  father), 
native  land,  fatherland.  Pa- 
trial. 

pauci,  ae,  S,  adj.  \A.,few. 

paulus,  a,  iim,  little;  paulo,  n. 
abl.  sing.,  hy  a  little,  little. 

pave,  onis,  m.  and  f.,  peacock. 

pax,  pacis,  f.,  peace.     Pacify. 

pellis,  pellis,  f.,  skin. 

pello,  pellere,  pgpiili,  pulsum, 
drive  out  or  away,  banish ;  rout. 
Re-pulse. 

penn^,  ae,  f .,  feather.    Pen. 

per,  prep.  w.  ace.,  through;  hy 
means  of,  hy. 

per-ciitio,  ciitSre,  cussi,  cussum 
(per  through,  quatio  strike), 
strike  through,  strike.  Percus- 
sion. 

per-do,  dere,  didi,  ditum  (per 
through,  do  put),  lose.  Perdi- 
tion. 

per-duco,  ducere,  duxi,  duc- 
tum  (per  through,  duco  lead). 


lead  through  or  to,  conduct ;  fos- 
sam  perducgre,  to  extend  or 
make  a  trench. 

per-facilis,  g  (per  very,  facilis 
easy),  very  easy. 

per-ficio,  fic6re,  feci,  fecttim 
(per  completely,  facio  make), 
accomplish.    Perfection. 

perfidiS,  ae,  f.  (perfldus  one  who 
hreaks  his  promise),  perfidy. 

perictilosiis,  a,  lim  (periculum 
danger;  suffix  osus  fall  of), 
dangerous. 

pgriciiliim,  i,  n.,  danger,  risk, 
peril. 

pgritiis,  S,  iim,  skilful,  experi- 
enced. 

per-mitto,  mittSrg,  misi,  mis- 
siim  (per  through,  mitto  let 
go),  permit,  allow.  Permis- 
sion. 

per-m6veo,  mSverg,  movi,  mo- 
tum  (per  completely,  moveo 
move),  prevail  upon. 

pernicies,  perniciei,  f.  (pem^co 
fr.  per  completely,  neco  kill), 
ruin,  destruction.    Pernicious. 

perpauci,  ae,  &  (per  very,  pauci 
few),  very  few. 

per-s6quor,  sgqui,  sSciitiis  siim 
(per  perseveringly,  sequor  fol- 
low), pursue.     Persecutk. 

per-sgvero,  arS,  avi,  atdm  (per- 
severus  very  strict),  perse- 
vere, continue. 

per-suSdeo,  suSderg,  su&si, 
suasiim  (per  thoroughly,  sua- 
deo  adv'ise),  persuade,  prevail 
upon.    Persuasion. 


196 


PERTERREO  —  FOSTERUS 


per-terreo,  ere,  ui,   itiim  (per 

thoroughly^  terreo  frighten), 
thoroughly  frigl  ten, .  terrify. 

per-tineo,  tmere,  tinui,  tenttim 
(per  thoroughly,  teneo  hold,  lay 
hold  of),  extend;  reach,  tend; 
PERTAIN,  belong. 

per-turbo,  are,  avi,  atiim  (per 
thoroughly,  turbo  disturb),  great- 
ly disturb,  disturb.    Perturb, 

PERTURBATION. 

per-venio,  venire,  veni,  ven- 
tiiin  (per  quite  through,  venio 
come),  come  through,  come  to; 
arrive;  reach. 

pes,  pgdis,  m.,foot.     Pedal. 

peto,  peterg,  pgtivi  and  pgtii, 
pgtitum,  ask,  request;  beseech, 
beg  for;  seek;  attack.  Peti- 
tion. 

pgtiilantiS,  ae,  f.  (petiilans 
saucy),    sauciness;     insolence; 

PETULANCE. 

pTletis,  1,  m.,  hat ;  cap. 

pHum,  i,  n.,  javelin. 

Piso,  onis,  m.,  a  Roman  consul. 

pistriniim,  i,  n.  (pistor  miller), 
mill. 

pl^ceo,  plScere,  plScui,  plSci- 
tum,  PLEASE  ;  placet,  impers., 
it  pleases,  it  seems  good. 

plaga,  ae,  f.,  hunting-net,  toil. 

plebs,  plebis,  f.,  commons,  com- 
mon people. 

plurimiis,  S.,  tim  [superl.  of  mul- 
tus],  most. 

plus,  pluris  [compar.  of  multus, 
see  55],  inore, 

poen^ae,i., punishment.  Penal. 


poUiceor,  pollicerT,  pollicitiis 
sum  (insep.  prefix  pot  largely, 
liceor  offer),  promise. 

pono,  ponere,  posui,  positiim, 
place,  j)ut;  castra  ponere,  to 
pitch  a  camp.     Position. 

popiilatio,  onis,  f.  (populor  rav- 
age), ravaging. 

popiilor,  ari,  attis  siim  (popu- 
lus  people),  ravage,  lay  waste, 
De-populate. 

popiilus,  1,  m.,  people;  pL,  na- 
tions, tribes. 

porta,  ae,  f.,  gate.    Portal. 

por-tendo,  tend^re,  tendi,  ten- 
tiim,  fortell,  predict,  presage; 
betoken ;  portend. 

porto,  arS,  avi,  atiim,  carry,  bear, 

TRANS-PORT.      Ex-PORT. 

portoriiim,  i,  n.  (porto  carry), 
duty  paid  on  goods  imported  or 
exported. 

posco,  poscere,  p6posci,  no 
sup.,  demand. 

possessio,    onis,    f.    (possideo 

possess),  POSSESSION. 

pos-sideo,  sidere,  sedi,  sessilm 
(potis  powerful,  sedeo  sit),  be 
master  of;   possess. 

pos-siim,  pos-se,  pot-ui  (potis 
able,  sum  be),  be  able,  can  [see 
68~\. 

post,  prep.  w.  ace,  after. 

postea,  adv.  (post  after,  ea  that), 
after  that,  afterwards. 

post-ea-quam,  after  that,  after. 

posteriis,  a,  iim  [comp.,  pos- 
terior; superl,  postremus  and 
posttimus],  following,  ensuing. 


FOSTQUJM—  PREMO 


197 


succeeding;  postero  die,  on 
the  following  day;  postSri, 
ortim,  m.  pi.,  descendants, 

post-quam,  conj.,  after,  as  soon 
a?. 

postridie,  adv.  (postero  follow- 
ing, die  on  the  day),  on  the  fol- 
lowing day, 

postiilo,  are,  avi,  atiim,  ask  for, 
demand. 

potens,  gen.  pQtentis  (possum 
be  able),  able,  powerful,  influen- 
tial.    Potent. 

potestas,  atis,  f.  (potens  able), 
ability, power ;  opportunity;  ali- 
cui  potestatem  facSrg,  to  give 
any  one  an  opportunity, 

potior,  potiri,  potitiis  siim  (po- 
tis  able),  acquire,  obtain,  get 
possession  of, 

pbtiiis,  adv.,  rather,  sooner, 

prae-cedo,  cedgre,  cessi,  ces- 
stim  (prae  before,  cedo go),  sur- 
pass, excel;  precede.  Pre- 
cedence, PRECEDENT. 

praecipito,  are,  avi,  atiim  (prae- 
ceps  headlong),  throw  violently, 
throw.    Precipitate. 

praecipue,  adv.  (praecipuus  fr. 
praecipio  fr.  prae  before,  capio 
take),  especially,  chiefly, 

prae- die o,  are,  avi,  atiim  (prae 
publicly,  dico  tell),  proclaim,  de- 
clare;  boast.     Predicate. 

prae-fero,  ferrg,  ttili,  latiim 
(prae  before,  fero  bear) ,  pref  e  r. 

prae-ficio,  ficere,  feci,  fectiim 
(prae  over,  facio  place),  place 
over,  put  in  command  of. 


prae-mitto,  mittgrS,  misi,  mis- 
siim  (prae  forward,  mitto 
send),  send  forward, 

praemiiim,  i,  n.  (prae  beyond 
others,  emo  take), profit,  reward. 
Premium. 

prae-pono,  pongrg,  p6sui,  p6- 
situm.  (j^T2i,Q  before^  first ;  pono 
put),  put  before  or  first;  prefer. 
Preposition. 

praesepe,  is,  n.  (praesepio,  to 
fence  in  front),  manger, 

praesidiiim,  i,  n.  (praesideo  fr. 
prae  before,  sedeo  sit),  d( fence, 
protection  ;  guard,  garrison. 

prae-sto,  stare,  stiti,  stitiim 
and  statiim  (prae  before,  sto 
stand),  stand  before,  excel;  se 
praestare,  to  show  one's  self, 

prae-siim,  essg,  fui  (prae  over, 
sum  be),  be  over,  rule  over,  be  in 
command  of 

praetgr,  prep.  w.  ace.  (prae  />e- 
fore  and  suffix  ter),  past,  by; 
besides,  except. 

praeter-eo,  irg,  ii,  itiim  (prae- 
ter  by,  eo  go),  go  by.  Pre- 
terit. 

praeter-quam,  adv.,  except. 

praetbr,  praetorls,  m.,  praetor^ 
a  Roman  magistrate,  next  in 
rank  to  a  consul  and  elected 
annually. 

pratiim,  i,  n.,  meadow, 

prgci,  precgm,  prScS  [nom.  and 
gen.  sing,  not  used],  pi.,  pri- 
ces, prSciim,  etc.,  request^ 
prayer. 

prSmo,  prSmSrg,  pressi,  pres- 


198 


PRETIUM—  FROFINQUUS 


sum,  PRESS,  press  upon.     Op- 
pression. 
pretiiim,  i,  n.,  worth,  value,  price, 

Ap-preciate. 
pridie,  adv.,  on  the  day  he/ore, 
primo,  adv.  (primus),  at  first, 
primiim,  adv.  (primus),  at  first; 
quam  primum,  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible, 
primus,  S,  umi   [see  85],  first; 
primiim  (agmSn),  the  van  of 
an    army.       Prime,     primal, 

PRIMARY. 

princeps,  gen.  principis,  adj. 
(primus y?rsf,  capio  take),  first, 
chief;  princeps,  ipis,  m.,  chief, 
leader.     Prince,  principal. 

principatiis,  us,  m.  (princeps 
chief),  first  place ;  pre-eminence; 
^  principatum  tenere,  to  he  at 

the  head, 

prior,  prius  [superl.  primiis,  see 
8.5],  the  former;  first, 

Priscus,  1,  m.,  a  surname  of  the 
elder  Tarquin. 

pristmiis,  a,  iim,  former ;  pris- 
tine. 

priusquam,  adv.,  before. 

privatim,  adv.  (privus  single), 
as  a  piivate  citizen, 

privates,  a,  iim  (part,  of  privo 
deprive),  private. 

pro,  prep.  w.  abl.,  before,  for,  in- 
stead of 

probo,  are,  avi,  atum  (probus 
good),  show ;  prove.  Proba- 
tion. 

Pr6cas,  ae,  m.     See  Silvius. 

pro-cedo,  cedSrg,  cessi,  cessilm 


(j^TO  forward,  cedo  go),  go  forth, 
PROCEED,  advance.  Proces- 
sion. 

prSciil,  adv.  (procello  drive  for- 
ivard),  afar  off,  far. 

pro-ciiro,  are,  avi,  atiim  (pro 
for,  euro  care),  care  for,  take 
care  of,  manage.     Procure. 

prodigiiim,  i,  n.  (pro  beforehand, 
root  die  point  out),  prodigy. 

proeliiim,  i,  n.,  battle. 

pr6fectio,  onis,  f.  (proficiscor 
set  out),  departure. 

prb-ficiscor,  ficisci,  fectiis  siim 
(pro  forwards,  facio  put  one's 
self),  set  out,  depart;  go,  march, 
travel, 

prb-fugio,  fiigSrg,  fugi,  fiigitiim. 
(pro  before,  fugio  flee),  flee  be- 
fore, flee, 

pr6-hibeo,  hiberg,  hibui,  hibi- 
ttim  (pro  in  front,  habeo  hold), 
restrain,  prevent,  keep  from ; 
PROHIBIT.     Prohibition. 

pro-jicio,  jicSrg,  jeci,  jectiim 
(pro/on^a?'<7,  jacio  throw),  throio 
forward,  cast  away;  se  pro- 
jicSrg,  to  throw  one's  self  for- 
ward or  down.    Project. 

pro-moveo,  moverg,  movi, 
motiim  (pro  forward,  moveo 
move),  move  forward,  advance. 
Promotion. 

propg,  prbpiiis,  proxime,  adv., 
near,  almost. 

propSro,  are,  avi,  atiim  (pro- 
perus  speedy),  hasten. 

propinquus,  i,  m.  (props  not  far, 
hinc  hence),  relative;  prbpin- 


PROPIOR  —  QUJRTUS 


199 


qua,  ae,  f.,  kinswoman.  Pro- 
pinquity. 

propior,  prbpiiis  [superl.  proxi- 
mus,  see  55],  nearer, 

pro-pono,  ponSrS,  pSsui,  p6si- 
tiim  (pro  before,  pono  place), 
expose  to  view ;  propose.  Pro- 
posal,  PROPOSITION. 

propter,  prep.  w.  ace,  on  account 

of- 

proptgr-ea,  adv.,  for  tJiis  reason, 

protSrea  qu6d,  because. 

pro-spicio,  spicSrS,  spexi, 
spectiim  (pro  forwards,  spe- 
cio  look),  look  forwards ;  look 
out  for.  Prospect,  prospec- 
tive. 

pro-sum,  prod-ess§,  pro-fui 
(pro(d)  for,  sum  be),  be  for, 
be  useful ;  benefit,  profit. 

provinci^,  ae,  i.,  province. 

proxime,  adv.  [positive  prSpS, 
compar.  prbpiiis],  very  near, 
very  recently,  last, 

proximus,  a,  um  [see  85],  next, 
nearest;  ensuing,  last.  Ap- 
proximate. 

public  e,  adv.  (publicus  fr.  po- 
pulus  people),  in  the  name  of 
the  state, 

Publiiis,  i,  m.,  a  Roman  name. 

pud6r,  piidoris,  m.  (pudeo  feel 
shame),  shame,  feeling  of  shame. 

puella,  ae,  f.,  girl. 

puSr,  pugri,  m.,  boy,     Puer-ile. 

puSritia,  ae,  f.  (puer  boy),  boij- 
hood,  childhood. 

pugna,  ae,  f.,  battle.  Pugna- 
cious. 


pugno,  arg,  5vi,  sit^m,  fight. 

pulchgr,  pulchra,  ptdchrttm 
(polio  polish),  beautiful. 

punio,  irg,  ivi,  itiim  (poena 
punishment),  PUNisii. 

pupillus,  1,  m.  (puptUus  a  little 
boy),  PUPIL,  ward. 

pttto,  arg,  avi,  attim,  think,  be- 
lieve, 

Pyrenaeiis,  a,  tim,  Pyrenean; 
Pyrenaei  montes,  the  Pyrenees, 

Q. 

qua,  adv.  (qui)  where. 
qu^dragesimiis,  a,  tim  (quadra- 

ginta  forty),  fortieth. 
quadraginta,    num.   adj.  indecl. 

(quattuor  four) ,  forty. 
quaere,  quaergrS,  quaesivi  and 

quaesii,  quaesittim,  see,  ask, 

IN-QUIRE.       In-QUEST,   IN-QUI- 

sition. 
qualis,  qualg,  of  what  sort;  as. 
quSm,  conj.  and  adv.,  than;  as. 
quSm-ob-rgm,  adv.,  on  account 

of  which  thing ;  for  which  rea- 
son; wherefore, 
quam-quam,  conj.,  although, 
quamvis,   conj.    (quam   as,  vis 

you  will),  as  you  will;  however 

much ;  although. 
quanttis,  S,  urn,  how  much :  how 

great;     as;     quantum    boni, 

how  much  good. 
quarS,   adv.    (abl.  of  quae   and 

res), /or  which  thing,  for  which, 
quartiis,  S,  tim  (quattuor /our), 

fourth.    Quart. 


200 


qUATTUOR  —  REBUIO 


quattu6r,  num.  adj.  indecL,  ybwr. 
quS,  coiij.,  and  [see  Ln.  XXIIL, 

Vy.,  1]. 
quSror,    queri,    questiis    siim, 

complain.     Querulous. 
qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pron.,  v^ho, 

which  J  what;  that  [see  114]. 
qui,  quae,  qu6d  [interrog.  pro- 
noun used  adjectively,  see  116], 

which  f    what  f   what  sort  of  af 

what  kind  of  a? 
quid,     why?     [see    Ln.    XCIL, 

Note  1]. 
quidam,    quaed^m,    quoddam 

or  quidd^m;  gen.  cu3usdS.in; 

[indef.  pron.  declined  like  qui], 

a  certain, 
quidSm,    adv.,    indeed;    ne    — 

quidem,  not  —  eiwn. 
quin,  conj.  (qui  by  which,  ne  not), 

but  that,  that  not, 
quindScim,    num.    adj.    indecl. 

(quinque  fve,  decern  teji),  fif- 
teen, 
quin  gent  1,  ae,  S  (quinque  five, 

centum  hundred)^  five  hundred. 
quini,  ae,  S  (quinque  five),  five 

each, 
quis,  quae,  quid,  interrog.  proh., 

icho?  what?  [see  116], 
quis,    indef.    pronoun,    anybody, 

anything  [see  11G~\. 
quisqu^m,    quaequam,     quid- 

quam  or  quicquam ;  gen.  cu- 

jusquam;  [indef.  pron.  declined 

like  quis],  any  one,   anything, 

any. 
quo,  adv.,  that,  in  order  that, 
qu6d,  conj.,  because,  that. 


qu6m6d6,  adv.  (qui  ivhat,  mo- 
dus manner),  in  what  manner, 
by  what  means,  how, 

qu6quS,  conj ,  also, 

quotidie,  adv.  (quot  every,  dies 
daij),  every  day,  daily. 

quiim  and  cum,  rel.  adv.,  when, 
as;  conj.,  since;  although; 
qutim  —  turn,  both  —  and. 


radix,  radicis,  f.,  root ;  radix  or 
radices  mentis,  the  foot  of  a 
mountain.     Radish. 

r Spina,  ae,  f.  (rapio  seize),  plun- 
dering;  RAPINE. 

rapio,  rSpSrg,  rapuT,  raptiim, 
seize,  plunder.     Rapture. 

raptSr,  oris,  m.  (rapio  seize), 
one  who  seizes;  robber. 

Rauraci,  ortim,  m.,  a  people  in 
Northeastern  Gaul,  neighbors 
of  the  Helvetii. 

rScens,  gen.  r^centis,  recent, 
fresh,  new. 

rS-cipio,  cipSrS,  cepi,  ceptiim 
(re  back,  capio  take)^  take  back ; 
receive;  se  recipSre,  to  be- 
take one's  self,  withdraw.  Re- 
ception. 

red-do,  d6rg,  didi,  ditiim  (re(d) 
back  again,  do  give),  return. 
Render,  rendition. 

rgd-eo,  Trg,  ii,  itiim  (re(d)  back, 
60  go),  go  back,  return. 

rSd-imo,  imere,  emi,  empttim 
(re(d)  back,  emo  buy),  buy  back, 
release,  ransom  ;  purchase ;  hire, . 


BEBITIO  —  REVERTO 


201 


farm.  Redeem,  redemp- 
tion. 

rgditio,  onis,  f.  (redeo  go  hack), 
going  back^  reimm. 

rg-duco,  ducSrg,  duxi,  ducttim 
(re  back  J  duco  lead),  lead  back, 
lead.    Reduce,  reduction. 

r6-fgro,  ferrg,  tiili,  lattim  (re 
back,  fero  bear),  bear  or  bri7ig 
back,  restore.  Refer,  re- 
late. 

re-fluo,  flugrS,  no  perf.  nor  sup. 
(re  back,  Ancyjlow),  flow  back. 
Refluent,  reflux. 

rggio,  onis,  f.,  region. 

regiiis,  S,  um  (rex  king),  royal 

regno,  are,  avi,  atiim  (regnum 
rule),  reign,  rule, 

regniim,  i,  (rego  to  rule),  royal 
power,  sovereignty ;  government ; 
kingdom. 

re-jicio,  jicSre,  jeci,  jectiim  (re 
back,  jacio  throw),  throw  back, 
hurl  back.  Reject,  rejec- 
tion. 

rSligio,  onis,  f.,  religion,  sanc- 
tity. 

rg-linquo,  linquSrS,  liqui,  lic- 
tiim  (re  behind,  linquo  leave), 
leave  behind,  leave;  quit,  aban- 
don.    Relinquish. 

reliqutis,  a,  iim  (relinquo  let  re- 
main), remaining,  rest  of. 

rS-maneo,  m^erg,  mansi, 
mansiini  (re  behind,  maneo 
stay),  stay  behind,  remain. 

rSminiscor,  rSminisci,  recall  to 
7mnd,  recollect.  Rkminiscence. 

rg-mbveo,  mdverg,  movi,  mo- 


tiim  (re  hack,  moveo  wioue), 
remove.     Remote. 

Rgmiis,  1,  m.,  twin  brother  of 
Romulus. 

rg-nuncio,  arg,  Svi,  atiim  (re 
back,  nuncio  biding  word),  re- 
port.   Renounce. 

rgpentg,  adv.  (repens  sudden), 
suddenly. 

r6-pgrio,  p6rir6,  pgri,  perttlm 
(re  again,  pario  produce),  fnd, 
discover. 

re-p6no,  pongrg,  p6sm,  p6sl- 
tiim  (re  again,  pono  place), 
j)lace  again,  restore.    Repose. 

res,  rgi,  f.,  thing,  affair. 

re-scindo,  scindSrS,  scidi,  scis- 
stim  (re  away,  scindo  cut),  cut 
away,  destroy.    Rescind. 

re-spondeo,  sponderS,  spondi, 
sponsiim  (re  in  return,  spon- 
dee promise),  reply,  answer. 
Respond. 

responsiim,  i,  n.  (respondeo  re- 
ply),  answer.     Response. 

respublicS,  reipublicae,  f.  (res 
affair,  publica  belonging  to  the 
people),  republic,  common- 
wealth [see  110\ 

re-stituo,  stituSrg,  stitui,  stX- 
tutiim  (re  again,  statuo  .^et 
up),  restore.   .Restitution. 

rS-tineo,  tinerg,  tinui,  tentiim 
(re  back,  teneo  hold),  hold  back, 
restrain,  prevent.     Retention. 

rgvgrentia,  ae,  f.  (revereor  stand 
in  awe  of),  reverence. 

rg-verto,  vertgrg,  verti,  ver- 
siim  and 


202 


REVERTOR  —  SEBES 


re-vertor,  verti,  versiis  sum 
(re  hack,  verto  tum)^  turn  back, 
return.     Revert,  reversion. 

rS-v6co,  are,  avi,  atum  (re  hack, 
voco  call),  call  back.    Revoke. 

rex,  regis,  m.,  king.     Regal. 

Rhea,  ae,  f.,  Bhea  Silvia,  the 
mother  of  Romulus  and  Remus. 

Rheniis,  i,  m.,  the  Rhine. 

Rhodanus,  T,  m.,  the  Rhone. 

ripa,  ae,  f.,  hank  (of  a  stream). 

rixor,  ari,  atus  siim  (rixa  quar- 
rel), to  quarrel. 

r6go,  are,  avi,  atum,  ask,  de- 
mand, request. 

Roma,  ae,  f.,  Rome. 

Romantis,  a,  iim,  Roman;  R6- 
maniis,  i,  m.,  a  Roman. 

Romiilus,  i,  m.,  the  founder  and 
first  king  of  Rome ;  RomtQus 
Silvius,  a  king  of  Alba. 

rupes,  rupis,  f.  (rumpo  break), 
rock,  cliff, 

s. 

S^bini,  ortim,  m.,  the  Sahines, 
an  ancient  Italian  people  ad- 
joining the  Latins. 

s^cer,  sacra,  sacrtim,  sacred  ; 
sacra,  oriim,  n.  pi.,  sacred  rites, 
sacrifices. 

sacerdos,  otis,  m.  and  f.  (sacer 
sacred,  do  give),  jniest;  priest- 
ess. 

saepS,  saepiils,  saepissime, 
adv.,  often. 

saepe-nilmSro,  adv.,  oftentimes, 
frequently. 


saluto,  are,  avi,  atiim  (salus 
greeting),  greet,  SALUTE.  Salu- 
tation. 

sanguis,  sanguinis,  m.,  blood. 
Sanguine,  sanguinary. 

Sant6nes,  um  and  Sant6ni, 
oriim,  m.  pi.,  a  people  of  Aqui- 
tania. 

sapientiS,  ae,  f.  (sapiens  wise), 
tcisdom. 

sarcinS,  ae,  f.  (sarcio  to  patch), 
bundle :  pi.,  baggage  carried  by 
soldiers.     See  impedimenta. 

s^tis,  adv.,  enough,  sufficiently; 
used  adjectively  in  the  sense  of 
sufficient. 

sStis-facio,  fScerg,  feci,  faotiim 
(satis  enough,  facie  do),  do 
enough,  satisfy,  give  satis- 
faction. 

Saturnia,  ae,  f.,  a  town  built  by 
Saturn  on  the  Capitoline  Hill. 

Saturniis,  i,  m.  (sero  sow),  Sat- 
urn, the  father  of  Jupiter ;  hon- 
ored as  the  god  of  agriculture. 

senilis,  scSlSris,  n.,  crime,  guilt, 
wickedness. 

scio,  scirg,  scivi  and  scii,  sci- 
tiim,  know,  understand.  Sci- 
ence. 

scribo,  scribere,  scripsi,  scrip- 
tiim,  write.  Scribe,  de-scribe, 

SCRIPT,    scripture. 

scutiim,  i,  n.,  a  shield :  [scutum 
was  an  oblong  shield,  made  of 
wood,  and  covered  with  leather; 
clipeus,  a  round  brazen  shield.'] 

sSd,  conj  ,  but. 

sedes,  sedis,  f.  (sedeo  sit),  seat; 


SEGUSUm  —  SONITUS 


203 


dwelling-place ;     sedes    regni, 

seat  of  government. 
Sggusiani,  orum,  m.  pi.,  a  people 

of  Gaul,  neighbors  of  the  AUo- 

broges  and  Aedui. 
s6mel,  adv.,  once. 
semper,  adv.,  always^  continually. 
senator,   oris,  m.   (senex  old), 

SENATOR. 

sgnatus,    us,    m.    (senex    old)^ 

SENATE. 

seni,  ae,  a  (sex  six),  six  each,. 
sententia,  ae,  f.  (sentio  think), 

opinion.     Sentence. 
septum,      num.      adj.      indecl., 

seven. 
septentriones  (septemtriones), 

um,  m.  pL,  the  north;  sub  sep- 

tentrionibus,  towards  the  north. 
Septimus,  a,  iim  (septem  seven), 

seventh. 
S equina,  ae,  m.,  a  river  of  Gaul, 

the  modern  Seine, 
Sequani,  oriim,  m.  pi.,  a  people 

of    Gaul,  dwelling  on  the   Se- 

quana. 
Sequaiiiis,  a,  iim,  of  the  Sequani. 
sequor,    sequi,    secutus   sum, 

follow;  accompany.   Sequence. 
sermo,  sermionis,  m.,  discourse, 

conversation.     Sermon. 
servitus,  utis,  f.  (servus  slave), 

slavery,  bondage, 
Serviiis,  i,  m.,   Servius   Tullius, 

the  sixth  king  of  Rome, 
servus,  i,  m.,  slave,  servant. 
sex,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  six. 
SI,  conj.,  if;  whether;  see  whether. 
sic,  adv.,  so,  thus. 


siccus,  5,  tlm,  dry;   sicctlm,  i, 

n.,  dry  land. 
sTc-tlt  and  sic-iiti,  adv.,  as;  as 

if- 

signlfico,  arg,  avi,  attlm  (sig- 
num  sign,  facie  make),  mean, 
signify.     Significant. 

signiim,  i,  n.,  sign,  mark;  sig- 
nal. 

silva,  ae,  f.,  zooods,  forest.  Sil- 
van. 

Silvia,  ae,  f.,  Rhea  Silvia,  the 
mother  of  Romulus  and  Remus. 

Silviiis,  i,  m.,  name  of  several 
kings  of  Alba;  Silvius  Pro- 
cas,  a  king  of  Alba  and  father 
of  Numitor  and  Amulius. 

similis,  simile,  like,  similar. 

sin,  conj.  (si  if  ne  not),  but  if. 

sing,  prep.  w.  abl.,  without. 

singuli,  ae,  a,  single,  one  by 
one;  each, 

sinister,  sinistra,  sinistriim,  left. 
Sinister. 

sbcgr,  s6c6ri,  m.,  father-in-law, 

sdcius,  T,  m.,  ally.    As-soci-ate. 

sol,  soils,  m.,  sun.     Solar. 

sdleo,  sdlere,  sblitiis  stim,  be 
ivont,  be  accustomed. 

solitude,  inis,  f.  (solus  alone), 
desert;  solitary  place;  soli- 
tude. 

soltim,  adv.  (solus  alone),  only, 
alone. 

s61um,  i,  n.,  ground,  soil. 

soltls,   a,   iim,    alone,   only   [see 

sdnitus,  us,  m  (sono  make  a 
noise),  sound,  noise. 


204 


SONUS— SU3I0 


soniis,  i,  m.  (sono  make  a  noise)  ^ 
7ioise. 

s5r6r,  sSroris,  f.,  sister, 

spatiiiin,  i,  n.,  space;  oppor- 
tunity. 

specto,  are,  avi,  atiim  (specio 
look)^  look  at,  behold,  see;  face, 
front,  be  situated. 

spes,  spei,  f.  hope,  expectation, 

spiritiis,  us,  m.*(spiro  breathe), 
breath ;  pride ;  lofty  airs. 

sponte,  f.  abl.  [gen.  spoutis ;  no 
other  cases  found],  of  free  will; 
sua  sponte,  of  his  own  free  will. 
Spontaneous. 

statue,  stStugrS,  statui,  statu- 
tiiin  (status  standing),  set  up; 
put;  establish;  decide.  Stat- 
ute. 

sterilis,  e,  unfruitful,  sterile. 

stipendiiim,  i,  n.  (stips  contri- 
bution, pendo  pay),  tax,  tribute. 
Stipend. 

sto,  stare,  steti,  stattim,  stand; 
nobis  sanguine  stat,  it  costs 
us  much  blood.  State,  sta- 
tion. 

st61idus,  a,  um,/oo?i.s^.    Stolid. 

strenuiis,  a,  iim,  bold,  brave. 
Strenuous. 

sttideo,  stiidere,  stiidui,  no  sup., 
be  eager  or  zealous,  desire. 

stiidium,  i,  n.  (studeo  be  eager), 
zeal,  desire.     Study. 

suadeo,  suadere,  suasi,  sua- 
siim,  advise,  per-suade. 

sub,  prep.  w.  abl.,  under,  beneath : 
in  the  time  of;  sub  monte,  at 
the  foot  of  a  mountain. 


sub-duco,  ducerg,  duxT,  duc- 
tum  (sub  from  under,  duco 
draw),  draw  from  under ;  with- 
draw;  take  away. 

sub-eo,  ir6,  ivi  and  ii,  ittim  (sub 
under,  eo  go),  go  under;  en- 
dure, 

stibito,  adv.  (subitus  sudden), 
suddenly,  quickly. 

sub-levo,  are,  avi,  atiini  (sub 
from  beneath,  levo  ////  up),  raise 
up,  support ;  help,  aid. 

sub-rideo,  riderS,  risT,  risiim 
(sub  a  litUe,  rideo  laugh),  smile, 

sub-silio,  silire,  silui  and  silii, 
no  sup.  (sub  up,  salio  leap), 
leap  up,  jump, 

sub-veho,  vehSre,  vexi,  vec- 
tum  (sub  from  below,  veho 
carry),  bring  up,  transport. 

suc-cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  ces- 
siim  (sub  behind,  cede  come), 
svccKKD,  follow.   Succession. 

Suevi,  oriim,  m.  pi.,  a  powerful 
people  of  Germany. 

sui,  of  himself,  herself,  itself,  them- 
selves [see  112^. 

Sull^,  ae,  m.,  Lucius  Cornelius 
Sulla,  a  celebrated  Roman. 

stini,  essS,  fui,  be  [see  62], 

summS,  ae,  f.  (summus  highest), 
amount,  sum  total.     Sum. 

summus,  a,  iim,  highest  [positive 
supSrus,  comparative  supe- 
rior, superlative  supremus 
and  summus]. 

sumo,  sumere,  sumpsi,  sump- 
tiim,  take,  as-sume.    As-sump- 

TION. 


SUPER  —  TJRQUINIUS 


205 


siiper,  prep.  w.  ace.  and  abl.,  over, 
above,  upon.     Super-. 

siiperbio,  Ire,  no  perf.  nor  sup. 
(superbus  proud),  be  proud  of. 

superbus,  a,  jim, proud;  Super- 
bus,  i,  m.,  the  Proud,  a  surname 
of  the  younger  Tarquin,  the  last 
king  of  Rome. 

superior,  siipgriiis,  upper,  high- 
er:  former.  Superior.  See 
supgrus. 

siipgriis,  a,  um  [comp.  superior, 
superl.  supremus  or  summus] 
(super  over,  above),  above,  on 
high,  upper, 

siipero,  are,  avi,  atiim  (super 
over),  surmount^  surpass,  over- 
come, subdue. 

siiper-siim,  esse,  fuT  (super 
over,  beyond;  sum  be),  he  over ; 
survive. 

supplicium,  1,  n.,  punishment. 

sus-cipio,  cipere,  cepi,  ceptiiin 
(sub  under,  capio  take),  under- 
take, take  upon;  engage  in;  re- 
ceive; sibi  suscipere,  to  take 
upon  one's  self 

suspicio,  onis,  f.  (suspicor  sus- 
pect), SUSPICION. 

suspicor,  ari,  atus  siim  (suspi- 
cio fr.  sub  secretly,  specie  look 

at),    SUSPECT. 

sus-tineo,  tmerg,  tlnui,  ten- 
tiim  (sub  up,  teneo  hold), 
hold  up,  sustain;  endure; 
withstand. 

suiis,  a,  iim  (sui),  his,  his  own; 
her,  her  own ;  its,  its  own  ;  their, 
their  own. 


T.,  abbreviation  of  Titus,  a  Ro- 
man praenomen. 

tabilia,  ae,  f.,  board;  writing- 
table  ;  muster-roll.    Table. 

talentiim,  i,  n.,  a  talent,  a  sum 
of  money  equal  to  about  $  1 200. 

tain,  adv.,  so,  so  very. 

t^m^n,  adv.,  nevertheless;  yet, 
still. 

tamquam  and  tanqu^m,  adv. 
(tarn  so,  quam  as),  as  much  as ; 
as  if 

TanSquil,  life,  f.,  wife  of  Tarqui- 
nius  Prisons. 

tandgm,  adv.,  at  length;  at  last. 

tantiis,  S,  tim,  so  great,  such,  so 
large. 

tarditas,  Stis,  f.  (tardus  slow), 
slowness,  tardiness  ;  heavi- 
ness. 

Tarpeia,  ae,  f.,  Tarpeia  [pro- 
nounced Tar-pe-ya"],  daughter 
of  Spurius  Tarpeius. 

Tarpeitis,  S,  tlm,  Tarpeian  [pro- 
nounced Tar-pe-yan'] ;  mons 
Tarpeius,  the  Tarpeian  Rock, 
the  name  of  a  rock  on  the 
Capitoline  hill  from  which 
criminals  were  thrown  head- 
long;   the  Tarpeian  Mount. 

Tarquinii,  oriim,  m.  pi,  an  an- 
cient town  of  Etruria. 

Tarqulniiis,  i,  m.,  Tarquin,  the 
name  of  an  illustrious  R*>- 
man  family,  of  which  two, 
Priscus  and  Sujjcrbus,  were 
kin2;s. 


206 


TECTU3f—  TRANSILIO 


tectiiin,  1,  n.  (tego  to  cover), 
roof. 

telum,  1,  n.,  weapon,  missile, 

tempero,  arS,  avi,  atum  (tem- 
pus  a  piece  cut  off),  abstain. 
Temper,  temperate. 

tempestas,  atis,  f.  (tempus 
time),  storm;  tempest. 

templiim,  i,  n.,  temple. 

temptls,  tempdris,  n.,  time. 
Temporal. 

tSneo,  tSnere,  tSnui,  tenttLm, 
hold;  have,  possess:  keep;  re- 
strain; meiadria  tener^,  to 
remember. 

tSner,  tSngra,  tengrtim,  ten- 
der, delicate. 

tento,  arg,^avi,  atxim,  try.  Ten- 
tative. 

terra,  ae,  f.,  earth,  land.  Ter- 
race. 

terreo,  erS,  ui,  ittim,  frighten, 
terri-fy. 

territo,  are,  avi,  atiim  (terreo 
frighten),  terrify. 

territoritlin,  i,  n.  (terra  earth), 
territory. 

tertio,  adv.  (tertius  third),  the 
third  time. 

testis,  testis,  m.  and  f.,  witness. 
Testify. 

Ti.,  abbreviation  of  Tiberius,  a 
Roman  praenomen. 

Tiberis,  is  [ace.  im,  abl.  T],  m., 
the  Tiber,  a  river  in  Italy  on 
which  Rome  is  situated. 

Tiberiiis,  i,  m.     See  Ti. 

timeo,  ere,  ui,  no  supine,  to 
fear. 


timidiis,  S,  ttm,  (timeo  to  fear), 
TIMID  ;  cowardly. 

tim6r,  timoris,  m.,  fear.  Tim- 
orous. 

tintinnabiilum,  i,  n.  (tintinno 
to  ring),  bell. 

Titiis,  1,  m.     See  T. 

toUo,  tollere,  sustiilT,  subla- 
tiira,  lift,  raise;  pick  up;  re- 
move, take  away  ;  destroy. 

t6nitriis,  us,  m.,  and  tSnitrti,  n. 
indecl.  (tono  to  thunder),  thun- 
der, 

tdno,  tSnare,  t6nui,  tSnitiim, 
thunder. 

tottis,  S.,  tini,  whole,  entire, 

tra-duco  and  trans-duco,  du- 
c6rg,  duxi,  ductiim  (trans 
across,  duco  lead),  lead  across  ; 
lead ;  lead  from  one  place  to  an- 
other.   Traduce, 

trans,  prep.  w.  ace.,  across,  over; 
beyond.     Trans-. 

trans-eo,  irg,  ii,  ittim  (trans 
across,  over  ;  eo  go),  go  across  or 
over;  cross.  Transit,  tran- 
sitive, transient,  transi- 
tion. 

trans-fgro,  ferrS,  ttili,  lattim 
(trans  across,  fero  bear),  bear 
across;  transfer.  Transla- 
tion. 

trans-igo,  igSrS,  egi,  acttim 
(trans  through  to  the  end,  ago 
bring),  bring  to  an  end;  spend. 
Transact,  transaction. 

tran-silio  or  trans-silio,  silirg, 
silivi,  silii,  or  silui,  sultum 
(trans  over,  salio  leap),  leap  over. 


TRANSPORTO  —  UNUS 


207 


trans-porto,    arg,    avi,     attim 

(trans  across,  porto  carry), 
carry  across,  transport. 
Transportation. 

tres,  triS.  [see  108],  three. 

Treviri,  oriim,  m.  pL,  a  people 
of  Northern  Gaul. 

tribuniis,  i,  m.  (tribus  tribe), 
tribune;  tribuni  militiim, 
military  tribunes,  of  which  offi- 
cers each  legion  had  six. 

tribuo,  tribuSrg,  tribui,  tribu- 
ttim,  give,  grant,  bestow.  Trib- 
ute, CON-TRIBUTE,  CON-TRI- 
BUTION. 

tricesimiis,  a,  urn  (triginta  thir- 
ty), thirtieth. 

triduiim,  i,  n.  (tres  three,  dies 
daij),  three  days, 

trigSmini,  oriim,  m.  pi.  (tres 
three  gignor  be  horn),  three 
brothers  born  at  a  birth. 

triginta,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  thirty. 

tristis,  tristg,  sad,  sorrowful. 

triumpho,  arg,  avi,  atum  (tri- 
umphus  a  triumph),  to  triumph. 

TrojS,  ae,  f.,  Troy,  a  city  in  the 
northwestern  part  of  Asia  Mi- 
nor. 

Trojaniis,  S,  lim,  Trojan. 

tu,  pers.  pron.,  thou,  you  [see  li^]. 

tab  a,  ae,  f.  (akin  to  tubus,  a 
tube),  trumpet. 

tiibicgn,  inis,  m.  (tuba  trumpet, 
cano  to  sound),  trumpeter. 

Tulingi,  ortim,  m.  pi,  a  people 
of  Southern  Germany,  neigh- 
bors of  the  Helvetii. 

Tulliiis,  i,  m.     See  Servius. 


Tuiua,  ae,  f.,  daughter  of  Servius 
Tullius,  and  wife  of  Tanjuinius 
Superbus. 

TuUtis,  1,  m.,  Ttdlus  IlostiliuSf  the 
third  king  of  Home. 

tiim,  adv.,  then;  also. 

tiimiilTis,  i,  m.  (tumeo  swell), 
mound. 

turris,  turris,  f.,  tower.  Tur- 
ret. 

tutSr,  oris,  m.  (tueor  protect) j 
guardian ;  tutor. 

tutiis,  a,  tim  (tueor  protect), 
safe. 

tutis,  a,  tim,  poss.  pron.  (tu  thouj 
you),  thy,  thine ;  your,  yours. 

tyranniis,  i,  m.,  monarch ;  tyrant, 

V. 

ubgr,  ubgris,  n.,  udder ;  t€aJt,% 
iibi,  adv.,  lohen,  where. 
ulciscor,    ulcisci,    ulttls  silm, 

take  revenge;   avenge. 
ulliis,  ^  iim,  any  [see  24\ 
ult6ri6r,  ultgritts  (ulter  that  m 

beyond),  farther  [see  85].    Ul- 
terior. 
ultra,     prep.     w.    ace.,    beyond. 

Ultra-. 
una,    adv.    (unus    one    and   the 

same),   at    the    same  time;    in 

company,  together, 
und6,    adv.,  from    which   place, 

whence. 
undique,     adv.    (unde,     que), 

from  all  parts;  on  all  sides, 
untis,  a,  Tim,  one,  single ;  one  and 

the  same;  pi,  alone  [see  »4}, 


208 


URBS  —  VESTALIS 


urbs,  urbis,  f.,  city.     Sub-urbs. 
tisiis,  us,  m.    (utor   use),    use; 

advantage. 
usque,  adv.,  even ;  till. 
ut   and  iiti,  conj.,  that,  in  order 

that;  as. 
titSr,  utra,  utrum,  which  of  two, 

which  [see  24:~\. 
titerque,    iitraque,   iitrumque; 

gen.  utriusque,  etc.  [declined 

like  uter,  see  24'],  each,  both. 
utilis,  utilg  (utor  use,  suffix  ills 

denoting  capability),  useful,  ben- 
eficial, profitable. 
utor,  uti,  usiis  stim,  use,  make 

use  of;  adopt. 
utriim,  adv.  (uter  which  of  two), 

ichether. 
uvS,  ae,  f.,  a  grape;  a  hunch  oj 

grapes. 
u^r,  uxoris,  f.,  wife. 

V. 

vSco,  arS,  avi,  attim,  be  unoccu- 
pied. Vacate,  vacant,  va- 
cation. 

vadiiin,  i,  n.  (vado  go),  ford, 
shallow. 

vagitiis,  us,  m.  (vagio  cry, 
squall),   crying,  squalling. 

vS^or,  ari,  atiis  stini  (vagus 
roaming  about),  roam  about, 
wander  about.     Vaga-bond. 

valeo,  erg,  ui,  itiim,  pre-vail. 

vallum,  1,  n.  (vallus  the  line  of 
palisades,  stakes,  set  about  an  in- 
trenchment),  rampart,  intrench- 
ment. 


vasto,  arg,  avi,  atiini  (vastus 
einpty,  desolate),  lay  waste,  de- 
vastate. 

vectigal,  vectigalis,  n.  (veho 
carry),  toll  paid  for  carrying 
goods  into  a  country  ;  tax ;  rev- 
enue. 

vehementgr,  vehgrnentitis,  vg- 
hgmentissime,  adv.  (vehe- 
mens  violent),  violently,  severely  ; 
furiously;  vehemently. 

v61,  conj.,  or;  vSl  —  vel,  either 
—  or. 

vendo,  vendgrg,  vendidi,  ven- 
ditiim  (venum  sale,  do  give)^ 
sell.     Vend. 

vgnio,  vgnirg,  veni,  ventiim, 
come;   arrive  at. 

verbgr,  Sris,  n.,  blow.  Re-ver- 
ber-ate. 

verbtiin,    i,    n.,    word.      Verb, 

VERBAL. 

vSreor,    vgreri,    vgrittis   stim, 

fear. 

v§r6,  adv.  (verus  true),  in  truth, 
truly;  indeed;  but, 

vescor,  Mesci,  fill  one's  selficith; 
live  upon;  eat. 

Vgsontio,  onis,  f.,  the  chief 
town  of  the  Sequani. 

vespgr,  vesperis  and  vesper,  i, 
m.,  evening  star;  evening;  ad 
vesperiim,  till  evening.  Ves- 
per,  VESPERS. 

Vesta,  ae,  f.,  Vesta,  the  goddess 
of  the  hearth,  to  whom  a  per- 
petual fire  was  kept  burning. 

Vestalis,  e,  of  or  belonging  to 
Vesta,  Vestal. 


VESTER  —  rULPES 


209 


vestgr,  vestrS,  vestriim,  poss. 

pron.,  your,  yours. 
vgtiis,    gen.    veteris,    old,    long 
standing,    ancient.      Veteran, 

IN-VETER-ATE. 

vexillum,  T,  n.  (velum  sail), 
standard;  flag. 

vexo,  are,  avi,  atiim  (veho  car- 
ry), trouble,  annoy,  harass.  Vex, 

VEXATION,    VEXATIOUS. 

via,  ae,  f.,  way,  road;  path; 
march. 

vicesimiis,  S,  iim  (viginti  twen- 
ty), ttventieth. 

victoria,  ae,  f.  (victor  conqueror), 

VICTORY. 

vie  lis,  i,  m.,  village. 

video,     videre,    vidi,    vTsiim, 

see. 
videor,  videri,  vistis  siim,  pass. 

and  deponent,  he  seen;   seem; 

seem  good  or  proper. 
vigilia,  ae,  f.  (vigilo  to  watch), 

icatch;    de   tertia   vigilia,    in 

the  third  watch.     See  Ln.  LV., 

Note  5. 
viginti,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  twenty. 
vinco,   vine  erg,   vIcT,   victiim, 

conquer. 
vincTiliim,  i,  n.  (vincio  hind),  a 

chain;  in  vinciila  conjic^re, 

to  throw  into  prison. 


vindico,  arg,  5vi,  5ttim,  claim. 
Vindicate,  vindication. 

vir,  viri,  m.,  man ;  hero ;  hnahand. 
See  Ln.  XXV.,  Note  1. 

virgd,  inis,  f.  (vireo  flourish, 
bloom),  virgin. 

virtiis,  virtutis,  f.  (vir  man, 
hero),  valor,  courage;  virtue. 

VIS,  vis,  [ace.  vim,  dat.  and  abl. 
vi;  pL,  vires,  viritim,  virl- 
biis,  etc.]  f.,  strength,  power, 

vita,  ae,  f.  (vivo  live),  life. 
Vital. 

vitis,  is,  f.,  vine. 

vito,  arg,  avi,  atiim,  shun,  avoid, 

vix,  adv.,  with  difficulty  ;  scarcely, 
hardly. 

vbco,  arg,  avi,  attim,  call,  sum- 
mon, invite.  Vocation,  voca- 
tive. 

v61o,  vellg,  v61ui,  be  willing  ; 
wish :   desire  [see  l/$5'}, 

voluntas,  atis,  f.  (volo  to  wish), 
wish,  consent.    Voluntary. 

vos,  pers.  pron.  pi,  you  [sec 
1121. 

vox,  vocis,  f.,  VOICE.    Vocal. 

vulngro,  arg,  avi,  attim  (vulnus 
icound),  to  wound. 

vulniis,     vulngris,     a     wound, 

VULNER-ABLE. 

vulpes,  is,  f .,  fox. 


II.    English-Latin. 

The  words  given  in  this  Vocabulary  are  more  fully  described  in  the  preceding. 
See  that  Vocabulary  also  for  the  Proper  Names. 


able,  he  able,  possum. 

about,  w.  numerals,  ad,  circiter. 

abundance,  copia. 

accuse,  accuse. 

across,  trans. 

adopt,  utor. 

advancing,  veniens. 

advise,  moneo. 

affair,  res. 

after,  prep,  post :  con j.  postquam. 

afterwards,  postea. 

against,  in,  contra. 

aid,  auxilium ;  to  aid,  juvo. 

all,   every,   omnis ;    pi.   omnes ; 

all,  the  whole,  totus. 
ally,  socius. 
almost,  paene,  prope. 
alone,  solus. 
also,  etiam. 
although,  quum,  etsi. 
ambassador,  legatus. 
among,  apud,  inter,  in. 
and,  et,  atque,  que ;  both  —  and^ 

et  —  et. 
animal,  animal. 
announce,  nuncio. 
any,  quis,  ullus. 
anything,  quid,  aliquid  {116,  a), 
appoint,  creo. 


arms,  arma. 

army,  exercltus,  agmen. 

around,  circum. 

arrive,  pervenio. 

arrival,  adventus. 

ascertain,  cognosco. 

as  soon  as,  postquam ;  as  soon  as 
possible,  quam  primum. 

05^;,  quaero;  ask  for,  rogo. 

assemble,  convenio. 

assembly,  concilium. 

asskt,  adsum. 

at  home,  domi. 

attack,  impetus;  to  attack^  op- 
pugno. 

attempt,  conor. 

at  Caesar's  feet,  Caesari  ad  pe- 
des. 

auxiliaries,  auxilia. 

avoid,  vito. 

aioay,  take  away,  tollo. 

B. 

bad,  malus. 

baggage,  impedimenta. 

bank,  ripa. 

battle,  proelium,  pugna. 

be,  sum;   be  present,  adaom;  be 

from  or  distant,  absum. 
beautifuly  pulcher. 


212 


BECAUSE— CORN 


became,  quod,  quia. 
become,  fio  ;  become  master  of,  po- 
tior. 
before,  ante,  pro. 
beg  for,  peto. 
beginning,  initium. 
besiege,  oppugno. 
best,  optimus. 
betake  myself,  me  confero,   me 

recipio. 
better,  melior. 
between,  inter. 
big,  magnus. 
bold,  audax. 
born,  be  born,  nascor. 
both,  uterque ;  both — and,  et — et. 
boy,  puer. 
brave,  fortis. 
bravely,  fortiter. 

break  up  {camp),  (castra)  moveo. 
bridge,  pons. 

bring,  fero ;  bring  upon,  infero. 
broad,  latus. 
,  brother,  frater. 
building,  aedifioium. 
burn,  incendo,  cremo;  burn  up, 

exuro,  comburo. 
but  if  sin. 
buy,  emo. 
by,  a,  ab ;  by  no  means,  minime. 


call,  summon,  voco;  call,  name, 
appello ;  call  together,  conv6- 
co ;  call  to  mind,  commem6ro. 

camp,  castra;  pitch  a  camp,  cas- 
tra pono ;  break  up  camp,  cas- 
tra moveo. 


can,  possum. 

capture,  expugno. 

carry,   carry  on,  gero ;    carry  on 

war,  bellum  gero ;  bello. 
cart,  carrus. 
cause,  causa. 
cavalry^    equitatus;    of  cavalry, 

equester. 
cavalryman,  eques. 
censure,  accuse. 
character,  natura. 
chief  princeps. 
choose,  creo. 
citadel,  arx. 
citizen,  civis. 
city,  urbs. 
cliff,  rupes. 
cold,  frigus. 
collect,  comporto,  confero,  con- 

diico. 
come,  venio ;  come  together,  con- 

venio  ;  come  to,  pervenio. 
comitium,  comitium. 
command,  be  in  command  of,  prae- 

sum. 
company,  in  company,  una. 
complain,  queror. 
conceal,  occulto. 
concerning,  de. 
confidence,  fides. 
congratulate,  gratulor. 
comjuer,  vinco. 
consent,  voluntas. 
consider,  habeo,  duco. 
conspiracy,  conjuratio. 
consul,  consul;  in  the  consulship 

of  Caesar,  Caesare  consule. 
continually,  continenter. 
corn,  frumentum. 


COVLD  —  EXPECTATION 


213 


could,  past  tense  of  possum. 
council,  concilium. 
counsel^  consilium. 
country,  fatherland,  patria. 
cowardly,  ignavus. 
cross,  transeo. 

D. 

danger,  periciilum. 

dangerouii,  periculosus. 

daughter,  filia, 

daicn,  at  the  earliest  dawn,  prima 
luce. 

day,  dies;  at  daybreak^  prima 
luce ;  on  the  day  before,  pridie. 

death,  mors. 

deceive,  decipio. 

decide,  statuo. 

decision,  judicium. 

deep,  altus. 

defend,  defendo. 

delay,  moror. 

deliberate,  delibero. 

demand,  postiilo,  posco. 

depart,  discedo. 

(Ie/)arture,  profectio. 

describe,  designo. 

design,  consilium. 

desire,  studium,  cupidltas. 

desirous,  cupidus. 

destroy,  deleo. 

destruction,  pernicies. 

determine,  judico. 

devastate,  vasto. 

die,  morior. 

differ,  differo. 

difficulty,  angustiae;  loith  diffi- 
culty, vix. 


dig,  fodio. 

direction,  pars. 

distance,  spatium. 

distant,  be  distant,  absum;    most 

distant,  extremus. 
distinguished,  nobilis. 
disturb,  commoveo. 
ditch,  fossa. 
divulge,  enuncio. 
do,  facio. 
draw,  duco. 
dwell,  incblo. 

B. 

each,  to  each  other,  inter  se. 

easily,  facile. 

easy,  facilis ;  very  easy,  perfacUis. 

either  —  or,  aut  —  aut. 

elect,  creo. 

embassy,  legatio. 

empire,  imperium. 

empty,  influo. 

encamp,  castra  pono;  consido. 

encompass,  contineo. 

encourage,  confirmo. 

end,  finis. 

endeavor,  nitor. 

endure,  subeo. 

enemy,  hostis. 

enervate,  eflfemlno. 

entire,  totus. 

entreat,  implore,  oro. 

equal,  par,  aequus. 

establish,  confirmo. 

even,  not  even,  ne  —  quidem. 

excel,  praecedo,  praesto. 

exhort,  hortor. 

expectation,  spes. 


214 


EXTRAORBINJRY  —  GUARD 


extraordinary^  incredibilis. 
eye,  octilus. 


far,  hy  far,  longe ;  very  far,  lon- 

gissime. 
farther,  adj.,  ulterior;  adv.,  lon- 

gius. 
father,  pater. 
father-in-laic,  socer. 
fatherland,  patria. 
favor,  faveo. 
fear,  timor ;  to  fear,  timeo,  ve- 

reor. 
few,  pauci. 
feld,  ager. 
ffleen,  quindgcim. 
ffih,  quintus. 
fght,  pugno. 
fnd,  reperio. 

fire,  ignis ;  set  on  fire,  incendo. 
first,  primus ;  in  the  first  part  of 

the  night,  prima  nocte. 
five,  quinque. 
flight,  fuga. 
flee,  fugio. 
flow,  fluo. 
follow,  sequor. 
fond,  cupidus. 

foot,  pes  ;  at  the  foot  of  the  moun- 
tain, sub  monte. 
for,  de  w.  abl.,  ad  w.  ace;  for 

this  reason,  hoc,  eo. 
foraging,  pabulatio. 
falsest,  silva. 
forget,  obliviscor. 
former,  pristinus,  vetus. 
forth,  lead  forth,  educo. 


fortify,  munio. 

fortune,  fortuna. 

forward,  send  forward,  praemitto ; 

move  forward,  promoveo. 
free,  liber;  of  one^s  aion  free  will, 

sua  sponte. 
friend,  amicus. 
friendly,  amicus. 
friendship,  amicitia. 
from^  from  near,  a,  ab ;  from  out 

of  e,  ex. 
furiously,  vehementer. 
furnish,  facio. 
furthermost,  extremus. 
future,  in  the  future,  in  reliquum 

tempus. 

G. 

garrison,  praesidium. 

general,  imperator. 

generosity,  liberalitas. 

get  possession  of  potior. 

get  rid  of,  depono. 

girl,  puella. 

give,   do ;    give  orders,   impSro ; 

give  satisfaction,  satisfacio. 
glory,  gloria. 
go,  eo  ;  go  forth,  exec. 
god,  deus. 
goddess,  dea. 
gone,  perf.  part,  of  exigo. 
good,  bonus. 
government,  imperium. 
grandfather,  avus. 
grant,  concede. 

great,  magnus ;  so  great,  tantus. 
grievous,  gravis. 
guard,  custos. 


HAPPEN—  LETTER 


215 


happen,  accido,  fio. 

happy,  felix. 

harass,  vexo. 

hasten,  maturo,  contendo,  ac- 

curro. 
have^  habeo. 
he  says,  dicit. 
hear,  audio. 
height,  altitude. 
help,  juvo. 
hem  in,  contineo. 
high^  altus. 
highest,  summus. 
hill,  coUis. 

hindrance^  impedimentum. 
h'ls,  his  own,  suus. 
hither^  citerior. 
hold,    habeo,    obtineo,    teneo; 

hold  a  conference,  coUoquor. 
home,  at  home,  domi;  homeward, 

domum ;  from  home,  domo. 
hope,  spes. 
horse,  equus. 
hostage,  obses. 
hour,  hora. 
house,  domus. 
hurl,  conjioio. 
husband,  vir. 


/,  ego. 

if  si. 

implore,  imploro. 
import,  importo. 
in,  into,  in. 
incite,  facio. 


influence,  auctorltas. 
influenced,  adductus. 
inform   Caesar,   Caesarem   cer- 

tiorem  facio. 
infuse,  injicio. 
inquire,  quaero. 
insult,  contumelia. 
intervene,  intersum. 
invite,  arcesso. 


just,  Justus. 


K. 


keep,   teneo;    keep  from,    pro- 

hibeo. 
kill,  caedo,  interficio. 
kindness,  beneficium. 
king,  rex. 
knoiv,  scio ;   know,  find  out,  co- 

gnosco ;  not  know,  nescio. 

L. 

land,  terra. 

language,  lingua. 

large,  magnus. 

late  in  the  day,  multo  die. 

law,  lex,  jus. 

lay  waste,  vasto. 

lead,  duco ;  lead  forth,  edaco. 

leader,  dux.  , 

leave,  relinquo. 

left,  sinister. 

legate,  legStus. 

legion,  legio. 

letter,  epistSla. 


216 


LEVY—  ONE 


levy  on,  impono. 

lieutenant,  legatus. 

like,  similis. 

line  of  battle,  acies. 

little^  paulus ;  a  little^  paulo. 

lofty  airs,  spiritus. 

long,  for  a  long  time,  diu;    longer, 

diutius. 
look  at,  intueor;    look  out  for, 

prospicio. 
love,  amor ;  to  love,  amo. 


M. 

make,  facio ;    rnake  or  deliver  a 

speech,     orationem     habeo ; 

make     haste,    maturo;     make 

upon,  infSro. 
man,  vir,  homo. 
manner,  in  such  a  manner,  ita. 
many,  multi. 

march,  iter;  to  march,  iter  facSre. 
marriage,  matrimonium ;  to  give 

in  marriage,  in  matrimonium 

dare. 
master,  become  master  of,  potior. 
means,  by  no  means,  minime ;  by 

means  of,  see  54, 
memory,  memoria. 
mile,  mille  passuum. 
mind,  animus,  mens. 
misfortune,  incommbdum. 
missile,  telum. 
month,  mensis. 
more,  magis,  amplius ;    be  more 

willing.,  malo. 
mother,  mater. 
mountain,  mons. 


move,  moveo ;  move  forward,  pro- 

moveo. 
much,  multus. 
multitude,  multitudo. 
murder,  caedes;  to  murder,  cae- 

do,  occido. 
my,  my  own,  meus. 

N. 

narrow  pass,  angustiae. 

nature,  natura. 

near,  circum,  ad. 

nearest,  proximus. 

nearly,  fere. 

neighbors,  finitimi. 

neither  —  no?',  neque  —  neque. 

nine,  novem. 

no,  none,  nuUus. 

nobility,  nobilitas. 

noble,  nobilis. 

not,    non;    not  —   even,   ne   — 

quidem. 
none  the  less,  nihilo  minus. 
nothing,  nihil. 
notice,  animadverto. 
number,  numSrus. 


obtain,  obtineo,  consgquor. 

occupy,  occupo. 

often,  saepe. 

old,  vetus,  natus. 

on,  upon,  in. 

on  account  of,  propter. 

on  all  sides,  undique. 

on  the  day  before,  pridie. 

one,  unus. 


ONE— REMOVE 


217 


one  hy  one,  singiili. 

one  party  —  the  otlier^  altgri  — 

altgri. 
opinion,  sententia. 
opportunity,  potestas,  facultas. 
or,  aut,  vel,  an. 
order,  give  orders,  impSro. 
other,  alius ;    to  each  other,  from 

each  other,  inter  se. 
ought,  oportet,  debeo.     See  also 

Ln.  LXX. 
our,  our  own,  noster. 
OM,',  set  out,  proficiscor;  out  of, 

e,  ex. 
overcome,  supero. 
oivn,   his  own,   suus;     my    own, 

mens ;   your  own,  tuus,  ves- 

ter;  their  own,  suus. 


P. 

pace,  passus. 

part,  pars. 

party,  one  party  —  the  other,  al- 
teri  —  alteri. 

pass  the  winter,  hiemo. 

peace,  pax. 

people,  popiilus. 

peril,  periculum. 

persist,  persevere. 

persuade,  persuadeo. 

pitch  a  camp,  castra  pono. 

place,  locus ;  j)lace,  put,  pono. 

plan,  consilium. 

please,  placeo. 

pledge,  fides. 

poor,  pauper. 

possession,  possessio ;  get  posses- 
sion of,  potior. 


power,  royal  power,  sovereign  pow- 
er, regnum. 
practicable,  facilis. 
practice,  exercitatio. 
praetor,  praetor. 
prepare,  compSro. 
present,  be  present,  adsum, 
press,  press  upon,  premo. 
prevail  upon,  permoveo. 
prevent,  retineo. 
price,  pretium. 
private,  privatus. 
proceed,  precede. 
promise,  poUiceor. 
protection,  praesidium. 
province,  provincia. 
provisions,  commeatus. 
pursue,  persSquor. 
put  off,  confSro. 


R. 

ready,  paratus. 

rear  of  an  army,  agmen  novis- 

simum. 
reason,  causa. 
recall  to  mind,  reminiscor. 
recent,  recens. 
refinement,  humanitas. 
reign,  regno. 
rejoice,  laetor, 
relief  subsidium. 
remain,  maneo. 
remaining,  reliquus. 
remember,     memini ;     memoricl 

teneo. 
remembrance^  memoria. 
remove,  moveo,  removeo. 


218 


REPLY—  STRENGTHEN 


reply,  responsum;    to  reply,  re- 

spondeo. 
report,  enuncio. 
resolve,  constituo. 
rest,  the  rest,  ceteri ;  rest  of,  reli- 

quus. 
restrain,  retineo,  prohibeo. 
return,  reverter,  reverto. 
recenue,  vectigal. 
reward,  praemium. 
rich,  dives. 
ri(l(je,  jugum. 
right,  dexter. 
ripe,  maturus. 
ricer,  flumen. 
road,  via. 
rout,  pello. 
rou'e,  iter. 

royal  power,  regnum. 
ruin,  pernicies. 

S. 
sad,  tristis. 

sake,  for  the  sake  of  causa. 
same,  the  same,  idem. 
satisfaction,  give  satisfaction,  satis- 

facio. 
satisfy,  satisfacio. 
say,  dico  ;  he  says,  dicit. 
sea,  mare. 
see,  video. 
seem,  videor ;  it  seems  good,  vide- 

tur. 
seize,  occupo. 
select,  deligo. 
sell,  vendo. 
senator,  senator. 
send,  mitto;  send  forward,  prae- 

mitto. 


separate,  divido. 

set  on  fire,  incendo. 

set  out,  proficiscor. 

severely,  graviter,  vehementer. 

ship^  navis. 

short,  brevis;  shortest  way  or 
route,  proximum  iter. 

show,  probo. 

shun,  vito. 

side,  this  side  of,  citra. 

sides,  on  all  sides,  undique. 

sight,  conspectus. 

signal,  signum. 

since,  quum. 

single,  unus. 

sister,  soror. 

skilful,  peritus. 

slave,  servus. 

slavery,  servitus. 

small,  parvus. 

so,  ita ;  with  adjectives,  tam ;  so 
great,  tantus. 

soldier,  miles. 

some,  some  one,  aliquis.  See 
116,  a. 

son,  filius ;  son-in-law,  gener. 

soon,  matiire. 

sovereignty,  sovereign  power,  reg- 
num. 

Spain,  Hispania. 

speak,  loquor. 

speech,  oratio ;  make,  deliver  a 
speech,  orati5nem  habeo. 

stand,  sto. 

state,  civitas. 

station,  colloco,  constituo. 

stay,  maneo. 

storm,  expugno. 

strengthen,  confirmo. 


STRIVE—  USEFUL 


219 


strive,  nitor. 

such^  tantus. 

sufficient,  sufficiently,  satis ;  with 
sufficient  ease,  satis  com- 
mode. 

suitable^  idoneus,  commodus. 

summer,  aestas. 

summon,  voco,  conv6co. 

sunset,  occasus  solis. 

supply,  copia;  supplies,  res  fru- 
mentaria,  commeatus. 

surround,  cingo. 

surcive,  supersum. 

suspicion,  suspicio. 

swiftly,  celeriter. 

T. 

take,  capture,  capio,  expugno; 
take  away,  toUo ;  take  to  one's 
self,  sumo. 

tarry,  moror. 

teach,  doceo. 

ten,  decem. 

tend,  pertineo. 

territory,  ager,  fines. 

than,  quam. 

that,  ille. 

that,  in  order  that,  ut ;  after  verbs 
oi  fearing,  ne. 

that  not,  ne ;  after  verbs  of  fear- 
ing, ut. 

the  same,  idem. 

there,  in  that  place,  ibi. 

their,  their  own,  suus. 

they,  them,  see  Ln.  LVIII., 
Note  2. 

thing,  res. 

think,  puto,  abXtror. 


third,  tertius. 

this,  hie. 

those,  illi. 

three  days,  triduum. 

three  hundred,  trecenti. 

through,  per. 

throw  one's  self,  se  projicSre. 

till  evening,  ad  vespdrum. 

time,  tempus;  for  a  long  time^ 

diu. 
to,  ad. 

to-day,  hodie. 

together,  come  together^  convenio. 
tongue,  lingua. 
top    of  the    moHntain,   summus 

mons. 
toioards,   ad;    towards  the  north, 

sub  septemtrionibus. 
tower,  turris. 
town,  oppidum. 
trader,  mercator. 
train  up,  instituo. 
tribute,  stipendium. 
troops,  copiae. 
try,  Conor. 
twenty,  viginti. 
two  days,  biduum. 

u. 

under,  sub. 

unoccupied,  he  unoccupied^  vaoo. 

until,  dum. 

unwilling,  he  unwilling,  nolo. 

upon,  in. 

upper,  superior. 

urge,  hortor. 

use,  utor ;  make  use  of  utor. 

useful,  utilis. 


220 


VALOR—  YOUTH 


vahr,  virtus. 

very,  valde ;  very  easy,  perfaci- 

lis ;  very  great,  maximus ;  eery 

is  often  rendered  by  ipse :  e.  g. 

the  very  city,  urbs  ipsa. 
vicinity^  in  or  into  the  vicinity  of, 

ad  w.  name  of  town  in  aec. 
victory,  victoria. 

w. 

wage,  gero. 

laages,  merces. 

wagon,  carrus. 

wait,  exspecto. 

walled  town,  oppidum. 

wanting,  he  loanting,  desum. 

umr,  bellum. 

waste,  lay  ivaste,  vasto. 

watch^  vigilia ;  in  the  third  watch, 

de  tertia  vigilia. 
way,  via. 

we,  nos.     See  Ln.  LVII. 
wealthy,  copiosus. 
weapon,  telum. 
tveep,  fleo  ;  iveeping,  flens. 
what?  quid? 


what  sort  of  a? 

LX. 
when.  quum. 
where,  ubi. 
whether,  utrum. 


qui?      See  Ln. 


ivhich,  quod. 

while,  dum. 

zvho,  qui ;  who  ?  quis  ? 

whole,  totus. 

why?  quid? 

wide,  latus. 

willing,  be  willing,  volo. 

icin,  concilio. 

wing  of  an  army,  cornu. 

winter,  pass  the  winter,  hiemo. 

winter- quarters,  hiberna. 

rcish,  volo. 

with,  cum. 

icithdrarv,  se  recipSre. 

without,  sine. 

withstand,  sustineo. 

witness,  testis. 

woman,  mulier. 

word,  verbum. 

worthy,  dignus. 

wound,  vulnus;   to  ivoundy  vul- 

ngro. 
write,  scribo. 
wrong,  injuria. 


Y. 


year,  annus. 
yet,  tamen. 
yoke,  jugum. 
you,  tu,  vos. 
your,  tuus,  vester. 
youth,  adolescens. 


See  Ln.  LYIL 


(tnyiVBESITY) 


a,  Bigelow,  &  Co. 


VALUABLE  GREEK  BOOKS 

PUBLISHKD    BY 

S.  C.  GEIGGS  AND   COMPANY, 

CHICAGO. 


"No  better  exercises  can  be  found  for  clashes  in  Greek  Prose  Compo- 
sition, whether  in  College  or  the  Preparatory  School."  —  KD WAKU 
NORTH,  L..  H.  D.,  Professor  of  Greek,  Hamilton  CoUege,  N.  Y. 


JONES'S  EXERCISES  IN  GREEK  PROSE  COMPOSI- 
TION.— With  References  to  Hadley's,  Goodwin's,  and  Taylor's-Kiihner's  UrcvkUnuii- 
mars,  and  a  full  English-Greek  Vocabulary.  Part  I.  By  Elisha  Jonks,  M.  A.,  Ut« 
Professor  of  Greek,  University  of  Michigan,  (now  of  Germany. )    Price,  !$  1.00. 

Extracts  from  the  Preface :   '*  These  exercises  in  prose  composition  are  designed 

for  a  systematic  dnll  in  the  more  important  principles  of  Greek  syntax They 

are  also  intended  to  accompany  the  reading  of  Xenophon's  Anabasis,  from  which  are 
taken  all  of  the  vocabularies  and  nearly  all  the  examples.  Wherever  practicable  lb) 
exercises  themselves  are  so  framed  that,  with  the  use  of  the  Anabasis,  Xcnoph  »n' » 
style  may  be  imitated  in  turning  them  into  Greek.  To  aid  in  securing  thoroughness,  eaMi 
exercise  after  the  fourteenth  not  only  comprises  the  principles  referred  to  in  its  own  lessiui, 
but  also  reviews  those  in  at  least  two  of  the  preceding.  'I'he  purpose  of  this  repetiti«»n.  ne- 
cessary for  the  young  student,  is  to  make  him  so  familiar  with  the  principal  peculiarities 
of  Greek  construction,  that  he  may  be  able  to  appreciate  somewhat  the  beauties  of  Xeno- 
phon,  and  also  better  prepared  to  enter  upon  a  morv?  advanced  study  of  the  language. 

"  It  is  believed  that  Part  I.  contains  sufficient  work  in  prose  composition  for  admission  to 
any  American  college." 

SEQUEL  TO  THE  ABOVE,  or 

Part  II.    EXERCISES    IN   GREEK   SYNTAX.     By  James  R. 

Boise,  Ph.  D.,  for  the  use  of  Freshman  Classes.    Price,  $1.50. 


OPINIONS    OF   CLASSICAL   SCHOLARS. 

J.  B.  Sewall,  Prof,  of  Ancient  Lang.,  Bowdoin  College.  Me. :  " '  Mr.  .Jone.«»'8  Exercl«««  * 

I  have  been  waiting  for  with  impatience I  shall  have  this  required  for  ndmii«^iun 

here.    1  am  grateful  to  you  for  giving  students  such  beautiful  pagres  to  study  fnim. 

A.  Huelster,  Ph.  D.,  Prof,  of  Greek,  Northtcestem  Collage,  III. :  "  The  *  Exerclswi 
in  Greek  i^rose  Composition  by  Prof.  .Jones,'  are  superlatively  excellent.   They  cniMo 

preparatory  students  i  o  master  Greek  syntax  with  comparative  ease,  and  are  a  model  of  ac- 
curacy and  conciseness." 

Rev.  W.  S.  Tyler,  D.  I>.,  Prof,  of  Greek,  Amherst  College,  Mas*. :  "  I  am  murh 
pLased  with  '  Exercises  in  Greek  Prose  Composition '  by  Prof.  Jones.  It  has  the  m-rll 
of  great  simplicity  and  clearness.  It  comprehends  a  great  deal  for  so  small  a  book.  I  mmU 
have  no  hesitation  in  recommending  it  highly  for  a  p'eparatory  book." 

Kev.  Thomas  TV.  Tobey,  A.  M.,  Prof,  of  Greek,  Bethel  College,  Ky.:  "  A»  ExrKKr>. 

IN  OILY  valuable  book,  ably  and  carefully  prepared  and  well  adapted  to  the  purp<Me  for  w-li.i-n 
it  was  made.  Let  the  1  eachers  in  our  land  understand  its  mbbits,  and  you  will  have 
for  it  a  most  extensive  circulation." 

B.  li.  Cilley,  Prof,  of  Ancient  Lang<iage>t,  Philip's  Exeter  Aciuiemv,  -V. /(•  ••  "  I  « n  I 
that  it  works  well.  It  seems  better  acapted  to  its  purpose  than  any  book  else  which  I  I»v« 
found." 


Mailed,  postage  paid,  on  rbokipt  op  prick. 


Publications  of  S.  C.  Griggs  &  Co.,  Chicago. 

BOISR  — FIRST  LESSONS  IN  GREEK.  —  Adapted  to  Hadleys 
Larger  and  Smaller  Greek  Grammars,  and  intended  as  an  Introduction  for  Xenophon's 
Anabasis.  By  James  R.  Boise,  Ph.  I).,  Prof,  of  Greek  Language  and  Lit.,  University 
of  Chicago.     Price,  %  1.25. 

Prof.  N.  li.  Andrews,  Madison  University,  N.  Y. :  "  Your  *  First  Lessons  in  Greek '  is 
capital.    It  will,  1  am  sure,  have  no  competitor  among  those  who  use  Hadley's  Grammars." 

Ira  W.  Pettibone,  M.  A.  Beloit  College,  Wisconsin:  "  I  am  perfectly  delighted  with 
your '  Greek  Lessons.'  My  class,  after  two  terms  spent  upon  it,  are  reading  the  Anabasis,  I 
think,  quite  as  easily  as  after  a  year  spent  upon  another  introductory  book." 

C.  W.  Guernsey,  Russell's  Collegiate  Institute,  New  Haven,  Conn.:  "I  find  Prof. 
Boise's  '  Greek  Lessons '  wellnigh  invaluable  in  my  classes." 


BOISE.— HOMER'S     ILIAD.  —  The  First  Six   Books  of  Homer's 

Iliad,  with  Explanatory  Notes  intended  for  Beginners  in  the  Epic  Dialect:  accompa- 
nied with  numerous  References  to  Hadley's  Greek  Grammar,  to  Kiihner's  Larger 
Greek  Grammar,  and  Goodwin's  Moods  and  Tenses.  By  James  R.  Boise,  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago.     Price,  ^  1.50. 

M.  L..  I>'  Ooge,  Prof,  of  Greek,  University  of  Michigan :  "  Incomparably  superior  to 
any  other  edition  of  Homer  ever  published  in  this  country." 

W.  W.  Goodwin,  Prof,  of  Greek,  Harvard  University :  "  It  is  a  most  valuable  con- 
tribution to  classical  learning,  and  I  trust  It  will  have  all  the  success  it  most  certainly 
deserves." 

W.  S.  Tyler,  D.  "D.,  TX.  I>.,  Prof,  of  Greek,  Amherst  College :  "  I  find  the  Notes  just 
what  I  expecteo,  — the  right  kind  in  the  right  places.  I  am  particularly  struck  with  the 
fulness,  and  yet  the  brevity  and  correctness,  of  the  grammatical  references  and  illustrations." 


BOISE    &    FREEMAN.— SELECTIONS    FROM    VARIOUS 

GREEK  AUTHORS, —  For  the  first  year  in  College,  with  Explanatory  Notes, 
and  References  to  Goodwin's  Greek  Grammar,  and  to  Hadley's  Larger  and  Smal  tr 
Grammars.  Bv  J\mss  R.  Boise,  Ph  D  ,  and  Jo;jn  C.  Freeman,  M.  A.,  Professors  iu 
the  University  of  Chicago.     Pages  393.     Price,  $  2.00 

Extract  from  the  Preface :  "  In  the  preparation  of  this  work  two  objects 
hive  b-^en  aimed  at, —a  compreh^nuve  vie.v  of  ^hi  Greek  Language  in  its  prncipal 
forms,  and  a  general  survey  of  the  leading  event  ■•  in  th  •  history  of  the  Greeks.  Ihe  authors, 
as  well  as  the  events  of  which  they  write,  are  arranged  in  the  chronological  order." 

N,  li.  Andrews,  Prof,  of  the  Greek  Language  and  Literature,  Madison  University : 
"  Boise's '  Selections  from  Greek  Authors '  fulfils  the  expectations  excited  by  his  formtr 
works,  and  is  admirably  adapted  to  the  pjurposes  set  forth  in  the  Preface.  >  he  interestmg 
portions  so  judiciously  chosen  from  various  authors;  th  notes,  calculated  as  they  are  to 
encourage  the  student  to  do  his  own  work  by  wisely  lessening  its  difficulties ;  and  the  rcffr- 
ences  to  Goodwin's  and  Hadley's  Grammars,  combine  to  recommend  the  book.  Its  i  se  for 
a  TERM  PAST  with  our  Freshman  Class  has  tended  to  increase  my  appreciation  of  its 
MERITS.    Typographically-,  the  book  is  simply  beautiful,  — a  delight  to  the  eye." 

George  R.  Bliss,  Prof,  of  Latin  and  Greek,  Lewishurg  University,  Pa. :  "  I  have  ex- 
amined this  work  somewhat  carefully,  and  am  so  persuatled  of  its  excellence  that  I  have 
decided  to  adopt  ic  with  my  classes  in  the  Freshman  year." 

Rev.  Jacob  Cooper,  D.  C.  I^.,  Prof,  of  Greek,  Ratger*s  College,  N.  J. :  "  After  a  care- 
ful examination  of  the  '  Selections,' I  am  satisfied  that  this  book  meets  a  real  want  in 

COLLEGE T  he  copious  notes  and  references  appear  to  be  all  that  could  be  desired. 

'J hey  show  excellent  taste  in  explaining  the  difficult  rather  than  the  easj  passages,  and  give 
ref  rences  to  such  authorities  as  th-  student  could  be  expect<'d  to  possess.  In  typography 
and  neatness  this  book  is  a  model  of  its  kind.  I  have  introduced  it  in  our  collegiate 
course." 

A,  H.  Buck,  Prof,  of  Greek,  Boston  University :  "  I  found  the  book  so  admirable  in  the 
matter  select- d,  in  the  soundness  and  accuracy  of  the  annotations,  and  in  the  unusual 
ex'-ellence  of  the  press-work,  that  I  could  do  no  otherwise  than  urge  its  adoption  for  the 
eui*  ring  class  in  the  college,  and  my  high  opinion  of  the  book  has  been  corroborated  by 
daily  use." 

Mailed,  postage  paid,  on  receipt  of  price. 


PUBLISHED  BY  S.  C.  GRIGGS  ^   CO.,  CHICAGO. 


"  It  deserves  a  place  in  libraries  beside  the  great  and  classic 
essayists  of  other  ddiy^.''  ^  Baptist  Union,  New  York, 


THE   GREAT   CONYERSERS, 

AND   OTHER   ESSAYS. 
By  WILLIAM    MATHEWS,  LL.  D., 

Professor  of  Rhetoric  and  English  Literature  in  the  University  of  Chicc^o^ 
Author  of ''  Getting  on  in  the  World''' 

I  vol.     i2mo.     306  pages.     With  Map.     Price,  %  1.75. 

"  We  certainly  have  no  American  essayist  who  surpasses  Prof.  Mathews  in  adorning 
his  pages  with  ample  and  elegant  illustrations.  They  are  perhaps  unequalled  for  pol- 
ish and  pungency."  — New  York  Home  Joiirnal. 

"They  are  written  in  that  charming  and  graceful  style  which  is  so  attractive  in  this 
author's  writings,  and  the  reader  is  continually  reminded  by  their  ease  and  grace  of  the 

elegant  compositions  of  Goldsmith  and  Irving We  commend  the  volume  to  all 

lovers  of  good  writing,  who  enjoy  the  luxury  of  an  easy,  flowing  style,  and  who  love  to 
be  instructed  while  they  are  entertained."  —  Boston  Transcript. 

"  These  essays  are  on  divers  subjects,  biographical,  literary,  and  social,  and  show  an 
unusual  combination  of  information,  good  sense,  and  good  writing.  The  style  is  their 
great  charm.  It  is  easy,  clear,  happy,  and  forcible.  It  entertains  the  reader  whatever 
subject  is  treated,  and  the  satisfaction  is  all  the  greater  because  what  is  so  delightfully 
said  is  of  itself  so  well  worth  saying.  Once  one  begins  to  read  he  is  beguiled  on  and 
on."  —  Boston  Advertiser. 

**  He  touches  lightly  on  an  immense  number  of  subjects,  he  darts  from  flower  to  flower 
with  the  rapidity  of  the  humming-bird,  but  with  all  his  versatility  he  is  rarely,  if  ever, 
superficial  or  crude,  showing  a  habit  of  reflection  and  a  refinement  of  taste  that  betray 
the  cultivation  of  the  scholar  no  less  than  the  curiosity  of  the  book-fancier.  The  work 
is  an  excellent  one,  and  could  have  been  produced  by  no  one  but  a  scholar  of  great  read- 
ing, cultivated  tastes,  and  prompt  decision  of  choice."  — A^^w  Vorh  Tribune. 

*'  No  one  can  possibly  read  the  polished  essays  of  Prof.  Mathews  without  feeling  that 
he  has  entered  into  a  cultivated  circle,  and  is  privileged  to  share  the  communion  of  one 
who  has  touched  the  hem  of  the  charmed  garment.  In  the  society  of  this  skilful  artist, 
the  reader  is  led  into  the  presence  of  living  memories.  One  by  one  they  pass  before 
him,  a  procession  of  intellectual  majesty,  and,  led  by  the  hand  of  a  trusty  guide,  he 
meets  and  is  introduced  to  the  men  of  whom  he  has  heard  or  read,  or  whose  works  he 
may  have  studied.  The  essays  of  Prof.  Mathews  are  anjong  the  most  delightful  (hat  it 
has  ever  been  our  pleasure  to  read."  —  Chicago  Inter-Ocean. 


2        PUBLISHED  BY  S.  C.  GRIGGS  ^  CO,,  CHICAGO, 

"  Worth  any  day  ten  times  its  cost  for  the  tenth  part  it  con- 
tains !  A  book  fuller  of  sensible  sense  and  sounder  soundness 
we  have  not  seen  for  a  long  day." — Sunday  School  Times,  Phila, 


GETTING  ON   IN  THE  WORLD. 

By  prof.   WILLIAM   MATHEWS,  LL.  D. 

Cloth,  Price,  $2.00;  Cloth,  full  gilt  edges,  $2.50;  Half  calf  binding, 
gilt  top,  $350;  Full  calf,  gilt  edges,  $5.00. 


From  Rev.  Noah  Porter,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.,  President  of  Yale  College.  —  "A  book 
in  which  there  is  abundant  matter  of  great  interest." 

Rev.  M.  B.  Anderson,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.,  President  of  Rochester  University^  N.  Y.  — 
**  It  will  give  heart  and  hope  to  many  a  struggling  young  man." 

Edwin  P.  Whipple,  Esq.,  the  distinguished  critic.  —  "  What  wealth  of  illustration 
he  brings  in  from  English  poets,  dramatists,  divines,  lawyers,  and  jurists  ! " 

Rev.  a.  Huelster,  Ph.  D.  {in  the  '^^Evangelical  Messefiger^').  —  "The  road  to 
prosperity  is  marked  out  with  a  masterly  hand.  The  volume  is  replete  with  thought  and 
excellent  information  on  the  many  perplexing  problems  that  are  constantly  arising  in  the 
various  vocations  of  life.  The  farmer,  merchant,  student,  teacher,  lawyer,  preacher, 
editor,  &c.,  &c.,  will  all  find  valuable  lessons  for  their  life-work.  No  one  that  reads  the 
twenty-one  chapters ....  will  lay  aside  the  book  without  being  greatly  benefited.  Every 
man,  especially  every  young  man,  should  have  it.  It  should  be  found  in  every  family 
library  throughout  the  whole  country." 

"There  are  a  great  number  of  good  passages  and  much  valuable  advice  in  this  book." 
—  The  London  Spectator. 

"Every  page  contains  a  wealth  of  valuable  information,  and  is  brimful  of  vivid  bio- 
graphical illustrations."  —  New  York  Home  Journal 

"  While  it  enforces  a  truth  in  every  line,  and  teaches  invaluable  lessons  on  every  pan^e, 
it  is  in  manner  as  absorbing  and  attractive  as  a  bit  of  Eastern  fable."  —  Philadelphia 
Inquirer. 

"Adorned  with  the  graces  of  polite  literature,  and  poH.shed  to  a  degree  of  refinement 

which  adapts  it  to  the  demands  of  modem  taste While  announcing  the  laws  of 

worldly  prosperity,  he  holds  up  an  elevated  standard  of  character.  His  appeals  ar^  not 
made  to  human  selfishness,  but  to  the  love  of  excellence."  —  New  York  Tribune. 

"  It  is  sound,  morally  and  mentally.     It  gives  no  one-sided  view  of  life  ;  it  does  not 

pander  to  the  lower  nature  ;  but  it  is  high-toned,  correctly  toned,  throughout 

There  is  an  earnestness  and  even  eloquence  in  this  volume  which  makes  the  author  ap- 
pear to  speak  to  us  from  the  living  page.  It  reads  like  a  speech.  Tkere  is  an  electri- 
cal fire  about  every  sentence." — Episcopal  Register,  Philadelphia. 


PUBLISHED  BY  S.  C.  GRIGGS  6-   CO.,   CHICAGO,       3 

THE  WORLD  ON  WHEELS, 

AND  OTHER  SKETCHES. 

By  benjamin   F.  TAYLOR. 
Illustrated,     i  vol.     i2mo Price,  $1.50. 

r  "?Pfe^°  ^r^"  "^^"^  *9  'a»g^?  I>o  you  want  to  cry?  Do  you  want  to  climb  the 
Jacob  s  ladder  of  imagination,  and  dwell  among  the  clouds  of  fancy,  for  a  little  while  at 
«ast?  Do  you?  Then  get  B.  F.  Taylor's  World  on  Wheels,  read  it,  and  experience 
sensations  you  never  lelt  before  !  ...  It  is  a  book  of  '  word  pictures,'  a  string  of  pearls. 
the  very  poesy  of  thought."— T/^  CArw^z^w,  6-^.  Zijaw.  e.      t~     -. 

*'  Full  of  humor,  and  sharp  as  a  Damascus  blade." —  Thiladelphia  Presbyterian, 

"The  pen-pictures  of  B.  F.  Taylor  are  among  the  most  brilliant  and  eccentric  pro- 
ductions of  the  day.  They  are  like  the  music  of  Gottschalk  played  by  Gottschalk  him- 
self; or  hke  sky-rockets  that  burst  in  the  zenith,  and  fall  in  showers  of  fiery  rain.  They 
are  word- wonders,  reminding  us  of  necromancy,  with  the  dazzle  and  bewilderment  of 
their  rapid  succession."—  Chicago  Tribune. 


Oy-TIK  PICTDRES  M  SHEAVES  OF  RHYME. 

By  B.  F.  TAYLOR. 

Red-Line  Edition,  Small  Quarto,  Silk  Cloth.     With  8  fine  Illustrations. 
Price,  $2.00.     The  same,  full  gilt  edges,  $2.50. 


"It  gives  me  pleasure  to  see  the  poems  of  B.  F.  Taylor  issued  by  your  house  in  a 
form  worthy  of  their  merit.  Such  pieces  as  the  '  Old  Village  Choir,'  *  'Jhe  Skylark.* 
*The  Vane  on  the  Spire,'  and  'June,'  deserve  their  good  setting.  .  .  .  .  I  do  not  know 
of  any  one  who  so  well  reproduces  the  home  scenes  of  long  ago.  There  is  a  quiet  hu- 
mor that  pleases  me."  —  John  G.  Whittier. 

"  A  poet  he  is  in  the  true  sense  ;  a  singer  of  songs  so  full  of  tenderness  and  melody 
that  their  memory  lingers  like  a  delicious  fragrance.     Several  of  his  lyrics  have  become 

classic His  'River  of  Time'  is  one  of  the  most  perfect  poems  in  the  language. 

original  in  conception,  full  of  beautiful  imagery,  grandly  sonorous  in  rhythm.  —  6<mi 
Francisco  Bulletin. 

"  Mr.  Taylor  is  a  word-painter  unsurpassed  in  America.  His  style  is  rare,  auaint.  full 
of  images  as  a  brook  of  pebbles,  and  his  rhythm  waves  and  undulates  as  softljr  and  as 

sensuously  as  the  wind  that  sways  the  summer  wheat In  the  fields  he  smgs  the 

songs  of  the  spring,  and  the  passion  flowers,  of  the  roses,  and  the  summer  time.  His 
are  the  birds'-notes.  He  interprets  the  quaint,  low  tune  of  the  busy  wren,  the  soaring 
snatches  of  the  skylark,  the  liquid  lanjiuage  of  the  oriole,  the  ever-sad  and  quesiioning 
call  of  the  partridge,  and  the  pheasant's  everlasting  monotone.  He  makes  bcautitul 
pictures.  He  gives  one  champagne  to  drink,  —  strong,  efTervcscmg,  delightful.  —  .>A 
Louis  Dispatch. 


4        PUBLISHED  BY  S,  C.  GRIGGS  &-   CO.,  CHICAGO. 

PRE-HISTORIC  MCES  Of  THEDHITEE  STATES. 

By  J.  W.  FOSTER,  LL.  D., 

Author  of  "  The  Physical  Geography  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  y'*  etc. 

415  pages.  Crown  8vo.  With  a  large  number  of  Illustrations.  Third 
Edition.  Price,  Cloth,  $  3.00 ;  Half  calf  binding,  gilt  top,  ^  5.00  ; 
Full  calf,  gilt  edges,  $6.50. 


"  One  of  the  best  and  clearest  accounts  we  have  seen  of  those  grand  monuments  of  a 
forgotten  race."  —  London  Saturday  Review. 

*•  The  book  is  typographically  perfect,  and  with  its  admirable  illustrations  and  con- 
venient index  is  really  elegant  and  a  sort  of  luxury  to  possess  and  read Dr.  Foster 

goes  over  the  ground  inch  by  inch,  and  accumulates  information  of  surprising  interest 
and  importance  bearing  on  this  subject,  which  he  gives  in  his  crowded  but  most  instruc- 
tive and  entertaining  chapters  in  a  thoroughly  scientific  but  equally  popular  way.  We 
have  marked  whole  pages  of  his  book  for  quotation,  and  finally  from  sheer  necessity 
have  been  compelled  to  put  the  whole  volume  in  quotation  marks  as  one  of  the  few 
books  that  are  indispensable  to  the  student,  and  scarcely  less  important  for  the  intelli- 
gent reader  to  have  at  hand  for  reference."  —  The  Golden  Age,  New  York. 

"  A  careful  examination  of  the  book  has  satisfied  us  that  it  is  one  of  the  most  inter- 
esting and  important  contributions  to  American  archaeology  that  have  yet  appeared,  and 
will  take  rank  among  the  leading  treatises  upon  the  general  subject  by  European  archae- 
ologists- 

"  We  had  thought  of  making  some  extracts  from  the  volume,  but  it  is  so  full  of  inter- 
est, from  beginning  to  end,  as  to  make  selection  perplexing,  and  were  it  not  for  the  re- 
straints of  copyright  we  should  be  tempted  to  run  the  whole  work  through  the  "  Popular 
Science  Monthly,"  as  it  contains  just  the  kind  of  information,  in  clear,  compressed,  and 

intelligible  form,  which  is  adapted  to  the  mass  of  readers The  whole  exposition 

is  condensed  into  400  pages,  and  the  publishers  have  done  their  part,  in  the  fine  execu- 
tion of  the  engravings,  and  the  beautiful  typography  of  the  book."  —  The  Popular  Sci- 
ence MotUhly^  New  York. 

"The  amount  of  information  which  is  afforded,  the  number  of  important  and  illustra- 
tive facts  that  have  been  accumulated,  the  multitude  of  mute  but  indubitable  evidences 
which  zeal  and  industry  have  exhumed  and  collected,  and  which  are  recorded  in  the  vol- 
ume, give  it  a  substantial  and  enduring  value  to  the  scholar  and  lover  of  science,  and 
invest  it  with  the  charm  of  powerful  interest  to  the  non-professional  but  cultured  reader. 

'*  It  forms  a  compendium  of  knowledge  upon  this  deeply  interesting  subject  of  inquiry 
and  investigation  which  is  without  any  rival,  — and  we  may  say  without  a  competitor  in 
this  country  for  fulness  and  accuracy.  It  therefore  becomes  indispensable  to  every 
public  or  private  library  worthy  of  the  name." — The  Christian  Intelligencer,  New 
York.  t 


PUBLISHED  BY  S.  C.  GRIGGS  6-   CO,  CHICAGO. 


"  An  argument  for  the  divine  origin  of  the  Christian  religion 
of  unanswerable  force  and  extraordinary  interest."  —  T/m  Evan- 

gelisty  New  York, 

THE 

PHILOSOPHY  OF  THE  PLAN  OF  SALVATION. 

By  rev.  J.  B.  WALKER,  D.  D., 
With  an  Introductory  Essay  by  Calvin    E.  Stowe,  D.  D.     A   new 
edition,  with  supplementary  chapter  by  the  author.     Sixty- Seventh 
Thousand,     i  vol.     i2mo.     Price,  $  1.50. 

"Though  written  with  great  simplicity,  it  is  evidently  the  production  of  a  master 
mind,  ....  and  few  works  are  more  adapted  to  bring  sceptics  of  a  certain  class  to  a 

stand It  is  the  disclosure  of  the  actual  process  of  mind  through  which  the  author 

passes,  from  the  dark  regions  of  doubt  and  intidelity  to  the  clear  light  and  conviction 
of  a  sound  and  heartfelt  belief  in  the  truth  as  it  is  in  Jesus. 

"There  is,  in  many  parts  of  this  treatise,  a  force  of  argument  and  a  power  of  convic- 
tion almost  resistless. 

"  It  is  a  work  of  extraordinary  power We  think  it  is  vtore  likely  to  lodge  an 

impression  in  the  human  conscience^  in  favor  of  the  divine  authority  of  Christianity^ 
than  any  work  of  the  modern  press."  — London  Evangelical  Magazine,  England. 

*'  No  single  volume  we  ever  read  has  been  so  satisfactory  a  demonstration  of  the  truth 

of  religion,  or  has  had  so  strong  a  controlling  influence  over  our  habits  of  thought 

No  better  book  can  be  put  into  the  hands  of  the  honest  and  intellectual  sceptic.  It  is 
overwhelmingly  convincing  to  reason,  and  leaves  the  doubter  nothing  but  his  passions 

and  prejudices  to  bolster  him  up Every  minister's  library  should  have  a  copy."— - 

The  Methodist  Protestant,  Baltimore. 

"We  have  commended  this  book  before,  —  not  too  highly,  for,  like  wine,  it  has  im- 
proved by  age.  We  wish  it  were  in  eveiy  library  in  the  land,  and  its  contents  in  every 
head." —  71te  Presbyterian,  Philadelphia. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  THE  HOLY  SPIRIT; 

OR, 

PHILOSOPHY  OF  THE  DIVINE  OPERATION  IN  THE  REDEMPTION 
OF  MAN. 

Being  volume  second  of  "  The  Philosophy  of  the  Plan  of  Salvation." 
By  Rev.  J.  B.  Walker,  D.  D.  Fourth  Edition,  Revised  and  En- 
larged.    Price,  ^1.50. 

"  The  author's  former  able  works  have  prepared  the  public  for  the  rich  treasures  of 
thought  in  this  volume.  It  is  a  book  of  foundation  principles,  and  deals  in  the  verities 
of  the  gospel  as  with  scientific  facts.  It  is  an  unanswerable  argument  in  behalf  of 
Christ's  life,  mission,  and  doctrine,  and  especially  rich  in  its  teachings  concerning  the 
office  and  work  of  the  Spirit.  No  volume  has  lately  issued  from  the  press  which  brines 
so  many  timely  truths  to  the  public  attention.  While  it  is  metaphysical  and  th<»roiij;h, 
it  is  also  clever,  forceful,  winning  for  its  grand  truth's  sake,  and  e7>ery  way  readable- 
The  author  has  wrought  a  great  work  for  the  Christian  Church,  and  et'ery  minister  and 
teacher  should  arm  himself  with  strong  weapons  by  perusing  the  arguments  (if  this 
book.  It  is  printed  and  bound  in  the  exquisite  style  of  all  publications  which  issue  from 
Messrs.  S.  C.  Griggs  &  Co.'s  establishment."  — i)/^///c7</w/  Recorder^  Fiitsburgk. 


6        PUBLISHED  BY  S.  C.  GRIGGS  &-  CO.,  CHICAGO. 

"  One  of  the  most  valuable  books  printed  in  modern  times." 
— Albany  Press. 

WORDS: 

THEIR    USE  JLNJD   JlBTISE. 

By  prof.  WM.  MATHEWS,  LL.  D., 

Author  of  "  TJwmas  De  Quincey  and  Other  Essays,''^  "  Getting  on  in  the  'World" 
and  "  The  Great  Conversers  and  Other  Essays." 

One  handsome  volume.     i2mo.     Cloth,  $200. 


'*  It  can  be  read  with  profit  by  every  intelligent  student  of  the  English  language."  — 
The  International  Review^  New  York. 

**  We  heartily  commend  the  work  as  rich  in  valuable  suggestions  to  those  who  desire 
TO  CULTIVATE  ACCURACY  IN  SPEAKING  AND  WRITING." — TJte  Lutheran  Qjiarterly 
Review. 

"This  book  is  so  interesting  that  the  reader  is  tempted  to  take  it  with  him  for 
reading  on  the  cars,  or  under  the  shade  of  the  trees  in  his  summer  retreat,  instead  of 
the  newspaper  or  the  last  novel."  — Boston  Transcript. 

"  As  interesting  AS  A  romance It  gives  the  condensed  wisdom  of  every 

man  who  ever  handled  the  subject  of  which  it  treats It  is  a  book  that  can  be 

studied  with  profit  by  all  men  who  love  our  noble  tongue."  —  Catholic  Mirror^  Balti- 
more. 

*'  We  should  like  to  put  a  copy  of  this  book  into  the  hands  of  every  man  and  woman 
who  is  using  our  good  old  Anglo-Saxon  with  voice  or  pen  for  any  public  service.  It  is 
a  text-book  full  of  information."  —  Christian  at  Work,  New  York. 

"A    BOOK    OF    rare    INTEREST From   the  chapter  on   "The   Morality   in 

Words,"  alone,  a  whole  library  of  faults  might  be  brought  home  to  many  readers,  and  a 
WORLD  OF  BENEFIT  would  be  gleaned  from  it  by  those  who  care  to  improve  them- 
selves." —  Brooklyn  Eagle. 

'*  This  book  cannot  be  read  by  any  one  without  conveying  a  great  many  practical  hints 
of  easy  application It  will  lead  to  the  reformation  of  thousands  of  car- 
less  TALKERS,  and  save  sensitive  ears  from  much  unnecessary  annoyance." —  7 he 
Christian  U^nion,  New  York. 

"  Such  a  work  as  this,  in  which  much  and  varied  reading  has  been  digested  and  con- 
centrated, and  by  good  memory,  solid  judgment,  and  entire  mastery  of  the  art  of  uniting 

solidity  with  graceful  easiness  of  style,  maybe  regarded  as  a  literary  <5<?««^  ^^7^^^^ 

The  elder  Disraeli  never  attained  the  art,  of  which  the  present  volume  is  a  fair  and  rare 
example,  of  blending  graceful  ease  and  dignified  familiarity.  The  philologist  will  turn 
to  Dr.  Mathews's  pages  for  exact  inQ)rmation,  while  the  general  reader  will  be  charmed 
by  their  extent  of  literary  anecdote."  —  Philadelphia  Press. 


>  Of  TH^^^-^ 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN     INITIAL    FINE      OF     25     CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  50  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.00  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


SEP    10  Ibo. 


Vi^ 


\%'i'i 


LD  21-20m-6,'32 


iT 


';'■     - 


[25m-] 


